US20230182612A1 - Power source and control system for a lawn mower - Google Patents
Power source and control system for a lawn mower Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20230182612A1 US20230182612A1 US17/750,063 US202217750063A US2023182612A1 US 20230182612 A1 US20230182612 A1 US 20230182612A1 US 202217750063 A US202217750063 A US 202217750063A US 2023182612 A1 US2023182612 A1 US 2023182612A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- drive
- deck
- motor
- maximum
- current value
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60L—PROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
- B60L53/00—Methods of charging batteries, specially adapted for electric vehicles; Charging stations or on-board charging equipment therefor; Exchange of energy storage elements in electric vehicles
- B60L53/80—Exchanging energy storage elements, e.g. removable batteries
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
- A01D—HARVESTING; MOWING
- A01D34/00—Mowers; Mowing apparatus of harvesters
- A01D34/01—Mowers; Mowing apparatus of harvesters characterised by features relating to the type of cutting apparatus
- A01D34/412—Mowers; Mowing apparatus of harvesters characterised by features relating to the type of cutting apparatus having rotating cutters
- A01D34/63—Mowers; Mowing apparatus of harvesters characterised by features relating to the type of cutting apparatus having rotating cutters having cutters rotating about a vertical axis
- A01D34/76—Driving mechanisms for the cutters
- A01D34/78—Driving mechanisms for the cutters electric
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
- A01D—HARVESTING; MOWING
- A01D34/00—Mowers; Mowing apparatus of harvesters
- A01D34/006—Control or measuring arrangements
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
- A01D—HARVESTING; MOWING
- A01D69/00—Driving mechanisms or parts thereof for harvesters or mowers
- A01D69/02—Driving mechanisms or parts thereof for harvesters or mowers electric
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60L—PROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
- B60L50/00—Electric propulsion with power supplied within the vehicle
- B60L50/50—Electric propulsion with power supplied within the vehicle using propulsion power supplied by batteries or fuel cells
- B60L50/60—Electric propulsion with power supplied within the vehicle using propulsion power supplied by batteries or fuel cells using power supplied by batteries
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60L—PROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
- B60L50/00—Electric propulsion with power supplied within the vehicle
- B60L50/50—Electric propulsion with power supplied within the vehicle using propulsion power supplied by batteries or fuel cells
- B60L50/60—Electric propulsion with power supplied within the vehicle using propulsion power supplied by batteries or fuel cells using power supplied by batteries
- B60L50/64—Constructional details of batteries specially adapted for electric vehicles
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60L—PROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
- B60L50/00—Electric propulsion with power supplied within the vehicle
- B60L50/50—Electric propulsion with power supplied within the vehicle using propulsion power supplied by batteries or fuel cells
- B60L50/60—Electric propulsion with power supplied within the vehicle using propulsion power supplied by batteries or fuel cells using power supplied by batteries
- B60L50/66—Arrangements of batteries
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60L—PROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
- B60L53/00—Methods of charging batteries, specially adapted for electric vehicles; Charging stations or on-board charging equipment therefor; Exchange of energy storage elements in electric vehicles
- B60L53/60—Monitoring or controlling charging stations
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60L—PROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
- B60L58/00—Methods or circuit arrangements for monitoring or controlling batteries or fuel cells, specially adapted for electric vehicles
- B60L58/10—Methods or circuit arrangements for monitoring or controlling batteries or fuel cells, specially adapted for electric vehicles for monitoring or controlling batteries
- B60L58/12—Methods or circuit arrangements for monitoring or controlling batteries or fuel cells, specially adapted for electric vehicles for monitoring or controlling batteries responding to state of charge [SoC]
- B60L58/13—Maintaining the SoC within a determined range
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60L—PROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
- B60L58/00—Methods or circuit arrangements for monitoring or controlling batteries or fuel cells, specially adapted for electric vehicles
- B60L58/10—Methods or circuit arrangements for monitoring or controlling batteries or fuel cells, specially adapted for electric vehicles for monitoring or controlling batteries
- B60L58/18—Methods or circuit arrangements for monitoring or controlling batteries or fuel cells, specially adapted for electric vehicles for monitoring or controlling batteries of two or more battery modules
- B60L58/20—Methods or circuit arrangements for monitoring or controlling batteries or fuel cells, specially adapted for electric vehicles for monitoring or controlling batteries of two or more battery modules having different nominal voltages
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
- H02J—CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS OR SYSTEMS FOR SUPPLYING OR DISTRIBUTING ELECTRIC POWER; SYSTEMS FOR STORING ELECTRIC ENERGY
- H02J7/00—Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries
- H02J7/0029—Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries with safety or protection devices or circuits
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
- H02J—CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS OR SYSTEMS FOR SUPPLYING OR DISTRIBUTING ELECTRIC POWER; SYSTEMS FOR STORING ELECTRIC ENERGY
- H02J7/00—Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries
- H02J7/0042—Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries characterised by the mechanical construction
- H02J7/0045—Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries characterised by the mechanical construction concerning the insertion or the connection of the batteries
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
- H02J—CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS OR SYSTEMS FOR SUPPLYING OR DISTRIBUTING ELECTRIC POWER; SYSTEMS FOR STORING ELECTRIC ENERGY
- H02J7/00—Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries
- H02J7/0047—Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries with monitoring or indicating devices or circuits
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H02—GENERATION; CONVERSION OR DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRIC POWER
- H02J—CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS OR SYSTEMS FOR SUPPLYING OR DISTRIBUTING ELECTRIC POWER; SYSTEMS FOR STORING ELECTRIC ENERGY
- H02J7/00—Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries
- H02J7/0063—Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries with circuits adapted for supplying loads from the battery
-
- H02J7/42—
-
- H02J7/50—
-
- H02J7/60—
-
- H02J7/751—
-
- H02J7/80—
-
- H02J7/82—
-
- H02J7/855—
-
- H02J7/96—
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
- A01D—HARVESTING; MOWING
- A01D2101/00—Lawn-mowers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A01—AGRICULTURE; FORESTRY; ANIMAL HUSBANDRY; HUNTING; TRAPPING; FISHING
- A01D—HARVESTING; MOWING
- A01D34/00—Mowers; Mowing apparatus of harvesters
- A01D34/01—Mowers; Mowing apparatus of harvesters characterised by features relating to the type of cutting apparatus
- A01D34/412—Mowers; Mowing apparatus of harvesters characterised by features relating to the type of cutting apparatus having rotating cutters
- A01D34/63—Mowers; Mowing apparatus of harvesters characterised by features relating to the type of cutting apparatus having rotating cutters having cutters rotating about a vertical axis
- A01D34/64—Mowers; Mowing apparatus of harvesters characterised by features relating to the type of cutting apparatus having rotating cutters having cutters rotating about a vertical axis mounted on a vehicle, e.g. a tractor, or drawn by an animal or a vehicle
- A01D34/66—Mowers; Mowing apparatus of harvesters characterised by features relating to the type of cutting apparatus having rotating cutters having cutters rotating about a vertical axis mounted on a vehicle, e.g. a tractor, or drawn by an animal or a vehicle with two or more cutters
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60L—PROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
- B60L2200/00—Type of vehicles
- B60L2200/22—Microcars, e.g. golf cars
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60L—PROPULSION OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; SUPPLYING ELECTRIC POWER FOR AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRODYNAMIC BRAKE SYSTEMS FOR VEHICLES IN GENERAL; MAGNETIC SUSPENSION OR LEVITATION FOR VEHICLES; MONITORING OPERATING VARIABLES OF ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES; ELECTRIC SAFETY DEVICES FOR ELECTRICALLY-PROPELLED VEHICLES
- B60L2200/00—Type of vehicles
- B60L2200/40—Working vehicles
-
- H02J2105/37—
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02T—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO TRANSPORTATION
- Y02T10/00—Road transport of goods or passengers
- Y02T10/60—Other road transportation technologies with climate change mitigation effect
- Y02T10/70—Energy storage systems for electromobility, e.g. batteries
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02T—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES RELATED TO TRANSPORTATION
- Y02T10/00—Road transport of goods or passengers
- Y02T10/60—Other road transportation technologies with climate change mitigation effect
- Y02T10/7072—Electromobility specific charging systems or methods for batteries, ultracapacitors, supercapacitors or double-layer capacitors
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a lawn mower having a power source in the form of a plurality of battery packs secured within a battery compartment of the lawn mower.
- the present invention also relates to control systems of the lawn mower that controls a priority charging method of the power source, a live to drive control system that alerts the user of the lawn mower that the lawn mower is in an operable state, and a variable speed control system that controls the sensitivity of maneuvering controls of the lawn mower during operation.
- the invention provides an electric lawn mower comprising a frame; a drive wheel supporting the frame above a ground surface; a drive motor mounted to the frame and driving rotation of the drive wheel to move the lawn mower over the ground surface; an operator platform supported by the frame, and operable to support the weight of a user during operation of the lawn mower; a cutting deck coupled to the frame; a deck motor mounted to the cutting deck and configured to drive rotation of a blade under the cutting deck to cut grass under the cutting deck; a battery compartment supported by the frame and defining an inner space; a battery docking station mounted to a bottom wall of the battery compartment in the inner space; and a battery pack connected to the docking station through a gravity-biased connection, the battery pack providing electrical power to at least one of the drive motor and the deck motor.
- the electric lawn mower further comprises a lid for the battery compartment, the lid movable between an open position to provide access to the inner space and a closed position to restrict access to the inner space.
- the lid includes a latch configured to selectively secure the lid in the closed position, and the lid, in the closed position, engages the battery pack to provide a gravity-assisted connection force that urges the battery packs into engagement with the battery docking station.
- the battery pack weighs less than fifty-five pounds.
- the docking station includes an alignment structure and an electrical connector, the alignment structure aligning the battery pack with the electrical connector prior to the battery pack engaging the electrical connectors as the battery pack is connected to the docking station.
- the electric lawn mower further comprises a vehicle control module communicating with the drive motor and the deck motor to control operation of the drive motor and deck motor in response to commands from the user.
- the electric lawn mower further comprises a user display, wherein the battery pack communicates with the user display to provide battery-related information on the user display.
- the battery-related information includes state of charge of the battery pack.
- the electric lawn mower further comprises left and right maneuvering controls graspable by the user on the operator platform, the electric lawn mower is a zero urn radius lawn mower; the drive wheel comprises left and right drive wheels; and the drive motor comprises left and right drive motors independently controlled by manipulation of the respective left and right maneuvering controls for independently driving rotation of the respective left and right drive wheels at a selected speed and direction of rotation.
- the battery docking station comprises a plurality of battery docking stations mounted to a bottom wall of the battery compartment; and the battery pack comprises a plurality of battery packs connected to the battery docking stations.
- the electric lawn mower further comprises a charging port communicating with the plurality of battery packs and a bus bar communicating with the plurality of docking stations, the charging port, and a vehicle control module, the vehicle control module receives power from the plurality of battery packs via the docking stations and the bus bar and directs the power to the drive motors and the deck motor.
- a weight of the plurality of battery packs provides a gravity-biased connection between each of the plurality of battery packs and the plurality of docking stations such that the plurality of battery packs are removable from engagement with the plurality of docking stations without the need for tools.
- each of the plurality of battery packs includes a handle integrally formed with an upper portion of the battery pack to facilitate handling of the battery pack by a user.
- each of the plurality of docking stations includes contacts; each of the plurality of battery packs includes a flat bottom, a recessed portion, and contacts in the recessed portion; and contacts of the battery packs engage the contacts of the docking stations with a majority of the weight of the battery packs being borne by the flat bottom of the battery packs engaging a bottom of the battery compartment when the battery packs are lowered onto the docking stations.
- the electric lawn mower further comprises a lid for the battery compartment; the lid is movable between an open position to provide access to the inner space and a closed position to restrict access to the inner space, the lid includes a latch configured to selectively secure the lid in the closed position, and the lid, in the closed position, engages the battery packs to provide a gravity-assisted connection force that overcomes a frictional force between the contacts of the battery packs and the contacts of the docking stations so the battery pack is electrically connected to the docking station.
- the invention provides a method for managing a priority of charging among a plurality of battery packs in an electric vehicle or an electric device, the method comprising determining, by an electronic controller, a state of charge for each of the plurality battery packs; comparing, by the electronic controller, the state of charge of each of the plurality of battery packs to a predetermined threshold; grouping into a first set, by the electronic controller, any of the battery packs having a state of charge above the predetermined threshold; grouping into a second set, by the electronic controller, any of the battery packs having a state of charge under the predetermined threshold; and controlling, by the electronic controller, a charging configuration including at least a first charger to charge the first set before charging the second set.
- the method further comprises designating, by the electronic controller, a first battery pack of the battery packs as a master battery pack, and at least one other battery pack of the battery packs as slave battery pack.
- each of the battery packs includes an identification number and wherein the step of designating one of the battery packs as a master battery pack includes designating the battery pack having the lowest identification number as the master battery pack.
- the method further comprises in response to replacing one of the battery packs with a new battery pack having an identification number, the new battery pack and the non-replaced battery packs together defining a new plurality of battery packs: comparing the identification numbers of the new plurality of battery packs; and designating as the master battery pack the battery pack among the new plurality of battery packs having the lowest identification number.
- comparing the state of charge of each of the plurality of battery packs to a predetermined threshold is performed with the predetermined threshold being 70%. In some embodiments, comparing the state of charge of each of the plurality of battery packs to a predetermined threshold is performed with the predetermined threshold being in the range 75% to 90%. In some embodiments, charging the first set includes charging the first set in order of battery state of charge from highest to lowest. In some embodiments, comparing the state of charge of each of the plurality of battery packs to a predetermined threshold is performed with the predetermined threshold being in the range 80% to 85%.
- a first battery pack of the battery packs is a master battery pack, and wherein the electric vehicle includes a first charging port and a second charging port, the master battery pack communicating with both of the first charging port and the second charging port, the method further comprising: identifying whether the first charger of the charger configuration is connected to the first charging port and whether a second charger of the charger configuration is connected to the second charging portion; and determining a priority charging method based on whether one or both of the first charger and second charger are respectively connected to the first charging port and second charging port.
- determining a priority charging method comprises, during the charging the first set step, charging a single battery pack in the event that only the first charger is connected to the first charging port and charging a plurality of battery packs in parallel in the event that both the first charger is connected to the first charging port and the second charger is connected to the second charging port.
- the method further comprises grouping into a third set any of the battery packs having a state of charge under a low threshold and charging the battery packs in the third set concurrently. In some embodiments, the low threshold is 15%.
- the method further comprises ordering the battery packs in the second set according to state of charge; wherein charging the second set comprises: charging the lowest state of charge battery in the second set; and once the state of charge of the lowest state of charge battery pack in the second set is equal to the state of charge of the second lowest state of charge battery pack in the second set, concurrently charging the lowest state of charge battery pack and the second lowest state of charge battery pack in the second set.
- the electronic controller is at least one selected from the group consisting of a battery controller positioned within a master battery pack of the battery packs and a control of a vehicle control module positioned on the electric vehicle.
- the electric vehicle is an electric lawn mower
- the method further comprising: after charging the plurality of battery packs, discharging current from the plurality of battery packs to drive: a drive motor that drives rotation of a drive wheel to move the electric lawn mower over a ground surface, and a deck motor mounted to a cutting deck of the electric lawn mower that drives rotation of a blade under the cutting deck to cut grass under the cutting deck.
- the invention provides a system for managing a priority of battery charging for an electric vehicle or an electric device, the system comprising: a frame; a battery compartment supported by the frame and defining an inner space: a plurality of battery docking stations in the inner space of the battery compartment; a plurality of battery packs, each battery pack of the plurality of battery packs connected to a respective docking station of the plurality of docking stations; and a charger configuration including at least a first charger and having a power input connector and a power output connector, the power input connector configured to receive power from an external source, the power output connector configured to provide charging current to the battery pack and an electronic controller coupled to the charging configuration and configured to: determine a state of charge for each of the plurality battery packs; compare the state of charge of each of the plurality of battery packs to a predetermined threshold; group into a first set any of the battery packs having a state of charge above the predetermined threshold; group into a second set any of the battery packs having a state of charge under the predetermined threshold; and control the charging
- each of the battery packs includes an identification number
- the electronic controller is further configured to designate a first battery pack of the battery packs as a master battery pack in response to the first battery pack having the lowest identification number of the battery packs
- the electronic controller is further configured to designate at least one other battery pack of the battery packs as slave battery pack.
- a first battery pack of the battery packs is a master battery pack
- the electric vehicle includes a first charging port and a second charging port
- the master battery pack communicating with both of the first charging port and the second charging port
- the electronic controller is further configured to: identify whether the first charger of the charger configuration is connected to the first charging port and whether a second charger of the charger configuration is connected to the second charging portion; and determine a priority charging method based on whether one or both of the first charger and second charger are respectively connected to the first charging port and second charging port.
- the electronic controller is further configured to order the battery packs in the second set according to state of charge, and to control the charging configuration to charge the second set, the electronic controller is further configured to: charge the lowest state of charge battery in the second set; and once the state of charge of the lowest state of charge battery pack in the second set is equal to the state of charge of the second lowest state of charge battery pack in the second set, concurrently charge the lowest state of charge battery pack and the second lowest state of charge battery pack in the second set.
- the electronic controller is at least one selected from the group consisting of a battery controller positioned within a master battery pack of the battery packs and a control of a vehicle control module positioned on the electric vehicle.
- the invention provides a method for alerting a user of an electric vehicle that the vehicle is in a live to drive state, the electric vehicle including at least one maneuvering control, the method comprising: determining with a vehicle control module that a set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied; generating an audible alert with an audible element in response to identifying that the set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied; generating a visual alert at a user display on the vehicle in response to identifying that the set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied, and identifying that the electric vehicle is in the live to drive state based on determining that the set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied, wherein, in the live to drive state, the vehicle can be moved by operation of the maneuvering control.
- the audible element includes at least one from the group of: a speaker supported by the lawn mower and a headset used by the user.
- the audible element includes a headset; and generating an audible alert includes transmitting the audible alert via a short-range wireless communication protocol or a wired connection between the headset and the vehicle control module.
- generating a visual alert includes at least one from the group of: illuminating an LED, flashing an LED, and displaying a message on a screen visible to the user.
- the method further comprises determining operational states of the vehicle with a plurality of sensors monitoring a system interface, the maneuvering control, an operator platform supporting the user, and the power source providing motive power for the vehicle; and wherein identifying that the predetermined conditions of the live to drive state satisfied includes interpreting whether the operational states of the vehicle meets the set of predetermined conditions.
- the predetermined conditions includes at least one from the group of: a battery charger is disconnected from the power source, a pre-charge of the power source is complete, the user is seated in a seat on the operator platform, a parking brake is applied, the maneuvering controls are in a neutral position, there are no system faults, and an ignition is in an on position.
- the method further comprises generating an error alert and not permitting the vehicle to operate when the set of predetermined conditions indicative of the live to drive state are not met by the operational states.
- generating an audible alert comprises generating a first audible alert, the method further comprising generating a second audible alert one second following the first audible alert.
- a parking brake is disabled following the second audible alert so the vehicle can be moved by operation of the at least one maneuvering control.
- the invention provides an electric vehicle including a system for alerting a user of the electric vehicle that the vehicle is in a live to drive state, the electric vehicle comprising: frame; a drive wheel supporting the frame above a ground surface; a drive motor mounted to the frame and driving rotation of the drive wheel to move the electric vehicle over the ground surface; an audible element configured to generate sound; a user display; at least one maneuvering control configured to: indicate a drive command for the drive motor; an electronic controller coupled to the at least one maneuvering control and the drive motor, the electronic controller configured to determine that a set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied; generate an audible alert with the audible element in response to determining that the set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied; generate a visual alert at the user display on the vehicle in response to determining that the set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied, and identify the vehicle is in the live to drive state based on determining that the set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied, where
- the audible element includes at least one from the group of: a speaker supported by the electric vehicle and a headset used by the user.
- the audible element includes a headset; and to generate the audible alert, the electronic controller is configured to transmit the audible alert via a short-range wireless communication protocol or a wired connection to the headset.
- to generate a visual alert the electronic controller is configured to at least one from the group of: illuminate an LED, flash an LED, and display a message on a screen visible to the user.
- the electronic controller is further configured to determine operational states of the vehicle with a plurality of sensors monitoring a system interface, the at least one maneuvering control, an operator platform supporting the user, and a power source providing motive power for the vehicle; and wherein, to identify that the vehicle is in the set of preconditions of the live to drive state are satisfied, the electronic controller is further configured to interpret whether the operational states of the vehicle meets the set of predetermined conditions.
- the predetermined conditions includes at least one from the group of: a battery charger is disconnected from the power source, a pre-charge of the power source is complete, the user is seated in a seat on the operator platform, a parking brake is applied, the at least one maneuvering control is in a neutral position, there are no system faults, and an ignition is in an on position.
- the electronic controller is further configured to generate an error alert and not permit the vehicle to operate when the set of predetermined conditions indicative of the live to drive state is not met by the operational states.
- the audible alert is a first audible alert
- the electronic controller is further configured to generate a second audible alert one second following the first audible alert.
- the electric vehicle further comprises a parking brake configured to restrict movement of the electric vehicle, wherein the parking brake is configured to be disabled following the second audible alert so the vehicle can be moved by operation of the at least one maneuvering control.
- the invention provides a variable speed control system for a lawn mower, the lawn mower including an operator zone comprising an area accessible by a user of the lawn mower during operation of the lawn mower, the system comprising: a maneuvering control in the operator zone and movable by the user through a fill range of motion including a maximum speed end at which the lawn mower moves at a maximum speed: and an adjustment mechanism in the operator zone and manually adjustable by the user, the adjustment mechanism adjusting the maximum speed.
- the adjustment mechanism comprises an analog mechanism. In some embodiments, the adjustment mechanism is movable between a plurality of positions to allow the maximum speed to be variably adjusted. In some embodiments, the adjustment mechanism is movable between three positions corresponding to three different speed modes corresponding to a low maximum speed, a standard maximum speed, and a high maximum speed. In some embodiments, the adjustment mechanism is movable between discrete positions, the system further comprising a detent mechanism for holding the adjustment mechanism in at least one of the discrete positions. In some embodiments, the adjustment mechanism is integrated within the maneuvering control such that the adjustment mechanism can be manipulated by the user without removing the user's hands from the maneuvering control. In some embodiments, the maximum speed varies as a linear function of the position of the adjustment mechanism.
- the system further comprises a vehicle control module communicating with the maneuvering control to adjust a sensitivity of the maneuvering control in response to a position of the adjustment mechanism.
- the vehicle control module communicates with a user display in the operator zone to provide a visual alert to the user relating to the adjusted maximum speed.
- the visual alert is a bar or dial corresponding to a position of the adjustment mechanism.
- the maneuvering control comprises left and right control arms operably coupled to left and right drive wheels of the lawn mower to enable the user to independently control the speed and direction of the left and right drive wheels by moving the left and right control arms through the range of motion.
- the invention provides an electric lawn mower, the electric lawn mower comprising a frame; a drive wheel supporting the frame above a ground surface; a cutting deck coupled to the frame; a drive motor mounted to the frame and driving rotation of the drive wheel to move the electric lawn mower over the ground surface, and a deck motor mounted to the cutting deck and configured to drive rotation of a blade under the cutting deck to cut grass under the cutting deck: a plurality of battery packs supported by the frame and configured to provide electrical power to the drive motor and to the deck motor; an electronic controller coupled to the drive motor and to the deck motor, the electronic controller configured to: determine a maximum steady state current value for the plurality of battery packs; determine a maximum drive current value for the drive motor and a maximum deck current value for the deck motor based on the maximum steady state current value, a duty cycle of the drive motor, and a duty cycle of the deck motor; control the drive motor to maintain a motor current of the drive motor below the maximum drive current value; and control the deck motor to maintain a motor current of the deck motor below the maximum deck
- the drive motor is a first drive motor of a plurality of drive motors mounted to the frame and the drive wheel is a first drive wheel of a plurality of drive wheels supporting the frame above a ground surface, each drive motor of the plurality of drive motors is associated with a respective drive wheel of the plurality of drive wheels to move the electric lawn mower over the ground surface, the deck motor is a first deck motor of a plurality of deck motors, and the blade is a first blade of a plurality of blades under the cutting deck, and each deck motor of the plurality of deck motors is configured to drive rotation of a respective blade of the plurality of blades to cut grass under the cutting deck.
- the motor is further configured to: calculate a maximum aggregate drive motor current for the plurality of drive motors and a maximum aggregate deck motor current for the plurality of deck motors based on the maximum steady state current value, a duty cycle of the drive motor, and a duty cycle of the deck motor, divide the maximum aggregate drive motor current by a total number of the plurality of drive motors to determine the maximum drive current value, and divide the maximum aggregate deck motor current by a total number of the plurality of deck motors to determine the maximum deck current value.
- the electronic controller includes a vehicle control module including a processor and memory, a drive controller for each of the plurality of drive motors, and a deck controller for each of the plurality of deck controllers, the vehicle control module is configured to determine and provide the maximum drive current value to each of the plurality of drive controllers and is configured to determine and provide the maximum deck current value to each of the plurality of deck controllers.
- each of the plurality of drive controllers is configured to control an associated drive motor to maintain motor current of the associated drive motor below the maximum drive current value
- each of the plurality of deck controllers is configured to control an associated deck motor to maintain motor current of the associated deck motor below the maximum drive current value.
- the plurality of battery packs include a master battery pack and a plurality of slave battery packs
- the master battery pack is configured to: determine a steady state current value for each of the plurality of battery packs, sum the steady state current values for each of the plurality of battery packs, and provide, to the electronic controller, the sum of the steady state current values as the maximum steady state current value.
- each battery pack of the plurality of battery packs includes a plurality of battery cells, a temperature sensor, cell group voltage sensors, a pack voltage sensor, and a battery controller coupled to the temperature sensor and the voltage sensors, and wherein the battery controller of each of the plurality of battery packs is configured to calculate the steady state current value of the respective battery pack of which the battery controller is a part based on: a minimum cell voltage measured by the cell group voltage sensors of the respective battery pack, a pack state of charge determined from the pack voltage sensor of the respective battery pack, and an internal pack temperature from the temperature sensor of the respective battery pack.
- the battery controller of each of the plurality of battery packs is further configured to reduce the steady state current value of the respective battery pack of which the battery controller is a part based on one or more of the following: the minimum cell voltage of the respective battery pack being below a voltage threshold, the pack state of charge of the respective battery pack being below a charge threshold, and the internal pack temperature of the respective battery pack being above a temperature threshold.
- the battery controller of each of the plurality of battery packs is further configured to increase the steady state current value of the respective battery pack of which the battery controller is a part based on one or more of the following: the minimum cell voltage of the respective battery pack being above a voltage threshold, the pack state of charge of the respective battery pack being above a charge threshold, and the internal pack temperature of the respective battery pack being below a temperature threshold.
- the electronic controller is further configured to: control the drive motor to maintain a regenerative current from the drive motor below a maximum drive charge current value; and control the deck motor to maintain a regenerative current from the deck motor below a maximum deck charge current value.
- the invention provides a method of controlling power distribution in an electric lawn mower, the method comprising: determining, by an electronic controller, a maximum steady state current value for a plurality of battery packs supported by a frame of the electric lawn mower and configured to provide electrical power to a drive motor and to a deck motor, where the drive motor is mounted to the frame and configured to drive rotation of a drive wheel to move the electric lawn mower over a ground surface and where the deck motor is configured to drive rotation of a blade to cut grass under a cutting deck: determining, by the electronic controller, a maximum drive current value for the drive motor and a maximum deck current value for the deck motor based on the maximum steady state current value, a duty cycle of the drive motor, and a duty cycle of the deck motor; controlling, by the electronic controller, the drive motor to maintain a motor current of the drive motor below the maximum drive current value; and controlling, by the electronic controller, the deck motor to maintain a motor current of the deck motor below the maximum deck current value.
- the drive motor is a first drive motor of a plurality of drive motors mounted to the frame and the drive wheel is a first drive wheel of a plurality of drive wheels supporting the frame above a ground surface
- the deck motor is a first deck motor of a plurality of deck motors
- the blade is a first blade of a plurality of blades under the cutting deck
- the method further comprising driving, by each drive motor of the plurality of drive motors, a respective drive wheel of the plurality of drive wheels to move the electric lawn mower over the ground surface, and driving, by each deck motor of the plurality of deck motors, a respective blade of the plurality of blades to cut grass under the cutting deck.
- determining a maximum drive current value for the drive motor and a maximum deck current value for the deck motor based on the maximum steady state current value, the duty cycle of the drive motor, and the duty cycle of the deck motor includes: calculating a maximum aggregate drive motor current for the plurality of drive motors and a maximum aggregate deck motor current for the plurality of deck motors based on the maximum steady state current value, a duty cycle of the chive motor, and a duty cycle of the deck motor, dividing the maximum aggregate drive motor current by a total number of the plurality of drive motors to determine the maximum drive current value, and dividing the maximum aggregate deck motor current by a total number of the plurality of deck motors to determine the maximum deck current value.
- the electronic controller includes a vehicle control module including a processor and memory, a drive controller for each of the plurality of drive motors, and a deck controller for each of the plurality of deck controllers, the method further comprising:
- the vehicle control module providing, by the vehicle control module, the maximum drive current value to each of the plurality of drive controllers; and providing, by the vehicle control module, the maximum deck current value to each of the plurality of deck controllers.
- controlling, by each of the plurality of drive controllers, an associated drive motor to maintain motor current of the associated drive motor below the maximum drive current value controlling, by each of the plurality of deck controllers, an associated deck motor to maintain motor current of the associated deck motor below the maximum drive current value.
- the plurality of battery packs include a master battery pack and a plurality of slave battery packs, the method further comprising: determining, by the master battery pack, a steady state current value for each of the plurality of battery packs, summing, by the master battery pack, the steady state current values for each of the plurality of battery packs, and providing, by the master battery pack, the sum of the steady state current values as the maximum steady state current value to the electronic controller.
- each battery pack of the plurality of battery packs includes a plurality of battery cells, a temperature sensor, cell group voltage sensors, a pack voltage sensor, and a battery controller coupled to the temperature sensor and the voltage sensors, the method further comprising: calculating, by the battery controller of each of the plurality of battery packs, the steady state current value of the respective battery pack of which the battery controller is a part based on: a minimum cell voltage measured by the cell group voltage sensors of the respective battery pack, a pack state of charge determined from the pack voltage sensor of the respective battery pack, and an internal pack temperature from the temperature sensor of the respective battery pack.
- the method further comprises reducing, by the battery controller of each of the plurality of battery packs, the steady state current value of the respective battery pack of which the battery controller is a part based on one or more of the following: the minimum cell voltage of the respective battery pack being below a voltage threshold, the pack state of charge of the respective battery pack being below a charge threshold, and the internal pack temperature of the respective battery pack being above a temperature threshold.
- the methods further comprises increasing, by the battery controller of each of the plurality of battery packs, the steady state current value of the respective battery pack of which the battery controller is a part based on one or more of the following: the minimum cell voltage of the respective battery pack being above a voltage threshold, the pack state of charge of the respective battery pack being above a charge threshold, and the internal pack temperature of the respective battery pack being below a temperature threshold.
- the method further comprises controlling, by the electronic controller, the drive motor to maintain a regenerative current from the drive motor below a maximum drive charge current value; and controlling, by the electronic controller, the deck motor to maintain a regenerative current from the deck motor below a maximum deck charge current value.
- the invention provides an electric lawn mower, the electric lawn mower comprising: a frame; a drive wheel supporting the frame above a ground surface; a drive motor mounted to the frame and driving rotation of the drive wheel to move the electric lawn mower over the ground surface; a maneuvering control configured to indicate a desired motor control for the drive motor; a motor speed sensor configured to sense a rotational speed of the drive motor; and an electronic controller coupled to the drive motor, the electronic controller configured to: determine a desired motor speed based on an output from the maneuvering control; determine a sensed motor speed based on an output of the motor speed sensor; determine a proportional term adjustment factor based on the sensed motor speed; and control the drive motor according to a proportional integral drive control loop having a proportional term and an integral term, wherein the proportional term is determined based on a difference between the desired motor speed and the sensed motor speed and based on the proportional term adjustment factor.
- the electric lawn mower further comprises a second drive wheel supporting the frame above the ground surface; a second drive motor mounted to the frame and driving rotation of the second drive wheel to move the electric lawn mower over the ground surface; a second maneuvering control configured to indicate a desired motor control for the second drive motor; and a second motor speed sensor configured to sense a rotational speed of the second drive motor; wherein the electronic controller is further coupled to the second drive motor and configured to: determine a desired motor speed for the second drive motor based on an output from the second maneuvering control; determine a sensed motor speed of the second drive motor based on an output of the motor speed sensor; determine a second proportional term adjustment factor based on the sensed motor speed of the second drive motor; and control the second drive motor according to a second proportional integral drive control loop having a second proportional term and a second integral term, wherein the second proportional term is determined based on a difference between the desired motor speed for the second drive motor and the sensed motor speed of the second drive motor and based on the second proportional term
- the electric lawn mower further comprises an operator platform supported by the frame, and operable to support the weight of a user during operation of the lawn mower; a cutting deck coupled to the frame; a deck motor mounted to the cutting deck and configured to drive rotation of a blade under the cutting deck to cut grass under the cutting deck; a battery compartment supported by the frame and defining an inner space; a battery docking station mounted to a bottom wall of the battery compartment in the inner space; and a battery pack connected to the docking station, the battery providing electrical power to at least one of the drive motor and the deck motor.
- the electronic controller is further configured to: determine an integral term based on differences between desired motor speeds and sensed motor speeds over time; sum the integral term and the proportional term to generate a motor control signal for the drive motor; and control the drive motor based on the motor control signal.
- the drive motor is a brushless motor and the motor control signal is a pulse width modulated (PMW) signal.
- the electronic controller is further configured to multiply the difference between the desired motor speed and the sensed motor speed by the proportional term adjustment factor.
- the proportional term adjustment factor increases as the sensed motor speed of the drive motor decreases and decreases as the sensed motor speed of the drive motor increases.
- the electronic controller maps the sensed motor speed to the proportional term adjustment factor values using a map, the map including at least maximum adjustment factor region, a linear adjustment factor region, and a minimum adjustment factor region, the maximum adjustment factor region associates sensed motor speeds below a minimum speed threshold to a maximum proportional term adjustment factor value, the minimum adjustment factor region associates sensed motor speeds above a maximum speed threshold to a minimum proportional term adjustment factor value, and the linear adjustment factor region associates sensed motor speed between the minimum speed threshold and the maximum speed threshold to a value between the maximum and minimum proportional term adjustment factor values.
- the linear adjustment factor region includes at least a first linear mapping sub-region and a second linear mapping sub-region, the first linear mapping sub-region mapping sensed motor speeds in a first range to linear adjustment factor values according to a linear function having a first slope, and the second linear mapping sub-region mapping sensed motor speeds in a second range to linear adjustment factor values according to a linear function having a second slope.
- the invention provides a method of controlling an electric lawn mower, the method comprising: determining, by an electronic controller, a desired motor speed based on an output from a maneuvering control, the maneuvering control configured to indicate a desired motor control for a drive motor mounted to a frame of the electric lawn mower and driving rotation of a drive wheel supporting the frame to move the electric lawn mower over a ground surface; determining, by the electronic controller, a sensed motor speed based on an output of a motor speed sensor configured to sense a rotational speed of the drive motor; determining, by the electronic controller, a proportional term adjustment factor based on the sensed motor speed; and controlling, by the electronic controller, the drive motor according to a proportional integral drive control loop having a proportional term and an integral term, wherein the proportional term is determined based on a difference between the desired motor speed and the sensed motor speed and based on the proportional term adjustment factor.
- the method further comprises determining, by the electronic controller, a desired motor speed for a second drive motor based on an output from a second maneuvering control, the second maneuvering control configured to indicate a desired motor control for the second drive motor mounted to the frame of the electric lawn mower and driving rotation of a second chive wheel supporting the frame to move the electric lawn mower over the ground surface; determining, by the electronic controller, a sensed motor speed of the second drive motor based on an output of a second motor speed sensor configured to sense a rotational speed of the second drive motor; determining, by the electronic controller, a second proportional term adjustment factor based on the sensed motor speed of the second drive motor; and controlling, by the electronic controller, the second drive motor according to a second proportional integral drive control loop having a second proportional term and a second integral term, wherein the second proportional term is determined based on a difference between the desired motor speed for the second drive motor and the sensed motor speed of the second rive motor and based on the second proportional term adjustment factor.
- the method further comprises providing electrical power, by a battery pack connected to a battery docking station of the lawn mower, to the drive motor and to a deck motor mounted to a cutting deck of the lawn mower; and controlling, by the electronic controller, the deck motor to drive rotation of a blade under the cutting deck to cut grass under the cutting deck.
- controlling the drive motor according to the proportional integral drive control loop further includes: determining an integral term based on differences between desired motor speeds and sensed motor speeds over time; summing the integral term and the proportional term to generate a motor control signal for the drive motor; and controlling the drive motor based on the motor control signal.
- the drive motor is a brushless motor and controlling the drive motor based on the motor control signal includes providing a pulse width modulated (PMW) signal as the motor control signal.
- determining the proportional term includes multiplying the difference between the desired motor speed and the sensed motor speed by the proportional term adjustment factor.
- the proportional term adjustment factor increases as the sensed motor speed of the drive motor decreases and decreases as the sensed motor speed of the drive motor increases.
- determining the proportional term adjustment factor includes: mapping, by the electronic controller, the sensed motor speed to the proportional term adjustment factor values using a map, the map including at least maximum adjustment factor region, a linear adjustment factor region, and a minimum adjustment factor region, the maximum adjustment factor region associates sensed motor speeds below a minimum speed threshold to a maximum proportional term adjustment factor value, the minimum adjustment factor region associates sensed motor speeds above a maximum speed threshold to a minimum proportional term adjustment factor value, and the linear adjustment factor region associates sensed motor speed between the minimum speed threshold and the maximum speed threshold to a value between the maximum and minimum proportional term adjustment factor values.
- the linear adjustment factor region includes at least a first linear mapping sub-region and a second linear mapping sub-region, the first linear mapping sub-region mapping sensed motor speeds in a first range to linear adjustment factor values according to a linear function having a first slope, and the second linear mapping sub-region mapping sensed motor speeds in a second range to linear adjustment factor values according to a linear function having a second slope.
- the invention provides an off-board charger for charging a battery of an electric vehicle removed from the electric vehicle, the off-board charger comprising a frame; a resting support supporting the frame above a ground surface when the off-board charger is in a resting position; a pair of wheels position at a first end of the frame, the frame configured to pivot about an axis of the pair of wheels to lift the resting support off of the ground surface to enable wheeled transport of the off-board charger; a battery compartment supported by the frame and defining an inner space; a battery docking station mounted to a bottom wall of the battery compartment in the inner space; a battery pack connected to the docking station through a gravity-biased connection; and a charging circuit supported by the frame and having a power input connector and a power output connector, the power input connector configured to receive power from an external source, the power output connector configured to provide charging current to the battery pack.
- the off-board charger further comprises a lid for the battery compartment, the lid movable between an open position to provide access to the inner space and a closed position to restrict access to the inner space.
- the off-board charger further comprises a lid sensor configured to provide a signal to the battery pack indicative of whether the lid is closed. In some embodiments, charging of the battery pack is disabled when the lid sensor indicates that the lid is open. In some embodiments, the battery pack weighs less than fifty pounds.
- the docking station includes an alignment structure and an electrical connector, the alignment structure aligning the battery pack with the electrical connector prior to the battery pack engaging the electrical connectors as the battery pack is connected to the docking station.
- the off-board charger further comprises a second charging circuit supported by the frame and having a second power input connector and a second power output connector, the second power input connector configured to receive power from the external source, the second power output connector configured to provide charging current to the battery pack.
- the power input connector and the second power input connector are configured to be independently coupled to the external source via a first power cable coupled to the power input connector and extending away from the off-board charger and a second power cable coupled to the second power input connector and extending away from the off-board charger.
- the battery docking station comprises a plurality of battery docking stations mounted to a bottom wall of the battery compartment; and the battery pack comprises a plurality of battery packs connected to the battery docking stations.
- a bus bar connecting the plurality of docking stations to the charger, where the bus bar includes a printed circuit board with signal traces for communications and conductive plates for transmitting charging current, the conductive plates mounted on the printed circuit board.
- the bus bar connecting the plurality of docking stations to a second charger.
- a weight of the plurality of battery packs provides a gravity-biased connection between each of the plurality of battery packs and the plurality of docking stations such that the plurality of battery packs are removable from engagement with the plurality of docking stations without the need for tools.
- each of the plurality of battery packs includes a handle integrally formed with an upper portion of the battery pack to facilitate handling of the battery pack by a user.
- each of the plurality of docking stations includes contacts; each of the plurality of battery packs includes a flat bottom, a recessed portion, and contacts in the recessed portion; and contacts of the battery packs engage the contacts of the docking stations with a majority of the weight of the battery packs being borne by the flat bottom of the battery packs engaging a bottom of the battery compartment when the battery packs are lowered onto the docking stations.
- the off-board charger further comprises a handle coupled to the first end of the frame, the handle configured to receive a force transverse to the handle to thereby pivot the frame about the axis of the pair of wheels to lift the resting support off of the ground surface to enable wheeled transport of the off-board charger.
- the handle pivotably supported by the frame and has a storage position and a transport position, wherein, in the storage position, the handle is at a first pivot angle relative to the frame and, in the transport position, the handle is at a second pivot angle relative to the frame.
- the off-board charger further comprises a handle support structure coupled to the battery compartment, and an adjustment mechanism coupled to the handle support structure, wherein the adjustment mechanism is configured to selectively engage with the handle to restrict pivotably movement of the handle between the storage position and the transport position.
- the invention provides an electronic device for charging an electric vehicle battery
- the electronic device comprises: a frame; a battery compartment supported by the frame and defining an inner space; a lid for the battery compartment, the lid movable between an open position to provide access to the inner space and a closed position to restrict access to the inner space; a battery docking station in the inner space of the battery compartment; a battery pack connected to the docking station, the battery pack having an electronic controller, a pack out terminal configured to provide an output signal, a wake terminal configured to receive a wake signal, and a safety terminal configured to receive a safety signal, the battery pack configured to power a motor of an electric vehicle; and a safety circuit having a connector that connects the pack out terminal to the wake terminal to provide the output signal to the battery pack as the wake signal, and a lid sensor configured to provide a safety signal to the battery pack indicative of whether the lid is closed; and a charging circuit having a power input connector and a power output connector, the power input connector configured to receive power from an external source, the power output
- the lid sensor includes a lid switch having an input terminal and an output terminal, the lid switch configured to close when the lid is in the closed position to make a connection between the input terminal and the output terminal, and open when the lid is in the open position to interrupt the connection between the input terminal and the output terminal.
- the lid switch is a magnetically actuatable switch that is actuated to close when a magnet positioned on the lid is positioned within a range of the lid switch when the lid is closed, and that is actuated to open when a magnet positioned on the lid is positioned outside of the range of the lid switch when the lid is open.
- the lid switch is a mechanically actuatable switch that is mechanically actuated to close when the lid is closed, and that is mechanically actuated to open when the lid is open.
- the safety circuit provides a connection between the pack out terminal and the input terminal of the lid switch.
- the connector that connects the pack out term inal to the wake terminal is a jumper in a charger plug that connects a charger circuit to the off-board charger.
- the electronic controller is coupled to the pack out terminal, the wake terminal, and the lid terminal, and wherein the electronic controller is configured to: generate the output signal provided at the pack out terminal; and wake the battery pack in response to receipt of the wake signal.
- the electronic device is an off-board charger separate from the electric vehicle. In some embodiments, the electronic device is a mower having the motor, and the electronic controller is further configured to: enable discharging of the battery pack in response to receipt of the wake signal and the safety signal; and provide current from cell so the battery pack to the motor after the enabling of discharging.
- the invention provides a method for charging or discharging a battery of an electric vehicle, the method comprises receiving, at a docking station of the electric vehicle or an off-board charger, a battery pack, the docking station positioned in an inner space of a battery compartment of an electronic device, and the battery pack having an electronic controller, a pack out terminal, a wake terminal, and a safety terminal; providing, by the electronic controller, an output signal via the pack out terminal to a safety circuit of the electronic device; receiving, by the electronic controller, the output signal from the safety circuit as a wake signal via the wake terminal; receiving, by the electronic controller, a safety signal from a lid sensor via the safety terminal, the safety signal indicative of whether a lid for the battery compartment is closed; enabling charging of the battery pack, by the electronic controller, in response to receipt of the wake signal and the safety signal; and receiving, by the battery pack, charge current from a charging circuit after the enabling of charging.
- the docking station is of the electric vehicle
- the method further comprises enabling discharging of the battery pack, by the electronic controller, in response to receipt of the wake signal and the safety signal; and providing, by the battery pack, current to a motor of the electric vehicle after the enabling of discharging.
- the lid sensor includes a lid switch having an input terminal and an output terminal, the method further comprises closing, by the lid switch, when the lid is in a closed position to make a connection between the input terminal and the output terminal, and opening, by the lid switch, when the lid is in an open position to interrupt the connection between the input terminal and the output terminal.
- the lid switch is a magnetically actuatable switch that is actuated to close when a magnet positioned on the lid is positioned within a range of the lid switch when the lid is closed, and that is actuated to open when a magnet positioned on the lid is positioned outside of the range of the lid switch when the lid is open.
- the lid switch is a mechanically actuatable switch that is mechanically actuated to close when the lid is closed, and that is mechanically actuated to open when the lid is open.
- the safety circuit provides a connection between the pack out terminal and the input terminal of the lid switch.
- receiving, by the electronic controller, the output signal from the safety circuit as the wake signal via the wake terminal includes: providing, by a connector of the safety circuit, the output signal as the wake signal to the wake terminal, wherein the connector is a jumper in a charger plug that connects a charger circuit to the off-board charger.
- the method further comprises waking, by the electronic controller, the battery pack in response to receipt of the wake signal and the safety signal.
- the invention provides an electric vehicle comprises a frame; a chive wheel supporting the frame above a ground surface; a drive motor mounted to the frame and driving rotation of the drive wheel to move the electric vehicle over the ground surface; a control arm coupled to the frame at a pivot joint enabling the control arm to pivot about the pivot joint through a range of motion that includes a forward range of positions, a neutral position, and a reverse range of positions; a position sensor configured to indicate an angular position of the control arm in the range of motion: an electronic controller in communication with the position sensor and configured to: operate in a calibration mode, in response to a request received via a user interface, in which the electronic controller is configured to: inhibit driving of the drive motor, identify a neutral set parameter based on a first output value from the position sensor associated with a neutral position of the control arm, identify a forward set parameter based on a second output value from the position sensor associated with a maximum forward position of the control arm, identify a reverse set parameter based on a third output value from the position sensor
- the electronic controller in the calibration mode, is further configured to: determine a neutral deadband based on the neutral set parameter, determine a maximum forward deadband based on the forward set parameter, and determine a maximum reverse deadband based on the reverse set parameter; and wherein, in the drive mode, the electronic controller is further configured to control the drive motor in accordance with the angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor, the neutral deadband, the maximum forward deadband, and the maximum reverse deadband.
- the electronic controller is further configured to: not drive the drive motor when the output value from the position sensor is within the neutral deadband, drive the drive motor at a maximum forward level when the output value from the position sensor is within the maximum forward deadband, and drive the drive motor at a maximum reverse level when the output value from the position sensor is within the maximum reverse deadband.
- the electronic controller is configured to average output values from the position sensor over a period while the control arm is in the neutral position, wherein, to identify the forward set parameter, the electronic controller is configured to detect the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the forward range, and wherein, to identify the reverse set parameter, the electronic controller is configured to detect the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the reverse range.
- the electronic controller is further configured to determine that the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the forward range exceeds a minimum forward threshold value, and, to identify the reverse set parameter, the electronic controller is further configured to determine that the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the reverse range exceeds a minimum reverse threshold value.
- the electronic controller in the calibration mode, is configured to: provide a first prompt on a display of the user interface to release the control arm into the neutral position before identifying the neutral set parameter, provide a second prompt on the display of the user interface to move the control arm to the maximum forward position before identifying the forward set parameter, and provide a third prompt on the display of the user interface to move the control arm to the maximum reverse position, before identifying the reverse set parameter.
- the position sensor has a position map that maps potential sensed angles of the control arm to respective output values
- the electronic controller is further configured to: update the position map of the position sensor to map a midpoint output value of the position sensor to the neutral position of the control arm, update the forward set parameter based on an offset from the neutral set parameter and the midpoint output value, update the reverse set parameter based on the offset, and update the neutral set parameter to be the midpoint output value.
- the electronic controller in the calibration mode, is further configured to: determine a neutral deadband based on the neutral set parameter after the neutral set parameter is updated to be the midpoint output value, determine a maximum forward deadband based on the forward set parameter after the forward set parameter is updated based on the offset, and determine a maximum reverse deadband based on the reverse set parameter after the reverse set parameter is updated based on the offset; and wherein, in the drive mode, the electronic controller is further configured to control the drive motor in accordance with the angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor, the neutral deadband, the maximum forward deadband, and the maximum reverse deadband.
- control arm is a left control arm
- drive motor is a left drive motor
- the drive wheel is a left drive wheel
- the electric vehicle further comprises: a light drive wheel supporting the frame above the ground surface; a right drive motor mounted to the frame and driving rotation of the right drive wheel to move the electric vehicle over the ground surface: a right control arm coupled to the frame at a second pivot joint enabling the right control arm to pivot about the second pivot joint through a range of motion that includes a second forward range of positions, a second neutral position, and a second reverse range of positions; a second position sensor configured to indicate an angular position of the right control arm in the range of motion; wherein the electronic controller is further configured to: while operating in the calibration mode; inhibit driving of the light chive motor, identify a second neutral set parameter based on a first output value from the second position sensor associated with a neutral position of the right control arm, identify a second forward set parameter based on a second output value from the second position sensor associated with a maximum forward position of the right control
- the invention provides a method of calibrating a drive control for an electric vehicle having a frame, a drive wheel supporting the frame above a ground surface, and a drive motor mounted to the frame and configured to drive rotation of the drive wheel to move the electric vehicle over the ground surface, the method comprising: operating in a calibration mode, by an electronic controller of the electric vehicle, in response to a request received via a user interface of the electric vehicle; while in the calibration mode; inhibiting driving of the drive motor; identifying a neutral set parameter based on a first output value from a position sensor associated with a neutral position of a control arm, wherein the control arm is coupled to the frame at a pivot joint enabling the control arm to pivot about the pivot joint through a range of motion that includes a forward range of positions, a neutral position, and a reverse range of positions, and wherein the position sensor is configured to indicate an angular position of the control arm in the range of motion; identifying a forward set parameter based on a second output value from the position sensor associated with a maximum forward
- the method further comprises while in the calibration mode: determining a neutral deadband based on the neutral set parameter, determining a maximum forward deadband based on the forward set parameter, and determining a maximum reverse deadband based on the reverse set parameter; and while in the drive mode; controlling the drive motor in accordance with the angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor, the neutral deadband, the maximum forward deadband, and the maximum reverse deadband.
- controlling the drive motor in accordance with the angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor, the neutral deadband, the maximum forward deadband, and the maximum reverse deadband further comprises: not driving the drive motor when the output value from the position sensor is within the neutral deadband, driving the drive motor at a maximum forward level when the output value from the position sensor is within the maximum forward deadband, and driving the drive motor at a maximum reverse level when the output value from the position sensor is within the maximum reverse deadband.
- identifying the neutral set parameter further includes averaging output values from the position sensor over a period while the control arm is in the neutral position, wherein identifying the forward set parameter further includes detecting the output value from the position sensor that has a greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the forward range, and wherein identifying the reverse set parameter further includes detecting the output value from the position sensor that has a greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the reverse range.
- identifying the forward set parameter further includes determining that the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the forward range exceeds a minimum forward threshold value, and wherein identifying the reverse set parameter further includes determining that the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the reverse range exceeds a minimum reverse threshold value.
- the method further comprises, while in the calibration mode: providing a first prompt on a display of the user interface to release the control arm into the neutral position before identifying the neutral set parameter, providing a second prompt on the display of the user interface to move the control arm to the maximum forward position before identifying the forward set parameter, and providing a third prompt on the display of the user interface to move the control arm to the maximum reverse position, before identifying the reverse set parameter.
- the position sensor has a position map that maps potential sensed angles of the control arm to respective output values
- the method further comprises, while in the calibration mode: updating the position map of the position sensor to map a midpoint output value of the position sensor to the neutral position of the control arm, updating the forward set parameter based on an offset from the first output value and the midpoint output value, updating the reverse set parameter based on the offset, and updating the neutral set parameter to be the midpoint output value.
- the method further comprises while in the calibration mode: determining a neutral deadband based on the neutral set parameter after the neutral set parameter is updated to be the midpoint output value, determining a maximum forward deadband based on the forward set parameter after the forward set parameter is updated based on the offset, and determining a maximum reverse deadband based on the reverse set parameter after the reverse set parameter is updated based on the offset; and while in the drive mode: controlling the drive motor in accordance with the angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor, the neutral deadband, the maximum forward deadband, and the maximum reverse deadband.
- control arm is a left control arm
- drive motor is a left drive motor
- the drive wheel is a left drive wheel
- the electric vehicle further includes a right control arm coupled to the frame at a second pivot joint enabling the right control aim to pivot about the second pivot joint through a second range of motion that includes a second forward range of positions, a second neutral position, and a second reverse range of positions, and a second position sensor configured to indicate an angular position of the right control arm in the second range of motion
- the method further comprising, while in the calibration mode: inhibiting driving of the right drive motor; identifying a second neutral set parameter based on a first output value from the second position sensor associated with a second neutral position of the right control arm, identifying a second forward set parameter based on a second output value from the second position sensor associated with a maximum forward position of the right control arm, identify a second reverse set parameter based on a third output value from the second position sensor associated with a maximum reverse position of the right control arm; while in the drive mode:
- FIG. 1 is a perspective view of an electric zero turn lawn mower according to the present invention.
- FIG. 2 is another perspective view of the lawn mower of FIG. 1 .
- FIG. 3 is a bottom perspective view of the lawn mower FIG. 1 .
- FIG. 4 is a perspective view of a battery compartment of the lawn mower having a bank of batteries positioned within the battery compartment.
- FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the battery compartment of the lawn mower having the bank of batteries removed from the battery compartment to illustrate a battery attachment structure.
- FIG. 6 is a bottom perspective view of the battery compartment illustrating the bus bar.
- FIG. 7 is a perspective view of two batteries of the bank of batteries attached to the battery attachment structure.
- FIG. 8 is a perspective view of a battery of the bank of batteries.
- FIG. 9 is a bottom perspective view of the battery.
- FIG. 10 is a top perspective view of the battery.
- FIG. 11 is a cross sectional side view of a connection interface between the battery and a docking station positioned within the battery compartment.
- FIG. 12 A is a schematic view of a charging system.
- FIG. 12 B is a schematic view of a charging system, according to another embodiment.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic view of a live to drive alert system.
- FIG. 14 A is a flow chart illustrating a control logic of the live to drive alert system in the form of a method.
- FIG. 14 b is a flow chart illustrating aspects of the method of FIG. 14 A .
- FIG. 14 c is a flow chart illustrating aspects of the method of FIG. 14 A .
- FIG. 15 is a schematic view of a variable speed control system.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic view of an adjustment mechanism of the variable speed control system of FIG. 15 .
- FIG. 17 A is a graph illustrating the relationship between an adjusted maximum speed and maneuver controls of the lawn mower.
- FIG. 17 B is illustrates an exemplary operation flow diagram for an embodiment of the variable speed control system.
- FIG. 18 is a block diagram of the lawn mower.
- FIG. 19 is a block diagram of a control module of the lawn mower in communication with motor controllers and battery packs.
- FIG. 20 A is a block diagram of a battery pack.
- FIG. 20 B is a schematic view of cells of the battery pack of FIG. 20 A .
- FIG. 21 is a flow chart of power distribution method for the battery packs of the lawn mower.
- FIG. 22 illustrate current state diagrams that are executed by a battery controller of the lawn mower.
- FIG. 23 illustrates a proportional integral control loop of a mower electronic controller.
- FIG. 24 is a flow chart for the proportional integral control loop of the mower electronic controller.
- FIG. 25 is a graph illustrating a proportional coefficient of the control loop compared to the rotations per minute of a drive motor of the mower.
- FIG. 26 is a perspective view of an off-board charger.
- FIG. 27 is a side view of the off-board charger in a first position.
- FIG. 28 is a side view of the off-board charger in a second position.
- FIG. 29 is a side view of the off-board charger with a handle in a stowed position.
- FIG. 30 is a perspective view of a battery compartment of the off-board charger having a bank of batteries positioned within the battery compartment.
- FIG. 31 is a perspective view of the battery compartment of the off-board charger having the bank of batteries removed from the battery compartment to illustrate a battery attachment structure.
- FIG. 32 is a perspective view of the off-board charger with a cover removed revealing chargers secured within a charger compartment.
- FIG. 33 is a bottom perspective view of the off-board charger illustrating a bottom side of a base unit.
- FIG. 34 is a perspective view of a docking station unit of the off-board charger.
- FIG. 35 is a bottom perspective cross-sectional view of the docking station unit illustrating a bus bar.
- FIG. 36 is block diagram of an external power source in electrical communication with chargers to provide electrical power to battery packs.
- FIG. 37 illustrates interconnections of the external power source, the chargers, and a battery pack.
- FIG. 38 illustrates a flow chart for a secure charging method for the chargers.
- FIG. 39 illustrates interconnections of the external power source, the chargers, and two battery packs.
- FIG. 40 illustrates a flow chart for a maneuvering control arm calibration method.
- FIG. 41 A illustrates a user display having a first mower calibration graphic.
- FIG. 41 B illustrates the user display having a second mower calibration graphic.
- FIG. 41 C illustrates the user display having a third mower calibration graphic.
- FIG. 42 A is an angular encoding diagram that illustrates a position map of a maneuvering control sensor.
- FIG. 42 B is a partial angular encoding diagram.
- FIG. 42 C is a partial angular encoding diagram.
- connection interface to allow a power source to be removed from a battery compartment of a lawn mower.
- a power source includes, among other elements as will be explained below, a plurality of battery packs that form a gravity-biased connection with a battery interface.
- the gravity biased connection ensures that the batteries are always biased into contact during ordinary operation of the lawn mower.
- the gravity-biased connection of the battery packs also facilitates relatively easy removal the battery packs from the lawn mower.
- Another problem addressed with the present invention arises from the nature of managing a priority charging method of the plurality of battery pack with an electronic control module (e.g., a vehicle control module, battery control module, etc.).
- an electronic control module e.g., a vehicle control module, battery control module, etc.
- the electronic control module manages the priority charging method to charge the battery packs having a state of charge above a predetermined threshold first. As a result, the lawn mower may be operated at the desired performance level for a longer time.
- the vehicle control module manages a live to drive system that includes an audible element and a user display.
- the live to dive system alerts the user with a visual alert using the user display and audible alert using the audible element.
- the user is alerted that the vehicle is in an operational state.
- the lawn mower includes an adjustment mechanism that interacts with the vehicle control module and maneuvering controls of the lawn mower to variably limit the maximum speed of the lawn mower.
- the adjustment mechanism may, for example be a dial that is adjustable between a plurality of positions. When the dial is adjusted to a desired position, the maximum speed of the lawn mower is adjusted to a desired maximum speed.
- the precision of the maneuvering controls increases as the maximum speed is decreased to allow the user to perform a precise maneuver in the tight area.
- FIGS. 1 - 6 illustrate a lawn mower 10 .
- the lawn mower 10 may be, for example, an electric lawn mower, or a hybrid lawn mower.
- the illustrated lawn mower 10 includes a frame 20 , ground engaging elements 30 , 35 , a prime mover 40 , 45 ( FIGS. 1 and 3 ), a power source 50 ( FIG. 4 ), an operator platform 60 , a user interface 70 (illustrated schematically in FIG. 1 ), a cutting deck 80 , and a vehicle control module 90 (illustrated schematically in FIG. 1 ).
- the frame 20 includes a first or front portion 22 (extending to the center of the frame) and a second or rear portion 24 (meeting the front portion at the center of the frame) opposite the front portion 22 .
- the frame 20 defines the basic body structure or chassis of the lawn mower 10 and supports the other components of the lawn mower 10 .
- the frame 20 is supported by the ground engaging elements 30 , 35 and in turn supports the other components of the lawn mower 10 .
- the ground-engaging elements 30 , 35 are movably (e.g., rotatably) coupled to the frame 20 .
- the illustrated ground-engaging elements 30 , 35 include two first or front ground-engaging elements 30 coupled to the front portion 22 of the frame 20 , and two second or rear ground-engaging elements 35 coupled to the rear portion 24 of the frame 20 .
- the ground-engaging elements 30 , 35 are rotatable wheels but in other embodiments could be tracks for example.
- the first (front) ground-engaging elements 30 are passive (i.e., rotating in response to movement of the lawn mower) caster wheels and the second (rear) ground-engaging elements 35 are the driven (i.e., rotating to cause movement of the lawn mower) wheels rotating under the influence of the prime mover 45 .
- the second (rear) ground-engaging elements 35 may be referred to in the illustrated embodiment as the drive wheels or the left and right drive wheels 35 , it being understood that the terms “left” and “right” are from the perspective of an operator in an ordinary operating position on the lawn mower.
- the drive wheels 35 are rotated by the prime mover 45 at a selected speed and direction to effect movement and steering of the lawn mower 10 in the well-known manner of a zero turn radius lawn mower.
- similar prime movers 45 may also or alternatively be coupled to the two first ground-engaging elements 30 for the same purpose as the prime movers 45 .
- the lawn mower may take the form of a stand-on mower or a tractor-style mower with steerable wheels.
- the prime mover 40 , 45 may, for example, be an internal combustion engine, one or more electric motors, hybrid gas/electric, etc.
- the prime mover 40 , 45 of the illustrated embodiment comprises a plurality of prime movers in the form of dedicated drive motors 45 ( FIG. 3 ) and deck motors 40 .
- the drive motors 45 are supported by the frame 20 , and are interconnected to the drive wheels 35 through a transmission or gear train to increase speed or torque delivered to the drive wheels 35 .
- the drive motors 45 may each include an output shaft that is directly coupled to one of the chive wheels 35 to independently drive rotation of the associated drive wheel 35 at a selected speed and direction.
- the drive wheels 35 may therefore be characterized as direct-drive wheels with dedicated drive motors 45 .
- Speed and steering of the mower in the illustrated embodiment are effected by the direction and relative speeds of the drive wheels 35 .
- the deck motors 40 and drive motors 45 together comprise what is referred to as the prime mover of the illustrated lawn mower 10 .
- a deck motor 40 is dedicated to each blade and a drive motor 45 is dedicated to each drive wheel 35 , but in other embodiments the work of some or all of these motors 40 , 45 can be combined in a single motor that distributes torque to multiple blades and/or drive wheels through power transmissions.
- the power source 50 in the illustrated embodiment is a bank (plurality) of battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 , as described in detail below.
- the power source 50 may include a single relatively large battery, but one potential advantage of the present invention is that the battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 are modular, lighter, and independently chargeable.
- the illustrated battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 can be handled, carried, charged, replaced, and serviced more easily by a typical user than a single, much larger battery.
- the illustrated batteries may weigh approximately 55 lbs or less apiece, as discussed below. In some embodiments, the batteries may weigh 53 lbs.
- the power source 50 is electrically coupled to the drive motors 45 and deck motors 40 to provide sufficient power for their operation.
- the power source 50 is illustrated as being supported in the rear portion 24 of the frame 20 , but in other embodiments may be supported on the front portion 22 or in the center of the frame 20 (straddling the front and rear portions 22 , 24 of the frame 20 ).
- the operator platform 60 is supported by the frame 20 and straddles the front portion 22 and the rear portion 24 of the frame 20 .
- the illustrated operator platform 60 includes a first or lower section 62 and a second or upper section 64 .
- the lower section 62 is located forward of the upper section 64 and is configured to support a user's feet.
- the upper section 64 is located rearward of the lower section 62 and supports a seat 66 .
- the seat 66 allows a user to sit during operation of the lawn mower 10 and access the user interface 70 .
- the operator platform 60 may only include the lower section 62 such that the lawn mower 10 is a standing vehicle.
- the operator platform 60 may have other configurations.
- An operator zone is defined as the seat 66 and all of the controls and other elements of the lawn mower 10 that can be reached by or seen by the user while seated, such as the user interface 70 and the lower portion 62 .
- the user interface 70 (schematically illustrated in FIG. 1 ) includes maneuvering controls 72 and a system interface 74 supported by the frame 20 within the operator zone.
- the maneuvering controls 72 are operable to control the lawn mower 10 , for example, by providing drive commands in response to user manipulation of the maneuvering controls 72 .
- the maneuvering controls 72 can be used to control the drive motors 45 to drive a desired speed and direction of rotation of the rear ground-engaging elements 35 to move and/or turn the lawn mower 10 .
- the maneuvering controls 72 include left and right control arms 72 a . 72 b used for a zero-turn radius (ZTR) lawn mower.
- ZTR zero-turn radius
- the drive motors 45 are manipulated with the left and right control arms 72 a , 72 b , with the left control arm 72 a controlling the direction and speed of rotation of the left chive wheel 35 and the right control arm 72 b controlling the direction and speed of rotation of the right chive wheel 35 .
- the left control arm 72 a is coupled to the frame 20 at a pivot joint 73 a and the right control arm 72 b is coupled to the frame 20 at a pivot joint 73 b .
- the maneuvering controls 72 may include other suitable actuators, such as a steering wheel, joystick(s), and the like.
- the system interface 74 may include an ignition 76 , a user display 78 , and control switches 79 (e.g., adjustment switches in the form of dials, push buttons, etc., which will be described in more detail below).
- the ignition 76 communicates with the vehicle control module 90 to allow the user to selectively provide power to (i.e., activate) the drive motors 45 and the deck motors 40 .
- ignition 76 include separate switches that activate the drive motors 45 and the deck motors 40 independently or by group.
- the battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 communicate directly with the user display 78 (e.g., via CAN communication) to display battery-related information on the user display 78 .
- the user display 78 communicates with the vehicle control module 90 to display information to the user.
- the user display 78 may display a state of charge of the power source 50 , faults occurring on the mower (e.g., battery pack faults), an operational state of the lawn mower 10 , etc.
- the control switches 79 and the user display 78 may interact with the vehicle control module 90 to control functions of the mower 10 (e.g., activation of deck motor 40 , drive motors 45 , maximum variable speed, etc.).
- the cutting deck 80 is supported underneath the frame 20 mainly in the front portion 22 in the illustrated embodiment, but in other embodiments might be moved rearward to the center or even fully to the rear portion 24 , for example.
- the cutting deck 80 includes one or more ground-engaging elements 82 (e.g., anti-scalping rollers) that support the cutting deck 80 on the ground.
- the deck motors 40 are mounted to the cutting deck 80 .
- the cutting deck 80 includes three deck motors 40 .
- the cutting deck 80 may include fewer deck motors 40 (e.g., one or two) or more deck motors 40 (e.g., three, four, etc.). Referring back to FIG.
- each deck motor 40 is mounted at least partially above the cutting deck 80 to provide access to cooling ambient air and includes an output shaft under the cutting deck 80 .
- a blade 84 is mounted under the cutting deck 80 to each output shaft and rotates under the influence of the deck motor 40 to cut grass under the cutting deck 80 .
- the cutting deck 80 includes a side discharge opening 86 to discharge mown grass.
- the cutting deck 80 may include a rear discharge, a collection bag, etc. to collect or discharge mown grass from under the cutting deck 80 .
- the blades 84 may be configured to mulch the grass clippings in which case there may be no discharge opening 86 or the discharge opening 86 may include an mechanism for opening and closing to selectively provide discharge and mulching functionality.
- Each of the deck motors 40 directly drives a single blade 84 and can therefore be termed a direct-drive, dedicated deck motor 40 .
- the vehicle control module 90 may interact with the user interface 70 , the drive motors 45 (e.g., via a drive motor controller), and the deck motors 40 (e.g., via a deck motor controller) during operation of the mower 10 . More specifically, the vehicle control module 90 may take input from the system interface 74 and relay instructions to the drive motors 45 and the deck motors 40 . The vehicle control module 90 may also receive information from the power source 50 , such as state of charge of the batteries and other battery-related information, and relay this information to the user interface 70 . The user display 78 may display information to the user such as state of charge of the power source 50 , operation mode of mower 10 , etc., as described in more detail below. While lawn mower 10 is described above as an electric zero turn lawn mower, it should be appreciated that the battery assembly and/or control systems described below may be used with any utility device that is operable to cut grass.
- the battery compartment 100 is supported by the frame 20 .
- the battery compartment 100 includes a housing 102 , a lid 104 , a latch 106 and a charging port 108 (illustrated schematically).
- the housing 102 has a bottom wall 110 and side walls 112 and defines an opening 114 .
- the lid 104 is coupled to the housing 102 and is movable between a closed condition ( FIGS. 1 - 2 ) in which it covers the opening 114 (i.e., closes the housing 102 ) and an open condition ( FIGS. 4 - 5 ) in which it provides access to the opening 114 (i.e., opens the housing 102 ).
- the lid 104 is pivotally (more specifically, hingedly) coupled to the forward end of the housing 102 .
- the latch 106 selectively secures the lid 104 in the closed condition.
- the charging port 108 may, for example, be mounted to or integrated into the housing 102 of the battery compartment 100 . In other embodiments the charging port 108 can be provided separately from the housing 102 .
- a battery interface 120 is mounted to the bottom wall 110 of the battery compartment 100 .
- the battery interface 120 includes four docking stations 122 , each including alignment structures 124 and electrical connectors 126 .
- the alignment structures 124 extend vertically from the bottom wall 110 of the battery compartment 100 .
- the alignment structures 124 are structural elements that are relatively rigid and able to withstand impact loading that may arise as batteries are installed on the electrical connectors 126 so that the batteries are properly aligned with the electrical connectors 126 before the batteries engage the electrical connectors 126 .
- the electrical connectors 126 are between alignment structures 124 .
- the battery interface 120 may include more docking stations 122 (e.g., five, six, etc.) or fewer docking stations 122 (e.g., three, two, one).
- the electrical connectors 126 are male contacts 129 (e.g., blades). It will be appreciated that an external charging station may be formed with a similar battery interface structure as illustrated in FIGS. 5 and 7 .
- a bus bar 131 is mounted to a bottom side 132 of the battery interface 120 and electrically communicates the electrical connectors 126 with the vehicle control module 90 and with the charging port 108 .
- the battery interface 120 is adapted to receive a plurality of battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 , which together are referred to as a bank of battery packs 50 .
- the bank of battery packs 50 includes four battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 to match the four docking stations 122 of the battery interface 120 .
- FIGS. 8 - 10 illustrate one of the battery packs 52 , although the description and discussion may also be applied to the other battery packs 54 , 56 , 58 .
- the battery pack 52 includes a housing, case or enclosure 130 having a plurality of cells arranged in series to provide a desired voltage (e.g., 48 volts). In other embodiments, the battery pack 52 may have a higher or lower voltage rating.
- the enclosure 130 has a rectangular geometry having an upper portion 134 , a lower portion 136 , sidewalls 138 extending between the upper 134 and lower portion 136 , and vents 140 positioned on the sidewalls 138 to reduce the internal pressure of the battery pack 52 .
- the illustrated enclosure 130 has a height of approximately sixteen inches and a width and depth of approximately nine inches.
- the size of the enclosure 130 allows each battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 to have a weight under approximately 55 pounds.
- the weight of the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 and vertical orientation of the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 in the battery compartment 100 ensure a gravity-biased connection is formed between the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 and the docking station 122 .
- “gravity-biased” means that the influence of gravity holds or urges the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 into engagement with the docking station 122 during loading of the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 or during ordinary operation of the lawn mower.
- the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 may also be secured with another mechanism such as the latch 106 discussed above, but the latch 106 does not work against gravity (and may, indeed work with gravity) when the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 is gravity-biased into engagement with the docking station 122 .
- the engagement of the latch 106 secures the lid 104 in the closed condition such that the lid 104 engages the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 to form a gravity-assisted connection force that works with the gravity-biased connection of the battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 to urge the battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 into engagement with the docking station 122 .
- the lid 104 may not contact the battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 when the latch 106 is secured and the gravity-biased connection of the battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 may secure the battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 to the docking station 122 (i.e., without the gravity-assisted force).
- interference and frictional engagements between the battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 and portions of the battery compartment 100 and docking stations 122 may arise as the battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 are lowered or dropped into position under the influence of gravity. Such engagements are deemed part of the gravity-biased connection because they are incidental and no other positive action must be taken or other securing mechanism actuated to secure the battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 into position other than lowering them onto the docking stations 122 .
- the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 may receive an additional force (i.e., a gravity assisted connection force) from the operator to overcome the frictional engagement between the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 and the docking station 122 .
- an additional force i.e., a gravity assisted connection force
- the upper portion 134 of the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 includes a handle 144 , a set of light emitting diodes (LEDs) 148 , and a button 152 (illustrated schematically).
- the handle 144 is embedded within or formed integrally as part of the upper portion 134 of the enclosure 130 and is graspable by the user to allow for removal of the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 from the battery compartment 100 . As a result, the user may remove the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 from the docking station 122 without the need for tools or an additional lifting aid.
- the button 152 interacts with the set of LEDs 148 to indicate the state of charge of each battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 and whether there is a fault occurring within the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 .
- the set of LEDs 148 may include five LEDs that illustrate various charge levels (e.g., 80-100 percent when all 5 LED's are lit, 60-80 percent when four LED's are lit, etc.) when the LED's illuminate a first color (e.g., green, blue, etc.).
- the one or more of the LEDs 148 may illuminate in a second color (e.g., red) when the battery pack has a low charge level (e.g., under 10 percent) or if a fault occurs (e.g., the cells are under-temperature, the cells are over-temperature, a fuse is blown, etc.).
- a second color e.g., red
- the lower portion of the battery pack includes a flat bottom 156 , a recessed portion 160 formed in one or the sidewalls 138 , opposing alignment structures 164 , and female contacts 168 .
- the recessed portion 160 has a height that is larger than the height of the docking station 122 .
- the opposing alignment structures 164 surround the recessed portion 160 .
- the female contacts 168 are positioned within the recessed portion 160 and extend downward towards the flat bottom surface 156 .
- the flat bottom 156 engages with the bottom wall 110 of the battery compartment 100 .
- the recessed portion 160 , the opposing alignment structures 164 , and the female contacts 168 are aligned with the docking station 122 .
- the weight of the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 forms a gravity-biased connection between the female contacts 168 of the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 and male contacts 129 of the docking station 122 .
- the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 may receive an additional force (i.e., a gravity assisted connection force) from the operator to overcome a frictional force between the female contacts 168 of the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 and the male contacts 129 of the docking station 122 .
- the opposing alignment structures 164 of the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 engage with the alignment structure 124 of the battery interface to restrict movement of the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 .
- FIG. 11 a cross-section view of a connection interface between the male contacts 129 of the docking station 122 and the female contacts 168 of the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 is illustrated.
- the female contacts 168 each have an equal height.
- the male contacts 129 have differing heights (e.g., three separate heights) that allow for safe connection and disconnection of the male contacts 129 of the docking station 122 and the female contacts 168 of the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 .
- the construction of the female and male contacts 129 , 168 allows the battery pack 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 to form the gravity-biased connection with the docking station 122 while reducing the amount of arcing or bending that occurs between the male and female contacts 129 , 168 . As a result, the amount of wear or damage on the male and female contacts 129 , 168 is limited.
- the lawn mower 10 includes a priority charging method, a live to drive system, and a variable speed control system.
- the bank of battery packs 50 coupled to the bus bar 131 may communicate directly with a charger 210 to determine the priority charge method.
- the bank of battery packs may communication with the vehicle control module 90 to determine the priority charging method.
- the vehicle control module 90 communicates with the live to drive system 300 to alert the user when the lawn mower 10 is in an operable state.
- the vehicle control module 90 communicates with the variable speed control system 400 to control the sensitivity of the maneuvering controls 72 to allow the user of the lawn mower to navigate the lawn mower in a tight area (e.g., between obstacles such as trees, rocks, etc.).
- FIGS. 12 A and 12 B illustrate a charging system 200 for the power source 50 as described above.
- the charging system 200 includes a charger configuration 210 (e.g., including one or more battery chargers), charging port 220 , a power source 250 coupled to the battery interface 120 , and the vehicle control module 90 .
- the charger configuration 210 is coupled to an external power source 211 , which may be an alternating current (AC) power grid or generator.
- the charger configuration 210 includes a first charger 212 and a second charger 213 respectively coupled to a first charging plug 214 and a second charging plug 218 .
- the first charger 212 and the second charger 213 each include an independent connection to the external power source 211 to receive AC input power, a rectifier circuit to convert received AC input power to direct current (DC) power (not shown), and switching circuitry (now shown) that may be selectively controlled to provide charging current to the first charging plug 214 and second charging plug 218 , respectively.
- DC direct current
- the AC input power for each charger 212 , 213 is provided from an independent circuit of the external power source 211 . Accordingly, the overall current that the charger configuration 210 may draw from the external power source 211 without tripping a circuit breaker may be larger (e.g., at 30 or 40 Amps) than if a single connection was provided to the external power source 211 for both chargers 212 , 213 . Additionally, because each charger 212 , 213 is connected to an independent circuit, even if one circuit breaker trips for one of the circuits, the other circuit may still be providing power and the charger configuration 210 may be able to continue to provide charging current.
- the charging port 220 includes a first charging port 224 and a second charging port 228 .
- the first and second charging plugs 214 , 218 are selectively coupled (e.g. plugged in) by a user to the first and second charging port 224 , 228 to provide charging power to the charging port 220 .
- the first and second charging plugs 214 , 218 may also be selectively removed (e.g., unplugged) by a user when, for example, the respective first and second chargers 212 , 213 are not providing charging current to the charging port 220 .
- the charger configuration 210 may include a charger housing (not shown) that houses the first charger 212 and the second charger 213 .
- the first charging plug 214 and the second charging plug 218 may each have a first end respectively coupled to the first and second chargers 212 , 213 within the housing, and a second end that extends away from the housing to enable respective coupling to the first and second charging ports 224 , 228 .
- the charger housing is mounted onto the mower 10 , while in other embodiments, the charger housing is separate from the mower 10 .
- the first charger 212 and second charger 213 have separate housings, rather than a shared housing, which may either be mounted onto the mower 10 or separate from the mower 10 .
- the charger configuration 210 includes the first charger 212 (but not the second charger 213 ) or the second charger 213 (but not the first charger 212 ). Additionally, in some embodiments, the charger configuration 210 has additional independent chargers each with an associated charging plug and charging port and each provided with power from an independent circuit of the external power source 211 . In other embodiments, the lawn mower 10 may include a single charger, a single charging plug, and a single charging port or more than two of each depending on the nature and size of the power source 250 .
- the two chargers 212 and 213 may be coupled to a single charging port 224 through a Y-charging cable having two inputs respectively coupled to the charging plugs 214 and 218 of the chargers 212 and 213 , and one output coupled to the charging plug 224 ).
- the power source 250 is charged in a “standard charging mode”.
- the power source 250 is charged in a “fast charging mode”.
- the power source 250 includes a bank of one or more batteries (e.g., the battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 ), one of which may be identified as a master battery pack 252 and the remaining ones of which may be identified as a plurality of slave battery packs 254 , 256 , 258 (e.g., three in the illustrated embodiment).
- the power source 250 may include more (e.g., five, six, seven, etc.) or fewer battery packs (e.g., two, three, one).
- an identification number is assigned to each battery pack 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 (e.g., one, two, three, four, etc.).
- the battery pack 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 with the lowest identification number, as identified by the vehicle control module 90 is selected as the master battery pack 252 and the remaining battery packs are slave battery packs 254 , 256 , 258 . If the master battery pack 252 is removed from the battery interface, the vehicle control module 90 may automatically reassign the slave battery pack 254 , 256 , 258 with the lowest identification number to be the master battery pack 252 .
- the vehicle control module 90 may automatically assign the additional battery pack to be the master battery pack 252 .
- the vehicle control module 90 is described as identifying the master and slave battery packs, in some embodiments, the battery packs themselves (without a separate controller such as the vehicle control module 90 ) perform the arbitration through communications to determine the master and slave battery packs. For example, each battery pack 252 , 254 , 256 , and 258 may broadcast their own respective identification number, which is received by the other battery packs, and each battery pack 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 determines whether its own identification number is the lowest of the numbers that were broadcast and, if so, designates itself as the master battery pack.
- the master battery pack 252 communicates with the first and second charging ports 224 , 228 , the vehicle control module 90 , and the slave battery modules 254 , 256 , 258 to determine the priority charging method. It should be appreciated that each of the battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 has a state of charge.
- the master battery pack 252 may communicate with the first and second charging plugs 214 , 218 to charge a single battery pack or a plurality of battery packs (e.g., two, three, four, etc.) in parallel.
- the master battery pack 252 determines the priority charging method based on the state of charge level of the battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 .
- the master battery pack 252 automatically manages the priority charging method of the battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 based on the state of charge of each battery pack 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 .
- the priority charging method includes: (1) determining the state of charge of the plurality of battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 , (2) comparing the state of charge of each of the plurality of battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 to a predetermined threshold (e.g., in the exemplary embodiments 81 percent state of charge).
- the steps of priority charging method may be implemented by an electronic controller, such as the vehicle control module 90 or a battery controller of the master battery pack 252 .
- Exemplary state of charge arrangements of the bank of battery pack 250 are described below. It should be appreciated that while the bank of battery packs 250 is described as having first, second, third and fourth battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 , fewer or more battery packs may be charged.
- the first, second, third and fourth battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 each have a low state of charge (e.g., approximately 15 percent charge).
- a low state of charge e.g., approximately 15 percent charge.
- the master battery pack 252 determines that the first, second, third and fourth battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 each have various state of charges under a predetermined state of charge threshold.
- the predetermined threshold may be a state of charge of equal to or more than 81 percent.
- the first, second, third, and fourth battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 may have state of charge levels of 60 percent, 65 percent, 70 percent, and 75 percent, respectively.
- the master battery pack 252 determines that the first battery pack 252 has the lowest state of charge level (60 percent). As a result, the first battery pack 252 is charged alone until the state of charge matches the second battery pack 254 (e.g., the second lowest state of charge). Once the first battery pack 252 has the same state of charge as the second battery pack 254 , the first and second battery packs 252 , 254 are charged concurrently. The first and second battery packs 252 , 254 are charged concurrently until the state of the first and second battery packs 252 , 254 matches the state of charge of the third battery pack 256 .
- the first, second, and third battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 are charged concurrently until the state of the first, second, and third battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 matches the state of charge of the fourth battery pack 258 . This sequence will continue until all the battery packs in the power source 250 are at the same state of charge.
- the master battery pack 252 determines that one or more of the first, second, third and fourth battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 has a state of charge level above the predetermined threshold (e.g., 81 percent).
- the first, second, third, and fourth battery pack 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 may include state of charge levels of 60 percent, 65 percent, 70 percent, and 85 percent, respectively.
- the master battery pack 252 determines the fourth battery pack 258 is above the predetermined threshold and causes charging of the fourth battery pack 258 until the battery pack 258 fully charged.
- the first second, and third battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 are charged in the same fashion as described in the second exemplary state of charge of arrangement described above.
- the master battery pack 252 may cause charging of a single battery pack at a time until each battery pack reaches a full charge.
- a user may remove or insert battery packs as the battery packs are being charged.
- the charging system 200 remains uninterrupted (e.g., continues to charge the battery packs) during the removal or insertion of the battery pack.
- the removal or insertion of the slave battery pack 254 , 256 , 258 may change the priority charging method depending on the state of charge of the slave battery pack 254 , 256 , 258 being removed or inserted.
- removal or insertion of a new master battery pack 252 e.g., a battery pack with a lower identification number
- the predetermined threshold is described above as a state of charge above 81 percent, that the predetermined threshold may be any state of charge that is determined to be close to fully charged.
- the predetermined threshold may include a state of charge in a range from 70 percent to 99 percent. In other embodiments, the range may be from 75 percent to 90 percent. In other embodiments the range may be from 80 percent to 85 percent.
- FIG. 13 illustrates a schematic view a live to drive system 300 of the lawn mower that provides a visual and/or an audible alert to the user when the lawn mower 10 is ready to be started or is in an operable state.
- the live to drive system 300 may also alert non-users around the lawn mower 10 or in the immediate vicinity of the lawn mower 10 that the lawn mower 10 as well.
- the live to drive system 300 includes the lawn mower 10 having the power source 50 , the system interface 74 , the maneuvering controls 72 , the operator platform 60 having the seat 66 , an audible element 310 , a plurality of sensors 320 , and the vehicle control module 90 .
- the power source 50 may be the bank of battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 and is charged by the charger configuration 210 .
- the system interface 74 , the maneuvering controls 72 , and the audible element 310 are positioned within an operator zone of the lawn mower 10 so they can be reached by, seen by, or heard by the user while operating the lawn mower 10 .
- the system interface 74 includes the ignition 76 having an ignition switch, a parking brake 330 (which may be one of the above-mentioned control switches 79 ), and the user display 78 .
- the maneuvering controls 72 in the form of left and right control arms 72 a , 72 b .
- the parking brake may include a parking sensor that is configured to indicate to the vehicle control module 90 whether the parking brake is activated.
- the parking brake sensor may be a push-button style switch that is actuated when the parking brake is activated, and that is de-actuated when the parking brake is deactivated.
- the user display 78 communicates with the vehicle control module 90 to provide the visual alert to the user.
- an indicator may be displayed on the user display 78 to alert the user of the operational state of the lawn mower.
- the indicator may be a LED, a message (e.g., text, an icon indicator, etc.), etc.
- the system interface 74 may include an additional visual element 340 (e.g., a flashing light supported by the frame, etc.) that communicates with the vehicle control module 90 to provide the visual alert to the user. It should be appreciated that the broken lines of the additional visual element 340 illustrates the optionality of the additional visual element 340 .
- the audible element 310 communicates with the vehicle control module 90 to provide an audible alert to the user of the lawn mower 10 .
- the audible element 310 may, for example, be one or more of a speaker supported by the lawn mower and a headset used by the user.
- the headset may communicate with the vehicle control module through a short-range wireless communication protocol (e.g., BLUETOOTH), a wired connection etc.
- BLUETOOTH short-range wireless communication protocol
- the audible alert may be provided to the user in through any combination of the speaker and the headset.
- the audible element 310 is described as a speaker and a headset, it will be appreciated that the audible element 310 may be any element that can communicate with the vehicle control module 90 to provide an audible alert to the user.
- the plurality of sensors 320 determines operational states with the system interface 74 , the maneuvering controls 72 , the operator platform 60 , and the power source 50 .
- the vehicle control module 90 communicates with the plurality of sensors 320 to determine whether the operational states determined by the plurality of sensors 320 satisfy a set of predetermined conditions. When the set of predetermined conditions is satisfied, the vehicle control module 90 communicates with the user display 78 and an audible element 310 to alert the user with the visual alert (e.g., on the user display) and an audible alert (e.g., from the audible element) that the lawn mower 10 is in an operable state. In some embodiments, the vehicle control module 90 may communicate the visual alert with the additional visual element 340 .
- FIG. 14 a illustrates the control logic of the live to drive system 300 in the form of a method 350 .
- the vehicle control module of the live to drive system 300 determines that a set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied.
- an audible alert is generated in step 354
- a visual alert is generated in step 356 .
- the vehicle control module 90 based on determining that the set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied, the vehicle control module 90 identifies that the vehicle (e.g., the lawn mower 10 ) is in the live to drive state.
- the vehicle can be moved by operation of the maneuver controls 72 .
- steps 354 , 356 , and 358 are illustrated as occurring in series and in a particular order, in some embodiments, one or more of the steps 354 , 356 , and 358 are implemented in parallel, implemented in a different order than shown, or a combination thereof.
- FIGS. 14 b and 14 c illustrate aspects of the method 350 in further detail and includes additional steps implemented in some embodiments of the method.
- FIGS. 14 b and 14 c illustrates an example of several of the determinations performed by the vehicle control module 90 to implement step 352 to determine whether predetermined conditions are satisfied.
- a first subset of the predetermined conditions determined by the vehicle control module 90 in step 352 include whether; (1) the charger configuration 210 is disconnected from the lawn mower 10 , (2) a pre-charge of the power source 50 is complete, (3) the user is seated in the seat 66 , (4) the parking brake 330 is applied. (5) the maneuvering controls 72 are in a neutral position. (6) there are no system faults, and (7) the ignition 76 is in an on position. While the following conditions are outlined in sequential order, it should be appreciated that the vehicle control module 90 may determine the above conditions in any order.
- the lawn mower 10 is off and driving is disabled (i.e., the lawn mower 10 is not in the live to drive state).
- the user display 78 is off and does not provide the visual alert to the user.
- the user display 78 may display a message relating to the reason the lawn mower 10 cannot be driven (e.g., parking brake is off, system fault occurred, etc.).
- the vehicle control module 90 alerts the user that the lawn mower 10 is in an operable state.
- the indicator on the user display 78 may flash (e.g., a flashing LED or message) that the lawn mower 10 is in the operable state, which is an intermediate state before reaching a live to drive state.
- the indicator may flash at a rate of approximately 1 hertz. It should be appreciated that when the mower 10 is in the operable state, the power source 50 of the mower 10 is in electrical communication with the vehicle control module 90 and the drive controllers (e.g., of the deck and the drive motor 40 , 45 , etc.).
- a power-take off switch (e.g., to control the deck motors 40 ) may restrict activation of the drive motors 45 or the deck motors 40 .
- the vehicle control module 90 may perform redundant system checks to determine whether a second subset of the predetermined conditions are satisfied, such as determining whether the user remained seated on the seat 66 , the charger configuration 210 is disconnected from the lawn mower 10 , and there are no system faults. If any of the second subset of the predetermined conditions are not satisfied, the user display 78 may alert the user of the error and that the lawn mower 10 is not in an operable state (e.g., the lawn mower 10 driving is disabled and is therefore not live to drive). In other embodiments, the user display 78 may turn off, which indicates the lawn mower is not in an operable state.
- a second subset of the predetermined conditions such as determining whether the user remained seated on the seat 66 , the charger configuration 210 is disconnected from the lawn mower 10 , and there are no system faults. If any of the second subset of the predetermined conditions are not satisfied, the user display 78 may alert the user of the error and that the lawn mower 10 is not in an operable state (e.g.,
- the vehicle control module 90 provides a series of alerts to the user.
- the vehicle control module 90 controls the audible element 310 to provide an audible alert to the user.
- FIG. 14 c an example of the audible alert of step 354 is provided. More particularly, in step 354 of FIG. 14 c , the vehicle control module 90 controls the audible element 310 to provide a first audible alert to the user. Following the first audible alert, still in step 354 , the vehicle control module 90 may provide a delay. In the illustrated embodiment, the delay is approximately one second. In other embodiments, the delay may be greater than or less than one second. After the delay, still in step 354 , the audible element 310 provides a second audible alert to alert the user that the lawn mower is ready to be operated.
- the user display 78 may provide the visual alert (in step 356 ).
- the user display 78 displays a message saying the lawn mower is ready to be operated or is in the live to drive state.
- the vehicle control module 90 identifies that the vehicle (e.g., the lawn mower 10 ) is in the live to drive state.
- the vehicle control module 90 is configured to enable control of the deck motors 40 by the user (e.g., via the power-take off switch), the drive motors 45 (e.g., via disabling of the parking brake and operation of the maneuver controls 72 ) to drive a desired speed and direction, the headlights, and other features of the vehicle.
- the vehicle control module 90 is configured to cause the vehicle to enter the live to drive state and, thereby, to enable control of one or more of these noted features based on determining that the predetermined conditions are satisfied.
- the vehicle control module 90 may prohibit control of the deck motors 40 and the drive motors 45 , as well as other features (e.g., the headlights). For example, to prohibit control of these features, the vehicle control module 90 may effectively ignore signals received from the power take-off switch and maneuver controls 72 , whereas, after entering the live to drive state, the vehicle control module 90 may receive such signals and send corresponding control signals to the deck motors 40 and drive motors 45 in response to signals received from the power take-off switch and maneuver controls 72 .
- a sub-state of the live to drive state is a ready to drive state, which is entered by the vehicle after the parking brake 330 is disabled.
- the parking brake 330 may still prevent driving of the vehicle via the drive motors 45 despite receiving signals from the maneuver controls 72 in response to user movement of the maneuver controls 72 .
- the vehicle control module 90 may determine that the parking brake 330 is disabled by the user and, in response, identify the vehicle as in the ready to drive state.
- the vehicle control module 90 controls the drive motors 45 in response to the maneuver controls 72 (i.e., to drive a desired speed and direction of rotation of the rear ground-engaging elements 35 to move and/or turn the lawn motor 10 ).
- the parking brake 330 is a predetermined condition of step 352 that is determined to be satisfied before the vehicle control module 90 advances to steps 354 , 356 , and 358 .
- the live to drive system 300 may provide additional audible alerts or a continuous audible alert that is on until the user operates the lawn mower 10 .
- the vehicle control module 90 may alert the user after a predetermined time that the lawn mower 10 is still in the operable state. For example, this may occur when the user stops the mower 10 (e.g., to talk to someone, etc.) after operating the lawn mower 10 .
- variable speed control system 400 includes the lawn mower 10 having an adjustment mechanism 410 , the user display 78 , the vehicle control module 90 , and the maneuvering controls 72 .
- maximum motor RPM is set in the motor controller for the right and left traction controller. This sets maximum vehicle speed based on the gear ratio for the mower.
- the vehicle control module (VCM) will send a percent speed to motor controller 505 ( FIG. 18 ) based on the position of the maneuvering controls 72 (e.g., detected by maneuvering control sensors 510 ) and the allowable range of movement set in the form of a percentage (+100% to ⁇ 100%) from left and right steering sensors.
- the communication between maneuvering control sensors 510 and the motor controller 505 is described in more detail below.
- the adjustment mechanism 410 e.g., a dial or the like communicates with the vehicle control module 90 and the maneuvering controls 72 to adjust the gain or correction factor applied to relative throttle percentage. In other words, depending on the setting of the adjustment mechanism 410 , movement of the maneuvering controls 72 through an entire range of motion (e.g. +100 to ⁇ 100%) will result in different speeds of the lawn mower 10 , including a maximum speed of the lawn mower 10 .
- the adjustment mechanism 410 is an analog mechanism in the form of a button or dial switch.
- the adjustment mechanism 410 may be positioned within the operator zone (e.g., proximate the operator seat 66 and within reach of the seated operator) to allow the user to access the adjustment mechanism.
- the adjust mechanism 410 is positioned on or integrated within the maneuvering controls 72 (e.g., operable with the user's thumb or fingers or by twisting a handle of the maneuvering controls 72 ).
- the maneuvering controls 72 e.g., operable with the user's thumb or fingers or by twisting a handle of the maneuvering controls 72 .
- the adjustment mechanism 410 is movable between a plurality of positions to allow the maximum speed of the lawn mower 10 to be variably adjusted to define an adjusted maximum speed.
- the adjustment mechanism 410 may include three positions such as a low maximum speed mode 420 , a standard maximum speed mode 430 (e.g., referred to as standard operation), and a high maximum speed mode 440 .
- the adjustment mechanism 410 may move between detents that define fixed positions of the adjustment mechanism 410 related to the low, standard, or high maximum speed modes 420 , 430 , 440 .
- the adjusted maximum speed of the lawn mower 10 is fixed to three preset adjusted maximum speed modes.
- the adjustment mechanism 410 may be variably moved between to any position from the low maximum speed mode 420 and the high maximum speed mode 440 (e.g., as the user turns the dial, the maximum speed setting goes up and down as a function of the amount the dial is rotated).
- the adjustment mechanism 410 may not include the preset adjusted maximum speed modes.
- the adjustment mechanism 410 may include detents (defining the fixed positions of the adjustment mechanism 410 ), similar to the first embodiment.
- the adjustment mechanism 410 may be positioned within any of the three preset adjusted maximum speed modes or moved within a variable speed zones 450 (e.g., between the detents that define the preset adjusted maximum speed modes) to select the adjusted maximum speed.
- the user is able to variably control the maximum speed of the lawn mower 10 .
- the vehicle control module 90 communicates with the maneuvering controls 72 to adjust the sensitivity of the maneuvering controls 72 in response to the adjusted maximum speed.
- Adjusting the sensitivity of the maneuvering controls 72 is defined as proportionally adjusting the speed the maneuvering controls 72 control the drive wheels 35 in response to the adjustment mechanism 410 .
- the adjustment mechanism 410 is adjusted to define the adjusted maximum speed
- the maneuvering controls 72 have the same range of motion as standard operation.
- movement of the maneuvering controls 72 in the adjusted maximum speed results in a lower or higher overall speed of the lawn mower 10 compared to the same movement of the maneuvering controls 72 during standard operation of the lawn mower 10 .
- the adjusted maximum speed is lower than standard operation, the user gains greater control of the lawn mower 10 during precise maneuver.
- the vehicle control module 90 may communicate with the user display 78 to provide a visual alert to the user relating to the adjusted maximum speed.
- the visual alert may be a message or indicator displaying the adjusted maximum speed mode of the lawn mower 10 or a variable indicator (e.g., a bar, dial, etc. that corresponds position of adjustment mechanism).
- the lawn mower 10 is a zero turn lawn mower having maneuvering controls 72 in the form of left and right control anus 72 a , 72 b that are operably coupled to left and right drive wheels 35 (as described above with reference to FIG. 1 - 4 ).
- the user of the lawn mower 10 controls the speed and direction of the lawn mower by moving the left and right control arms 72 a , 72 b forward. The further the user pushes the left and right control anus 72 a , 72 b forward, the faster the drive wheels 35 turn.
- the standard operation maximum speed (i.e., the left and right control arms 72 a . 72 b pushed fully forward) is eight miles per hour.
- the user may use the adjustment mechanism 410 to set the maximum speed to the desired adjusted maximum speed.
- the adjusted maximum speed for example may be five miles per hour.
- the vehicle control module 90 communicates with the left and right control arms 72 a . 72 b so when the control arms 72 a , 72 b are pushed halfway forward, the mower 10 travels at a speed of 2.5 miles per hour (half of the desired maximum speed).
- the mower 10 may travel at a speed that is non-linear as a function of the position of the control arms 72 a , 72 b .
- the speed may increase more rapidly as the control arms 72 a . 72 b approach the end of their range of motion.
- the variable speed control system 400 therefore gives the user more precise control of the lawn mower 10 via manipulation of the control arms 72 a , 72 b during the precise maneuvers.
- the user may set the adjusted maximum speed to eleven miles per hour (e.g., the highest speed the lawn mower 10 may travel).
- the user may be traveling substantially straight for a long distance or traveling without the deck motors 40 activated. As a result, the user may increase the adjusted maximum speed relative to standard operation.
- FIG. 17 B illustrates an exemplary operation flow diagram for an embodiment of the variable speed control system 400 .
- a larger range of the maneuvering controls 72 movement is desired to provide the user with significantly more adjustment in variable speed based on maneuvering controls 72 position.
- the invention provides a continuously variable input speed compensation factor that would allow for maximum maneuvering controls 72 movement at lower speeds.
- the arm positions are still covering the maximum range and the steering sensors read from ⁇ 100% to 100% and transmit this data to the vehicle control module 90 .
- a correction factor based on an analog or digital signal is received by the vehicle control module 90 and is applied to the relative throttle percentage transmitted by the steering sensor. This calculated value is the new maximum speed that goes into the developed Bezier curve adjustment equation.
- the purpose of the Bezier curve adjustment equation is to make the throttle acceleration feel smoother throughout the operational range. This final calculated adjustment is then transmitted to the traction controllers.
- the traction controllers have predefined maximum RPM to which the modified percent throttle is applied setting maximum traction motor RPM.
- the motor control then creates and delivers power for the electric motor and has feedback on motor speed through hall effect sensors to ensure the desired RPM is met.
- FIG. 18 illustrates a block diagram of the lawn mower 10 , according to some embodiments.
- the mower 10 includes a mower electronic controller 500 including the vehicle control module 90 and motor controllers 505 .
- the mower electronic controller 500 is in communication with the previously described deck motors 40 , drive motors 45 , system interface 74 , charger configuration 210 , power source 250 (including battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 ), the audible element 310 , the sensors 320 , and the adjustment mechanism 410 .
- the mower electronic controller 500 includes an electronic processor and a memory storing instructions executed by the electronic processor to implement the functionality of the vehicle control module 90 and motor controllers 505 discussed herein.
- the mower electronic controller 500 includes a distributed processing system with a plurality of electronic processors and memories to implement the functionality.
- the vehicle control module 90 includes an electronic processor 506 and a memory 507 and each of the motor controllers 505 includes a respective electronic processor and memory, with each memory storing instructions executed by the associated electronic processor to implement the functionality of the respective device described herein.
- the power source 250 is illustrated with four battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 , as previously described, these battery packs may be selectively inserted and removed from the mower such that, in some instances, only one, two, or three battery packs are coupled to the mower 10 . Additionally, in some embodiments, the power source 250 includes fewer or more than four battery pack connection points (docking stations 122 ) such that the maximum number of battery packs that may be coupled to the mower may be more or fewer than four.
- the sensors 320 include a maneuvering control sensor 510 , a seat sensor 512 , a parking brake sensor 514 , deck motor sensors 516 , and drive motor sensors 518 .
- additional sensors are also provided.
- the maneuvering control sensor 510 includes one or more sensors that are configured to sense and provide to the mower electronic controller 500 an indication of a position of the maneuvering controls 72 .
- the maneuvering control sensor 510 may include a rotary encoder, a Hall sensor, a potentiometer, or the like, positioned near the pivot joint 73 a .
- each maneuvering control arm 72 a , 72 b to indicate an angle of each respective maneuvering control arm 72 a , 72 b to the mower electronic controller 500 .
- the signal from each sensor of the maneuvering control sensor 510 may indicate to the mower electronic controller 500 the angular position of the respective maneuvering control arm 72 a , 72 b within the range between full reverse and full forward position (e.g., between ⁇ 100% to +100%) in various increments (e.g., 0.5%, 1%, or 5%).
- the angular position is indicated in another encoding, such as described in further detail with respect to FIGS. 42 A- 42 C .
- the seat sensor 512 is configured to indicate to the mower electronic controller 500 whether an operator is in the seat 66 .
- the seat sensor 512 may be a push-button style switch that is actuated when a weight above a threshold amount is on the seat 66 (e.g., providing a signal to the mower electronic controller 500 ) and that is de-actuated when a weight less than the threshold amount is on the seat 66 (e.g., providing no signal to the mower electronic controller 500 ).
- the parking brake sensor 514 is configured to indicate to the mower electronic controller 500 whether the parking brake is activated.
- the parking brake sensor 514 may be a push-button style switch that is actuated when the parking brake is activated, and that is de-actuated when the parking brake is deactivated.
- other sensors types are used to implement one or both of the seat sensor 512 and the parking brake sensor 514 .
- the drive motor sensors 518 include one or more sensors to sense characteristics of an associated one of the drive motors 45 .
- the drive motor sensors 518 may include a current sensor 520 and speed sensor 522 for each drive motor 45 .
- the deck motor sensors 516 include one or more sensors to sense characteristics of an associated one of the deck motors 40 .
- the deck motor sensors 516 may include a current sensor 524 and speed sensor 526 for each deck motor 40 .
- the speed sensors 522 and 526 may be, for example, a rotary encoder, a Hall sensor configured to detect passing rotor magnets of the respective motors, or another sensor type.
- the vehicle control module 90 and motor controllers 505 of the mower electronic controller 500 are illustrated in further detail.
- the vehicle control module 90 is coupled to the one or more battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , and 258 coupled to the mower 10 via a communication bus 530 .
- the communication bus 530 may be a CAN bus, or another communication bus, and may be part of the bus bar 131 .
- the communication bus 530 also enables communication among the coupled battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , and 258 .
- one of the battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , and 258 is selected as a master battery pack, while the other battery packs are slave battery packs (see, e.g., FIG. 12 ).
- this selection may be performed in response to the addition or removal of a battery pack, and the battery pack having a lowest identifier number may be the battery pack selected as the master battery pack.
- battery pack 252 is selected as the master battery pack but, as noted, in other scenarios one of the other batteiy packs 254 , 256 , or 258 may be the master battery pack.
- the motor controllers 505 include a drive motor controller 550 a , a drive motor controller 550 b , a deck motor controller 555 a , a deck motor controller 555 b , and a deck motor controller 555 c .
- Each drive motor controller 550 a and 550 b is associated with a respective drive motor 45 .
- Each deck motor controller 555 a , 555 b , and 555 c is associated with a respective deck motor 40 .
- the drive motor controllers 550 a , 550 b may also be referred to collectively as the drive motor controllers 550 and generically as the drive motor controller 550 .
- the deck motor controllers 555 a , 555 b may also be referred to collectively as the deck motor controllers 555 and generically as the deck motor controller 555 .
- one or more of the drive motor controllers 550 and deck motor controllers 555 are combined into a single motor controller, such that the ratio of motor controllers to motors is less than one-to-one.
- Each of the drive motor controllers 550 and the deck motor controllers 555 includes a respective electronic processor and a memory storing instructions that, when executed by the respective electronic processor, implement the functionality of the respective motor controllers described herein.
- the chive motor controllers 550 are configured to receive a reference command from the vehicle control module 90 and, in response, control their respective drive motor 45 in accordance with the command.
- the reference command may indicate a desired speed, such as rotations per minute (RPM) or a percentage of a maximum speed (e.g., that is stored on a memory of the respective motor controller 550 ).
- the reference command is an enable signal that causes the drive motor controller 550 to control the drive motor 45 (e.g., at a predetermined speed) or a disable signal that causes the drive motor controller 550 to control the chive motor 45 to stop.
- the drive motor controllers 550 each include a proportional integral (PI) control loop 560 .
- the PI control loop 560 may be, for example, implemented in software instructions stored on the memory and executed by the processor of each of the drive motor controllers 550 .
- the PI control loop 560 is described in further detail with respect to FIGS. 23 - 25 .
- the deck motor controllers 555 are configured to receive a reference command from the vehicle control module 90 and, in response, control their respective deck motor 40 in accordance with the command.
- the reference command may indicate a desired speed, such as rotations per minute (RPM) or a percentage of a maximum speed (e.g., that is stored on a memory of the respective motor controller 555 ).
- the reference command is an enable signal that causes the deck motor controller 555 to control the deck motor 40 (e.g., at a predetermined speed) or a disable signal that causes the deck motor controller 555 to control the deck motor 40 to stop.
- the vehicle control module 90 is also configured to determine and communication maximum current levels for the deck motors 40 and drive motors 45 , as described in further detail with respect to FIG. 21 . To determine the maximum current levels, the vehicle control module 90 uses a lookup table 565 and a total number of deck motors 40 and drive motors 45 , which may be known and stored within the memory 507 .
- FIGS. 20 A and 20 B illustrate an embodiment of the battery pack 252 in further detail. Although described with respect to the battery pack 252 , the illustration and description similarly applies to the battery packs 254 , 256 , and 258 (and to other battery packs described within the application).
- the battery pack 252 includes a battery controller 600 including a battery electronic processor 605 and battery memory 610 .
- the battery pack 252 further includes battery cells 615 , a state-of-charge (SOC) voltage sensor 620 , cell group voltage sensors 625 , temperature sensors 630 , charge-discharge switches 635 , and a terminal block 640 .
- SOC state-of-charge
- the battery memory 610 stores instructions that, when executed by the battery electronic processor 605 , implement the functionality of the battery controller 600 described herein.
- the SOC voltage sensor 620 is configured to measure the voltage across the cells 615 (e.g., at a positive and negative terminal point for the entire set of the cells 615 ) and to provide the voltage measurement to the battery controller 600 , which is indicative of the state of charge of the cells 615 (and, thus, of the battery pack 252 ).
- the cell group voltage sensors 625 include a plurality of voltage sensors that each are configured to measure the voltage across a cell group of parallelly connected cells. For example, with reference to FIG.
- the cells 615 may be separated into groups of parallelly connected cells 645 a - n , where the groups are then connected in series.
- the cell group voltage sensors 625 may include a voltage sensor for each group of parallelly connected cells 645 a - n such that a voltage measurement is provided to the battery controller 600 for each of the groups of parallelly connected cells 645 a - n.
- the temperature sensors 630 include one or more temperature sensors arranged about the cells 615 to provide internal temperature measurements of the battery pack 252 to the battery controller 600 .
- the temperature sensors 630 include temperature sensors 630 a , 630 b , 630 c , and 630 d positioned at different locations among the cells 615 to provide multiple internal temperature measurements of the battery pack 252 .
- the terminal block 640 includes the electrical connectors for the battery pack 252 , including the female contacts 168 (see FIG. 11 ), which includes terminals for communication over the communication bus 630 (see FIG. 19 ), for providing discharge power from the cells 615 , and for receiving charging power for the cells 615 .
- FIG. 21 illustrates a flow chart for a power distribution method 650 according to some embodiments.
- the method 650 is described with respect to the mower 10 as shown herein, the method 650 may also be implemented on other mowers (e.g., having more or fewer drive motors, more or fewer deck motors, and more or fewer battery packs) or on other electric vehicles.
- the mower electronic controller 500 determines a maximum steady state current value for the battery packs of the power source 250 .
- the vehicle control module 90 of the mower electronic controller 500 may receive the maximum steady state current value from the master battery pack 252 of the power source 250 .
- each of the battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , and 258 is configured to calculate its own maximum steady state current value and communicate this calculated value on the communication bus 530 .
- the master battery pack 252 is configured to sum these calculated maximum steady state current values received from the other packs 254 , 256 , and 258 along with the maximum steady state current value that the master battery pack 252 calculated for itself. The stun of these calculated values may be provided by the master battery pack 252 to the vehicle control module 90 as the maximum steady state current value for the battery packs of the power source 250 .
- the battery controller 600 of each battery pack 252 , 254 , 256 , and 258 is configured to calculate its own maximum steady state current value based on one or more of a minimum cell voltage, a state of charge of the pack, and an internal temperature of the pack.
- the battery controller 600 , of each pack is configured to detect the voltage levels of each of the cell groups of the cells 615 and determine a minimum cell voltage from these detected levels (e.g., the lowest sensed voltage level from the cell group voltage sensors 625 ).
- the battery controller 600 is configured to determine a pack state of charge from the SOC voltage sensor 620 , and to determine an internal temperature of the battery pack from the temperature sensors 630 (for example, the maximum or average detected temperature from the temperature sensors 630 may be used as the internal temperature).
- the battery controller 600 may use the minimum cell voltage, state of charge, and internal temperature for the pack in one or more lookup tables and state machines (of the battery controller 600 ) to determine the maximum steady state current value for the pack.
- the battery controller 600 may output a default maximum steady state current value (I max_default ). However, the battery controller 600 may output a reduced maximum steady state current value (e.g., 50%, 60%, 75% of I max_default ) if any of the following occur: (i) the minimum cell voltage of the pack drops below the voltage threshold. (ii) the state of charge drops below a charge threshold, or (iii) the internal pack temperature rises above a temperature threshold.
- I max_default a default maximum steady state current value
- the battery controller 600 may output a reduced maximum steady state current value (e.g., 50%, 60%, 75% of I max_default ) if any of the following occur: (i) the minimum cell voltage of the pack drops below the voltage threshold. (ii) the state of charge drops below a charge threshold, or (iii) the internal pack temperature rises above a temperature threshold.
- Each characteristic may have multiple thresholds to cause the maximum steady state current value to be successively reduced or increased as the thresholds are crossed.
- FIG. 22 illustrates two state diagrams that may be implemented by the battery controller 600 to determine a maximum steady state current value (I max ).
- a first state diagram 656 relates the minimum cell voltage and state of charge to the maximum steady state current value (I max_default ), while the second state diagram 658 relates the internal pack temperature to the maximum steady state current value (I max_default ).
- the diagrams may be independently executed by the battery controller 600 , with the lower of the two calculated I max values being selected as the maximum steady state current value for the battery pack.
- the first state diagram 656 when the state of charge is at or greater than 30% of a maximum state of charge, and the minimum cell voltage is at or greater than 3.65 volts (V).
- I max is set to the maximum value (100% of I max_default ).
- I max is set to 75% of I max_default if either of the following conditions are met; (i) the state of charge drops below 25% or (ii) the minimum cell voltage drops below 3.45 V. However, if the internal pack temperature increases above 65 degrees Celsius, Imax is set to 50% of I max_default , as the lower value of the two diagrams is selected (i.e., 50% from diagram 658 is lower than 75% from diagram 656 ).
- the various thresholds for moving between states are illustrated in FIG. 22 . These thresholds are merely examples of thresholds, and the actual thresholds may be greater than or less than those shown. Additionally, the I max value for each state is an example value and the actual values for I max may be greater than or less than those shown. Furthermore, in some embodiments, additional states (each with one or more respective thresholds for entering and exiting the state) are provided to increase the granularity of the changes to the maximum steady state current value.
- the battery controller 600 reduces the maximum steady state current value for the pack based on one or more of the following: (i) the minimum cell voltage of the respective battery pack being below a voltage threshold, (ii) the pack state of charge of the respective battery pack being below a charge threshold, and (iii) the internal pack temperature of the respective battery pack being above a temperature threshold.
- the battery controller 600 increases the maximum steady state current value for the pack based on one or more of the following: (i) the minimum cell voltage of the respective battery pack being above a voltage threshold. (ii) the pack state of charge of the respective battery pack being above a charge threshold, and (iii) the internal pack temperature of the respective battery pack being below a temperature threshold.
- the mower electronic controller 500 determines a maximum drive current value for one or more of the drive motors 45 and a maximum deck current value for one or more of the deck motors 40 based on the maximum steady state current value. For example, in some embodiments, the mower electronic controller 500 calculates a maximum aggregate drive motor current for the one or more drive motors 45 and a maximum aggregate deck motor current for the one or more deck motors 40 based on the maximum steady state current value using the lookup table 565 ( FIG. 19 ) that maps the maximum steady state current value from the master battery pack 252 to the maximum aggregate drive motor current and the maximum aggregate deck motor current.
- the stun of the maximum aggregate drive motor current and the maximum aggregate deck motor current equals or approximately equals the maximum steady state current value received from the master battery pack 252 .
- the maximum aggregate deck motor current is assigned a value that is greater than a value assigned to the maximum aggregate drive motor current. In some embodiments, the maximum aggregate deck motor current is approximately 55-60% of the maximum steady state current value, while the maximum aggregate drive current is 40-45% of the maximum steady state current value.
- the mower electronic controller 500 divides the maximum aggregate drive motor current by a total number of the plurality of drive motors (e.g., by two, in the mower 10 that is illustrated) to determine the maximum chive current value for each of the one or more drive motors 45 .
- the mower electronic controller 500 divides the maximum aggregate deck motor current by a total number of the plurality of deck motors (e.g., by three, in the mower 10 that is illustrated) to determine the maximum deck current value for each of the one or more deck motors 40 .
- the vehicle control module 90 of the mower electronic controller 500 performs the calculation of the maximum aggregate drive motor current, the maximum aggregate deck motor current, the maximum drive current value for each of the one or more drive motors 45 , and the maximum deck current value for each of the one or more deck motors 40 . In some embodiments, the vehicle control module 90 provides the determined maximum drive current value for each of the one or more drive motors 45 to each of the drive motor controllers 550 and provides the determined maximum deck current value for each of the one or more deck motors 40 to each of the deck motor controllers 555 .
- the mower electronic controller 500 controls the one or more drive motors 45 to maintain a respective motor current of the one or more drive motors 45 below the maximum drive current value.
- each of the chive motor controllers 550 may determine motor current for a respective one of the drive motors 45 from respective current sensors 520 .
- the drive motor controller 550 provides control signals to reduce the current of the drive motor 45 .
- the drive motor controller 550 may reduce the duty cycle of a pulse width modulated (PWM) control signal being provided to the drive motor 45 .
- PWM pulse width modulated
- the mower electronic controller 500 controls the one or more deck motors 40 to maintain a respective motor current of the one or more deck motors 40 below the maximum drive current value.
- each of the deck motor controllers 555 may determine motor current for a respective one of the deck motors 40 from respective current sensors 524 .
- the deck motor controller 555 provides control signals to reduce the current of the deck motor 40 .
- the deck motor controller 555 may reduce the duty cycle of a pulse width modulated (PWM) control signal being provided to the deck motor 40 .
- PWM pulse width modulated
- each deck motor 40 and drive motor 45 may be a brushless motor with a permanent magnet rotor and with stator coils selective energized with power from the power source 250 (i.e., the battery packs) by a switch bridge.
- the switch bridge may include one or more power switching elements, such as field effect transistors (FETs), that are selectively activated and deactivated by PWM signals provided by the associated motor controller 550 or 555 .
- FETs field effect transistors
- the stator coils are energized for shorter periods, generally decreasing the current drawn by the motor, the motor torque, and/or the motor speed.
- one or more of the deck motors 40 and drive motors 45 are brushed motors, which may also be controlled based on a PWM signal (from the motor controller 550 or 555 ) driving a power switching element connected in series with each respective brushed motor.
- the deck motor 40 and the drive motor 45 may also operate as generators and provide regenerative current back to the power source 250 (i.e., to charge one or more of the battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , and 258 ).
- the one or more power switching elements may be selectively activated and deactivated such that induced current in the stator coils of the motors 40 and 45 caused by the rotating rotor magnets of the motor 40 or motor 45 is directed back towards the power source 250 .
- the maximum drive current value and maximum deck current value may be used by the respective deck and drive motor controllers 555 , 550 to limit the regenerative current provided back to the power source 250 .
- the deck and drive motor controllers 555 , 550 may respectively reduce the PWM duty cycle for the power switching elements when regenerative current from the one or more of the motors 40 , 45 reaches their respective maximum current values.
- one or more of the drive motor controllers 550 is configured to provide regenerative current from the respective drive motors 45 to the power source 250 while maintaining the regenerative current below the maximum drive current value
- one or more of the deck motor controller 555 is configured to provide regenerative current from the respective deck motors 40 to the power source 250 while maintaining the regenerative current below the maximum deck current value.
- a maximum deck charge current and maximum drive charge current value are determined separately from the maximum drive current value and maximum deck current value.
- the maximum deck charge current and maximum drive charge current value are used to limit the regenerative current, rather than using the maximum drive and deck current values to limit the regenerative current.
- a similar process as indicated in steps 655 and 660 may be used to determine the maximum deck and drive charge current values.
- the vehicle control module 90 may determine a maximum steady state charge current value using a similar process as in step 655 , where the vehicle control module 90 receives the maximum steady state charge current value from the master battery pack 252 of the power source 250 . Further, the vehicle control module 90 may determine the maximum deck and drive charge current values based on the maximum steady state charge current value, using a similar apportionment scheme as described with respect to step 660 .
- FIG. 23 illustrates the proportional integral (PI) control loop 560 of the mower electronic controller 500 and, more particularly, of the drive motor controllers 550 , according to some embodiments.
- the PI control loop 560 creates a highly responsive driving experience in the mower 10 that provides smoother operation of the mower 10 through its entire operating speed range using an adjustable proportional factor that varies based on drive speed of the mower 10 .
- the PI control loop 560 results in low speed operation that is agile and responsive, allowing for easy maneuvering of the mower decks around obstacles, and results in high-speed control with smooth adjustments in maneuvers without spasmodic operation.
- the PI control loop 560 includes an error detector 710 that receives a desired speed value as a reference input 705 and a sensed speed value from the speed sensors 522 as a feedback input.
- the error detector 710 determines a difference between the reference input 705 and the feedback input (e.g., by subtracting the feedback input from the reference input 705 ), and outputs an error signal indicative of the difference.
- the error signal is then provided to a proportional term branch of the PI control loop 560 and to an integral term branch of the PI control loop 560 .
- the proportional term branch includes a variable proportional multiplier 715 and proportional coefficient (Kp) 720 .
- the variable proportional multiplier 715 multiplies the error signal by a proportional term adjustment factor (Kp factor) and provides the output (an intermediate proportional term) to the proportional coefficient Kp 720 .
- the intermediate proportional term is multiplied by the proportional coefficient Kp 720 to adjust the value on the proportional term branch further, and the resulting output is provided to a summation block 725 .
- the proportional term branch further includes a speed-to-Kp factor map 730 that receives the sensed speed value from the speed sensors 522 .
- the map 730 maps the sensed speed value to a Kp factor 720 and provides the Kp factor 720 to the variable proportional multiplier 715 .
- the integral term branch includes an integral coefficient Ki 735 .
- the error signal is multiplied by the integral coefficient Ki 735 and the resulting output is provided to the integrator 740 .
- the integrator 740 integrates the output from the integral coefficient Ki 735 , and the resulting output is provided to the summation block 725 .
- the summation block 725 sums the outputs from the proportional term branch and the integral term branch and provides the sum to the control block 745 .
- the control block 745 translates the output to a PWM duty cycle value and provides the PWM duty cycle value to the drive motor 45 to control the drive motor 45 .
- the drive motor 45 may then be controlled in accordance with the PWM duty cycle value as previously described.
- the values illustrated in the PI control loop 560 are labeled, such as with RPM, PWM, the actual values may be encoded version of such values and not have the particular units noted or shown.
- the RPM speed sensor signal may be an analog signal between 0-5 volts that is proportional to an RPM value or may be a digitized version of the analog signal (e.g., in a 16-bit binary format).
- FIG. 24 illustrates a flow chart for a PI control loop method 750 according to some embodiments.
- the method 750 is described with respect to the mower 10 as shown herein, the method 750 may also be implemented on other mowers (e.g., having more or fewer drive motors, more or fewer deck motors, and more or fewer battery packs) or on other electric vehicles. Further, for purposes of explanation, the method 750 will be described with respect to the (left) maneuvering control arm 72 a , the chive motor controller 550 a , and the (left) drive motor 45 associated with the drive motor controller 550 a and (left) maneuvering control arm 72 a .
- the method 750 is similarly applicable to the (right) maneuvering control arm 72 b , the drive motor controller 550 b , and the (right) chive motor 45 associated with the drive motor controller 550 b and (right) maneuvering control arm 72 b . That is, the method 750 may be executed independently to control the chive motor 45 on the left side of the mower 10 (the left drive motor 45 ) and to control the drive motor 45 on the right side of the mower 10 (the right drive motor 45 ).
- the mower electronic controller 500 determines a desired motor speed based on an output from the maneuvering control sensor 510 .
- the maneuvering control sensor 510 may sense the angle of the associated maneuvering control arm 72 a and provide an output to the mower electronic controller 500 indicative of the sensed angle.
- the vehicle control module 90 may in turn translate the sensed angle to a desired motor speed (e.g., the desired motor speed 705 of FIG. 23 ) for the left drive motor 45 .
- the vehicle control module 90 may include a lookup table that maps each sensed angle to a desired motor speed. The vehicle control module 90 may then provide the desired motor speed to the drive motor controller 550 a for the left drive motor 45 .
- the output from the maneuvering control arm 72 a is provided directly to the drive motor controller 550 a and translated to a desired motor speed locally by the drive motor controller 550 a , rather than by way of the vehicle control module 90 .
- the desired motor speed is provided to the PI control loop 560 of the drive motor controller 550 a.
- the mower electronic controller 500 determines a sensed motor speed based on an output from the speed sensor 522 indicative of the motor speed of the left drive motor 45 .
- the speed sensor 522 may be, for example, a rotary encoder, a Hall sensor configured to detect passing rotor magnets of the respective motors, or another sensor type.
- the speed sensor 522 outputs an analog or digital signal indicative of the rotations per minute (RPMs) of the left drive motor 45 .
- the sensed motor speed is provided to the PI control loop 560 of the drive motor controller 550 a.
- the mower electronic controller 500 determines a proportional term adjustment factor based on the sensed motor speed.
- the PI control loop 560 of the mower electronic controller 500 includes a speed-to-Kp factor map 730 that receives the sensed motor speed as an input and outputs the proportional term adjustment factor.
- the map 730 may include a lookup table that maps the sensed motor speed to an associated proportional term adjustment factor.
- FIG. 25 illustrates a graph 770 of an example mapping that may be implemented by the map 730 .
- the graph 770 illustrates that the mapping includes several regions including a maximum Kp region 772 , a high Kp region 774 , a linear region 776 , a low KP region 778 , and a minimum Kp region 780 .
- the speed sensor signal indicates that the motor speed is below a minimum speed threshold
- the motor 45 is in the maximum Kp region 772 and the map 730 outputs a maximum Kp value.
- the speed sensor signal indicates that the motor speed is between a minimum speed threshold and a low speed threshold
- the motor 45 is in the high Kp region 774 and the map 730 outputs a Kp value according to a first linear relationship.
- the motor 45 When the speed sensor signal indicates that the motor speed is between a low speed threshold and a high speed threshold, the motor 45 is in the a linear region 776 and the map 730 outputs a Kp value according to a second linear relationship.
- the speed sensor signal indicates that the motor speed is between a high speed threshold and a maximum speed threshold, the motor 45 is in the a linear region 776 and the map 730 outputs a Kp value according to a third linear relationship.
- the first linear relationship has a slope that is greater than a slope of the third linear relationship (in terms of absolute value)
- the third linear relationship has a slope that is greater than a slope of the second linear relationship (in terms of absolute value).
- the map 730 is in the minimum Kp region 780 and outputs a minimum Kp value.
- the graph 770 is an example mapping of sped to Kp factors.
- the thresholds and slopes of the regions 772 - 780 vary.
- additional regions with additional associated thresholds and slopes are provided in the map 730 .
- the mower electronic controller 500 controls the drive motor 45 according to a proportional integral drive control loop having a proportional term and an integral term, wherein the proportional term is determined based on a difference between the desired motor speed and the sensed motor speed and based on the proportional term adjustment factor.
- the PI control loop 560 sends a control signal (a PWM duty cycle value) from the control block 745 to the drive motor 45 , where the control signal is generated according to the proportional term generated from the proportional term branch of the PI control loop 560 and the integral term is generated according to the integral term branch of the PI control loop 560 .
- the proportional term is determined based on the difference between the desired motor speed (reference desired speed 705 ) and the sensed motor speed (from speed sensor 522 ) and based on the proportional term adjustment factor (Kp factor) from the map 730 . Additional details and description for generating the control signal by the PI control loop 560 are provided above with respect to FIG. 23 .
- the method 750 may be executed by the mower electronic controller 500 independently for each drive motor 45 of the mower 10 . Accordingly, the left drive motor 45 may be controlled by the mower electronic controller 500 by the PI control loop 560 of the drive motor controller 550 a simultaneously with the right drive motor 45 being controlled by the mower electronic controller 500 by the PI control loop 560 of the drive motor controller 550 b.
- FIGS. 26 - 32 illustrates an off-board charger 800 .
- the off-board charger 800 includes a frame 810 , a pair of ground engaging members 814 that support a first end 818 of the frame 810 relative to a ground surface 820 ( FIG. 27 ), a resting support 822 that supports a second end 826 of the frame 810 above the ground surface 820 , and a handle 830 supported by the frame 810 .
- the off-board charger further defines a battery compartment 834 that is supported by the frame 810 and a charger compartment 838 that is supported by the frame 810 and positioned adjacent the battery compartment 834 .
- the charger compartment 838 includes a cover 839 .
- the pair of ground engaging members 814 are wheels that rotate about an axis 840 .
- the resting support 822 is coupled to the frame 810 and extends from the first end 818 of the off-board charger 800 to the second end 826 .
- the ground engaging members 814 and the resting support 822 engage the ground surface 820 to support the frame 810 of the off-board charger 800 relative to the ground surface 820 .
- the handle 830 is coupled to the battery compartment 834 adjacent the first end 818 of the frame 810 .
- the handle 830 is constructed to receive a first force 842 that is transverse to the handle 830 and the ground surface 820 to thereby pivot the frame 810 about the axis 840 of the ground engaging members 814 to lift the resting support 822 off of the ground surface 820 and enable wheeled transport of the off-board charger ( FIG. 28 ).
- the handle 830 may be directly coupled to the first end 818 of the frame 810 .
- the off-board charger 800 may include two handles (e.g., one on each side of the battery compartment 834 ). As such, it should be appreciated that any connection of a handle adjacent the first end 818 of the frame 810 couples the handle to the first end 818 of the frame 810 .
- the handle 830 is pivotably supported by the frame 810 .
- a first end of the handle 830 is pivotably coupled to the battery compartment 834 (e.g., via a fastener) so the handle 830 is movable between a storage position ( FIG. 29 ) where the handle 830 is at a first pivot angle 844 relative to the frame and a transport position ( FIGS. 27 and 28 ) where the handle 830 is at a second pivot angle 846 relative to the frame 810 .
- the first pivot angle 844 is approximately 135 degrees and the second pivot angle 846 is approximately 45 degrees.
- the off-board charger 800 may further include a handle support structure 848 coupled to the battery compartment 834 and an adjustment mechanism 860 that selectively restricts pivotable movement of the handle 830 .
- the adjustment mechanism 860 is a pin that extends between the handle support structure 848 and the battery compartment 834 . In the transport position ( FIG. 27 ), the adjustment mechanism 860 may engage with a slot 864 formed on the handle 830 to rigidly secure the handle 830 at the second pivot angle 846 relative to the frame 810 .
- the handle 830 may pivot freely between a stop surface 866 formed on the handle support structure 848 and the adjustment mechanism 860 .
- the battery compartment 834 includes a housing 902 , a lid 904 , and a latch 906 .
- the housing has a bottom wall 910 and side walls 912 and defines an opening 914 amid an inner space of the battery compartment 834 .
- the lid 904 is coupled to the housing 902 and is movable between a closed condition ( FIGS. 26 - 29 ) in which it covers the opening 914 (i.e., closes the housing 902 ) and an open condition ( FIGS. 30 and 31 ) in which it provides access to the opening 914 (i.e., opens the housing 902 ).
- the lid 904 is pivotally (more specifically, hingedly) coupled to a first end of the housing 902 .
- the latch 906 selectively secures the lid 904 in the closed condition.
- the lid 904 includes a magnet 916 and a lid sensor 918 , where the lid sensor 918 is magnetically actuatable, as described in further detail below.
- a battery interface 920 is mounted to the bottom wall 910 of the battery compartment 834 .
- the battery interface includes four docking stations 922 , each including alignment structures 924 and electrical connectors 926 .
- the inner space of the battery compartment 834 and the battery interface 920 is sized to receive battery packs 852 , 854 , 856 , 858 ( FIG. 30 ) through a gravity-biased connection.
- the battery packs 852 , 854 , 856 , 858 are like battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , 58 , described in detail above and, accordingly, the description of the battery packs 52 , 54 , 56 , and 58 provided above similarly applies to the battery packs 852 , 854 , 856 , and 858 .
- the alignment structures 924 extend vertically from the bottom wall 910 of the battery compartment 834 .
- the alignment structures 924 are structural elements that are relatively rigid and able to withstand impact loading that may arise as batteries are installed on the electrical connectors 926 so that the batteries are properly aligned with the electrical connectors 926 before the batteries engage the electrical connectors 926 .
- the electrical connectors 926 are between alignment structures 924 .
- Within (e.g., between the alignment structures 924 and electrical connectors 926 ) and between each docking station 922 are slits 928 to allow debris to exit the battery compartment 834 to reduce the likelihood of debris buildup.
- the battery interface 920 may include more docking stations 922 (e.g., five, six, etc.) or fewer docking stations 922 (e.g., one, two, three, or four). It should be appreciated that the battery interface 920 of the off-board charger 800 is similar to the battery interface 120 described above.
- the charger 800 is illustrated with the cover 839 removed. As revealed, the charger compartment 838 encloses a first charger 930 and a second charger 934 that are supported by the frame 810 adjacent the battery compartment 834 .
- the first and second chargers 930 , 934 are coupled to an outer portion of the housing 902 (e.g., via fasteners).
- the first and second chargers 930 , 934 respectively include a first power input connector 938 and a second power input connector 942 , which may be coupled to an external power source (e.g., as described in further detail with respect to FIGS. 36 - 37 ) to provide power to the off-board charger 800 .
- the illustrated embodiment of the off-board charger 800 includes two chargers 930 , 934 , it should be appreciated that additional chargers (e.g., three, four, five, six, seven, eight, etc.) may be supported by the frame 810 . Additional chargers may increase the charging speed of the off-board charger (e.g., by increasing the available charging current) or allow more batteries to be charged (e.g., if the battery interface 920 includes more docking stations).
- additional chargers e.g., three, four, five, six, seven, eight, etc.
- Additional chargers may increase the charging speed of the off-board charger (e.g., by increasing the available charging current) or allow more batteries to be charged (e.g., if the battery interface 920 includes more docking stations).
- Each of the chargers 930 , 934 may be readily connected to the off-board charger 800 with a mechanical connection (e.g., bolts or other fasteners securing each charger within the charger compartment 838 ) and an electrical connection (e.g., plugging the chargers into connectors on the off-board charger 800 ).
- a mechanical connection e.g., bolts or other fasteners securing each charger within the charger compartment 838
- an electrical connection e.g., plugging the chargers into connectors on the off-board charger 800 .
- FIG. 33 provides a bottom perspective view of the off-board charger 800 with the resting support 822 and a bottom cover removed, exposing an underside of a bus bar and docking station base 950 , also referred to as the base 950 .
- the top side of the base 950 forms a part of the bottom wall 910 and includes the docking stations 922 , as shown in FIG. 34 .
- positive and negative power lines 952 and 954 which are configured to provide a connection to the chargers 930 and 934 , at least indirectly, are shown extending away from the base 950 (disconnected).
- a connector 956 is provided to connect the communication lines (e.g., CAN bus lines) of the chargers 930 and 934 to the base 950 .
- a cable harness is provided to connect the chargers 930 and 934 to the base 950 .
- the cable harness may include power and ground cables as well as one or more communication lines (collectively referred to as a communication cable).
- the cable harness may further have a first (bus bar-side) connection end including first ends of the power, ground, and communication cables and a second (charger-side) connection end including second ends of the power, ground, and communication cables.
- the frame 20 may include first power and ground studs (not shown) in the charger compartment 838 providing a connection point between the power lines 952 and 954 and the cable harness.
- the power lines 952 and 954 are respectively connected to the first power and ground studs, and the first ends of the power and ground cables of the cable harness are also respectively coupled to the first power and ground studs. Additionally, the first end of the communication cable of the cable harness may be coupled to the connector 956 . Turning to the second end of the cable harness, the second ends of the power and ground cables may be coupled to second power and ground studs of the frame 20 that are located closer to the chargers 930 and 934 .
- the frame 20 may further include first and second charging ports (see, e.g., charging ports 224 , 228 shown in FIG. 12 A ) that each include respective power and ground connections to the second power and ground studs.
- the second end of the communication cable may be split into two connection points with shared communication lines, with the first connection point coupled to the first charging port and the second connection point coupled to the second charging port.
- the charger 930 may include a first charging plug (similar to the charging plug 214 of FIG. 12 A ) that couples to the first charging port and the charger 934 may include a second charging plug (similar to the charging plug 218 ) that couples to the second charging port.
- the cable harness may further include a communication line of the communication cable that is coupled to a lid sensor (see, e.g., a lid sensor 1035 of FIG. 37 ).
- a bus bar 958 is within a cavity of the base 950 .
- the bus bar 958 includes a printed circuit board 960 with signal traces 962 (e.g. copper foil that remains after etching) for the communication lines between the chargers 930 and 934 and the communication terminals of the docking stations 922 (and, thus, connected battery packs).
- the bus bar 958 also includes conductive plates 964 mounted thereon to transfer power between the chargers 930 and 934 , connected to the conductive plates 964 at power terminals 966 and 968 , and the power terminals of the docking stations 922 , which are mounted on or through the printed circuit board and conductively connected to the conductive plates 964 .
- the conductive plates 964 are rated for conducting higher current levels (e.g., higher than the signal traces) to enable high current charging of battery packs connected to the docking stations.
- the conductive plates 964 enable higher power connections without large (high current) traces on the printed circuit board 960 , which can be costly and space consuming.
- On the top side of the printed circuit board 960 are terminals of the docking stations 922 configured to electrically connect with battery packs 852 , 854 , 856 , 858 (when coupled to the docking stations 922 ).
- the bus bar 958 provides communication and power connections between the chargers 930 and 934 and battery packs connected to the docking stations 922 .
- the bus bar 131 in FIG. 6 is similar to the bus bar 958 and a similar description of the bus bar 958 provided herein applies to the bus bar 131 .
- FIG. 36 illustrates a block diagram of the off-board charger 800 , according to some embodiments.
- the off-board charger 800 includes the first charger 930 and the second charger 934 , as well as four battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , and 258 (which may be, for example, the battery packs 852 , 854 , 856 , and 858 shown in FIG. 30 ).
- the off-board charger 800 includes fewer chargers or more chargers than two chargers.
- the off-board charger 800 includes fewer battery packs or more battery packs than four battery packs.
- Each charger 930 , 934 includes a charging switching network 1000 , a rectifier 1002 , and a charger controller 1005 .
- the charger controller 1005 includes an electronic processor 1010 and a memory 1015 that stores instructions that are executed by the electronic processor 1010 to implement the functionality of the charger controller 1005 described herein.
- the off-board charger 800 is coupled to an external power source 1020 , which may be an alternative current (AC) power utility grid, an AC engine-generator, an AC inverter that inverts DC power from solar panels, batteries, or another DC source to AC power, or another source.
- the external power source 1020 may be, for example, a 120 V, 60 Hz AC source or a 220 V, 50 Hz AC source.
- Each charger 930 , 934 is coupled to the external power source 1020 via an independent connection. More particularly, the first charger 930 is coupled to the external power source 1020 via a first power cable 1025 a that connects the first power input connector 938 of the charger to a first outlet 1029 a of the external power source 1020 .
- the second charger 934 is coupled to the external power source 1020 via a second power cable 1025 b that connects the second power input connector 942 of the charger to a second outlet 1029 b of the external power source 1020 .
- the first outlet 1029 a and the second outlet 1029 b are wall outlets (e.g., in a residential or commercial building or garage) that are each on a separate circuit of the external power source 1020 .
- the external power source 1020 may include an electrical panel coupled to the utility grid to receive power and distributing power via (i) a first circuit branch having a first current limit (e.g., 15 or 20 Amps) and being associated with a first circuit breaker and (ii) a second circuit branch having a second current limit (e.g., 15 or 20 Amps) and being associated with a second circuit breaker.
- the first outlet 1029 a may be coupled to the first circuit branch and the second outlet 1029 b may be coupled to the second circuit branch.
- the overall current that the charger 800 may draw from the external power source 1020 without tripping a circuit breaker may be larger (e.g., at 30 or 40 Amps) than if a single connection was provided to the external power source 1020 for both chargers 930 and 934 .
- each charger 930 , 934 is connected to an independent circuit, even if one circuit breaker trips for one of the outlets 1029 a or 1029 b , the other outlet may still be providing power and the charger 800 may be able to continue to charge.
- the charger 800 further includes connector circuitry 1030 with a lid sensor 1035 .
- the battery compartment 834 includes a bank of one or more batteries (e.g., the battery packs 852 , 854 , 856 , 858 ), one of which may be identified as a master battery pack 252 and the remaining ones of which may be identified as a plurality of slave battery packs 254 , 256 , 258 (e.g., three in the illustrated embodiment).
- the power source 250 may include more battery packs (e.g., five, six, seven, etc.) or fewer battery packs (e.g., two, three, one).
- the one or more battery packs of the battery compartment 834 are coupled to the one or more chargers 930 , 934 by the connector circuitry 1030 and a power and communication bus 1040 .
- Each rectifier 1002 is configured to receive and convert AC power from the external power source 1020 to direct current (DC) power for output to the charging switching network 1000 of the same charger.
- the rectifier 1002 may be passive or active, and, in some embodiments, includes additional power conditioning components (e.g., one or more filters, DC-to-DC boost or buck converters, and the like).
- Each charger controller 1005 is configured to control the charging switching network 1000 (of the same charger) to selectively supply charging current to the one or more battery packs of the battery compartment 834 via the positive and negative lines of the bus 1040 .
- each charging switching network 1000 includes one or more power switching elements (e.g., field effect transistors) that may be selectively activated by a control signal from the charger controller 1005 to enable DC power received from the associated rectifier 1002 to flow through positive and negative terminals on the bus 1040 to the one or more battery packs of the battery compartment 834 .
- power switching elements e.g., field effect transistors
- a similar technique as described above with the mower 10 is implemented to determine which battery pack 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 is the master battery pack 252 .
- an identification number is assigned to each battery pack 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 (e.g., one, two, three, four, etc.), and the battery pack 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 with the lowest identification number is selected as the master battery pack 252 and the remaining battery packs are slave battery packs 254 , 256 , 258 .
- the battery packs themselves may communicate amongst one another to determine which of the battery packs has the lowest identification number and, therefore, is the designated master battery pack.
- the battery packs may communicate and automatically reassign the slave battery pack 254 , 256 , 258 with the lowest identification number to be the master battery pack 252 .
- the battery packs may communicate and automatically assign the additional battery pack to be the master battery pack 252 when the newly added battery pack has the lowest identification number, and otherwise identify the newly added battery pack as a slave battery pack.
- a similar technique as described above with the mower 10 is used to implement a priority charging method for the battery pack 252 , 254 , 256 , 258 .
- the master battery pack 252 communicates with the first and second chargers 930 , 934 and the slave battery packs 254 , 256 , 258 to determine the priority charging method.
- the master battery pack 252 may communicate with the first and second chargers or the slave battery packs themselves to request charging of a single battery pack (e.g., for sequential charging) or a plurality of battery packs (e.g., two, three, four, etc.) in parallel.
- FIG. 37 illustrates interconnections of the charger 800 in further detail, including details of the bus 1040 and of the connector circuitry 1030 .
- the bus 1040 is illustrated to include positive and negative power lines, a CAN-H communication line, and a CAN-L communication line connecting the one or more chargers 930 , 934 with the battery pack 252 .
- the connector circuitry 1030 includes charger receptacles 1050 , charger plugs 1055 , and a safety circuit 1057 .
- the charger receptacles 1050 and the lines of the bus 1040 coupling the charger receptacles 1050 to the battery pack 252 are formed as part of the bus bar 958 , described with respect to FIG. 35 .
- each of the first and second chargers 930 , 934 are coupled to charger receptacles 1050 of the off-board charger 800 .
- a charger plug 1055 of each of the first and second chargers 930 , 934 is coupled to respective charger receptacles 1050 .
- the charger plug 1055 and charger receptacle 1050 connect positive and negative terminals of the first and second chargers 930 , 934 to positive and negative terminals of the battery pack 252 , respectively.
- the charger plug 1055 and charger receptacle 1050 connect communication bus terminals (e.g., CAN-H and CAN-L terminals) of the first and second chargers 930 , 934 to communication bus terminals of the battery pack 252 .
- each of the charger plugs 1055 includes a jumper 1060 that connects two terminals of the respective charger receptacle 1050 .
- the safety circuit 1057 includes conductive lines (e.g., wires, traces on a circuit board, etc.) between a wake terminal of the battery pack 252 , a pack out terminal, and a safety terminal of the battery pack 252 , as well as the lid sensor 1035 and the jumpers 1060 of the one or more charger plugs 1055 that may be present.
- the lines connected to the wake terminal, pack out terminal, and safety terminal of the safety circuit 1057 may also be considered part of the bus 1040 .
- the positive terminal, negative terminal, CAN-H terminal, CAN-L terminal, wake terminal, pack out terminal, and safety terminal illustrated in FIG. 37 are part of the terminal block 640 illustrated in FIG. 20 A .
- the lid sensor 1035 of FIG. 37 may take different forms.
- the lid sensor 918 of FIG. 30 serves as the lid sensor 1035 .
- the lid sensor 918 is a magnetically actuated switch that is actuated to close (i.e., allow current flow) when the magnet 916 mounted on the lid 904 is positioned within a range of the lid sensor 918 when the lid 904 is closed, and that is actuated to open (i.e., interrupt current flow) when the magnet 916 mounted on the lid 904 is positioned outside of the range of the lid sensor 918 when the lid 904 is open.
- close i.e., allow current flow
- open i.e., interrupt current flow
- the lid sensor 1035 is a mechanically actuatable switch that is mechanically actuated to close when the lid 904 is closed, and that is mechanically actuated to open when the lid 904 is open.
- the mechanically actuatable switch may include a spring-biased push button (not shown) located at an interface where the lid 904 meets the housing 902 when the lid 904 closes, such that the push button is biased open when the lid 904 is open and is depressed by a portion of the lid 904 when the lid 904 is closed.
- FIG. 38 illustrates a flow chart for a secure charging method 1100 according to some embodiments.
- a docking station of the battery compartment 834 of the charger 800 receives a battery pack (e.g., the battery pack 852 ), as described above with respect to FIG. 30 .
- the battery controller 600 of the received battery pack 252 provides an output signal via a pack out terminal of the battery pack 252 to the safety circuit 1057 of the off-board charger 800 .
- the battery controller 600 may periodically output a low voltage signal (e.g., 3.3 or 5 volts) on the pack out terminal, as controlled by a standby software loop or a timer of the battery controller 600 .
- a low voltage signal e.g., 3.3 or 5 volts
- the battery controller 600 receives the output signal from the safety circuit 1057 as a wake signal via the wake terminal.
- the pack out terminal and the wake terminal of the battery pack 252 may be coupled by conductive lines and a jumper 1060 of the charger plug 1055 .
- the output signal from the pack out terminal is not received by the wake terminal.
- the battery controller 600 receives a safety signal from the lid sensor 1035 via the safety terminal of the battery pack 252 .
- the safety signal is indicative of whether the lid 904 for the battery compartment 834 is closed.
- the lid sensor 1035 may include a switch (as illustrated in FIG. 37 ) that closes when the lid 904 is closed, and that opens when the lid 904 is open.
- the switch has an input side coupled to the pack out terminal of the battery pack 252 and an output side coupled to the safety terminal of the battery pack 252 . Accordingly, when the switch of the lid sensor 1035 is closed, the output signal sent on the pack out terminal of the battery pack 252 returns via the switch of the lid sensor 1035 as the safety signal at the safety terminal of the battery pack 252 .
- the battery controller 600 is configured to determine whether the lid is open (or closed) based on the safety signal (or absence of the safety signal).
- the battery controller 600 enables charging of the battery pack 252 in response to receipt of the wake signal and the safety signal. For example, in response to receiving the wake signal and the safety signal, the battery controller 600 first awakens from a standby mode into a normal operation mode.
- the standby mode is a low power mode in which the controller 600 consumes less power with reduced functionality and in which the battery pack 252 may not be charged or discharged.
- the controller 600 returns to normal functionality and power consumption, and the battery pack 252 may be charged (when coupled to the charger 800 ) or may be discharged (e.g., when coupled to the mower 10 ).
- the battery controller 600 is configured to enable one or more charge switches of the charge/discharge switches 635 (see FIG. 20 A ) providing a connection between the positive and negative terminals of the battery pack 252 and the cells 615 .
- the battery controller 600 is already in a normal operation mode when the wake signal and safety signal are received, and the battery controller 600 proceeds to enable charging of the battery pack 252 in response to the wake signal and safety signal without first awakening out of a standby mode.
- the battery controller 600 disables one or more charge switches of the charge/discharge switches 635 (see FIG. 20 A ) to interrupt the connection between the positive and negative terminals of the battery pack 252 and the cells 615 .
- the battery pack 252 provides feedback to a user upon receipt of the wake signal and the safety signal. For example, the battery pack 252 illuminates a light source (e.g., a light emitting diode (LED)) on a top surface of the battery pack 252 or generated an audible beep. Accordingly, a user can readily determine whether a battery pack has been properly inserted into the off-board battery charger 800 (or mower 10 ).
- a light source e.g., a light emitting diode (LED)
- the battery controller 600 includes other preconditions before enabling charging of the battery pack 252 in addition to receiving the wake signal and the safety signal. For example, as another precondition to enabling charging, the battery controller 600 may await a communication from one or more battery packs (e.g., battery packs 254 , 256 , and 258 ) or from one or more of the chargers 930 , 934 over the communications lines (CAN-H and CAN-L) of the bus 1040 . The battery controller 600 may also implement one or more of the priority charging schemes noted above with respect to charging battery packs on the mower 10 and, accordingly, another precondition is that the battery pack 252 is selected for charging based on the applicable priority charging scheme.
- battery packs e.g., battery packs 254 , 256 , and 258
- the chargers 930 , 934 over the communications lines (CAN-H and CAN-L) of the bus 1040 .
- the battery controller 600 may also implement one or more of the priority charging schemes noted above with respect to charging battery packs on the mower 10 and
- the battery pack 252 receives charge current from one or more of the chargers 930 , 934 (also referred to as a charging circuit).
- battery pack 252 may communicate a request for charging current over the communication lines (CAN-H and CAN-L) of the bus 1040 to the charger controller 1005 of each of the one or more chargers of the off-board charger 800 .
- each of the charger controllers 1005 controls its associated charging switching network 1000 to provide charging current from the rectifier 1002 over the power lines of the bus 1040 to the battery pack 252 .
- the method 1100 is described with respect to charging the battery pack 252 , the method is similarly applicable to the other battery packs that may be inserted into the battery compartment (e.g., the battery packs 254 , 256 , and 258 ).
- a second battery pack 254 is shown coupled to the off-board charger 800 .
- the battery packs 252 and 254 (as well as further battery packs, when inserted into the battery compartment 834 ) are coupled in parallel such that like terminals of the battery packs are coupled together via the bus 1040 and the connector circuitry 1030 .
- Each battery pack 252 , 254 , 256 , and 258 is configured to independently execute the method 1100 .
- an output signal via the pack out terminal of any of the coupled battery packs will be received by the wake terminal of all the parallelly connected battery packs.
- the lid sensor 1035 is actuated (because the lid 904 is closed)
- the output signal from the pack out terminal of any of the coupled battery packs will be received by the safety terminal of each of the parallelly connected battery packs in the battery compartment 834 .
- an output signal from the pack out terminal of the battery pack 252 will be received by the wake terminal of both the battery pack 252 and of the battery pack 254 and, if the lid sensor 1035 is actuated, by the safety terminal of both the battery pack 252 and of the battery pack 254 .
- FIGS. 36 - 39 are described with respect to the off-board charger 800 , in some embodiments, similar components and functions are included on the mower 10 .
- the diagrams of FIGS. 36 , 37 , and 39 may also represent an arrangement of the mower 10 in that the one or more chargers 930 , 934 may be present on the mower 10 (i.e., physically supported by the mower 10 ) or electrically coupled to the mower 10 (but located off of the mower 10 ), and the connector circuitry 1030 and bus 1040 may connect the one or more chargers 930 , 934 to the bank of battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , and 258 (i.e., the power source 250 ).
- the one or more chargers 930 , 934 may be selectively mounted to or coupled to the mower 10 such that, in some instances, the mower 10 is connected to just one charger 930 , while in other instances, the mower 10 is connected to two or more chargers 930 , 934 . Additionally, the mower 10 with one or more of the battery packs (e.g., the battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , and 258 ) may implement the method 1100 of FIG. 38 .
- the battery packs e.g., the battery packs 252 , 254 , 256 , and 258
- the method further includes enabling discharging of the battery pack, by the battery controller 600 , in response to receipt of the wake signal and the safety signal.
- the battery controller 600 is configured to enable one or more discharge switches of the charge/discharge switches 635 (see FIG. 20 A ) providing a connection between the positive and negative terminals of the battery pack 252 and the cells 615 .
- the battery pack 252 provides current to a motor of the mower 10 after the enabling of discharging, such as one or more of the drive motors 45 and deck motors 40 .
- step 1125 when the method 1100 is implemented on the mower 10 , in step 1125 , instead of enabling charging, the battery controller 600 enables discharging and, in step 1130 , the battery pack 252 provides discharge current to one or more of the drive motors 45 and deck motors 40 (rather than receiving charge current).
- step 1125 is further delineated into substeps.
- the battery controller 600 enables discharging at a first level (e.g., 7 amperes).
- a second substep the battery controller 600 then communicates with the vehicle control module 90 while the vehicle control module 90 performs a status check of components (see, e.g., discussion above regarding live to drive feature).
- a third substep after the vehicle control module 90 completes the status check and confirms that the predetermined conditions are satisfied, the vehicle control module 90 sends a message to the battery controller 600 indicating full power is now acceptable.
- the battery controller 600 in response to receipt of the message, the battery controller 600 enables discharging at a second (higher) level (e.g., 240 amperes), which may be referred to as fill power.
- the battery pack 252 provides discharge current to one or more of the drive motors 45 and deck motors 40 (e.g., up to the second level of discharge current).
- FIG. 40 illustrates a flow chart for a maneuvering control arm calibration method 1200 according to some embodiments.
- the method 1200 is described with respect to the mower 10 as shown herein, the method 1200 may also be implemented on other mowers (e.g., having more or fewer drive motors, more or fewer deck motors, and more or fewer battery packs) or on other electric vehicles. Further, for purposes of explanation, the method 1200 will be described with respect to the left control arm 72 a , the drive motor controller 550 a , and the (left) drive motor 45 associated with the drive motor controller 550 a .
- the method 1200 is similarly applicable to the right control arm 72 b , the chive motor controller 550 b , and the (right) drive motor 45 associated with the drive motor controller 550 b . That is, the method 1200 may be executed independently to calibrate the left control arm 72 a and to calibrate the right control arm 72 b.
- the mower electronic controller 500 operates in a calibration mode in response to a request received via a user interface (e.g., the system interface 74 ) of the mower 10 .
- a user interface e.g., the system interface 74
- the user display 78 may be a touch screen that includes a mode select button (soft key) 1207 (see 41 A).
- the mode select button 1207 provides a request to the mower electronic controller 500 to enter the calibration mode.
- the mode select button 1207 is provided as an electro-mechanical push button (hard key) on the user interface (e.g., near or on a housing of the user display 78 ).
- the mower electronic controller 500 inhibits driving of at least one drive motor (e.g., the drive motors 45 ).
- the vehicle control module 90 will not generate control signals to the motor controllers 505 to drive motors 45 so that the mower 10 will not be controlled to move.
- a parking brake of the mower 10 may be actuated to prevent movement of the mower 10 while in the calibration mode.
- the mower electronic controller 500 identifies a neutral set parameter based on a first output value from the maneuvering control sensor 510 (a position sensor, see FIG. 18 ) associated with a neutral position of the left control arm 72 a .
- the control arm 72 a is coupled to the frame 20 at the pivot joint 73 a , and the control arm 72 a is operable to pivot about the pivot joint 73 a through a range of motion that includes a forward range of positions, a neutral position, and a reverse range of positions.
- the maneuvering control sensor 510 is configured to indicate an angular position of the left control arm 72 a in the range of motion.
- the maneuvering control sensor 510 may include a position map (e.g., in a memory of the sensor) that maps potential sensed angles of the control arm to respective output values.
- the maneuvering control sensor 510 senses an angle and outputs the output value mapped to the sensed angle by the position map.
- the value output by the maneuvering control sensor 510 while the left control arm 72 a is in the neutral position is identified as the neutral set parameter.
- This neutral set parameter may be stored in a memory of the mower electronic controller 500 (e.g., the vehicle control module memory 507 of FIG. 19 ).
- the mower electronic controller 500 is configured to control the display 78 of the mower 10 to provide a first prompt on the display 78 to instruct the operator of the mower 10 to release the control arm 72 a into the neutral position.
- the display 78 includes a neutral prompt 1216 instructing the operator to release the control arm 72 a and a neutral mower graphic 1218 illustrating the mower 10 with the control arm 72 a in the neutral position.
- the neutral mower graphic 1218 highlights the control arm that is being calibrated (i.e., the left control arm 72 a in FIG. 41 A , as opposed to the right control arm 72 b ).
- the mower electronic controller 500 is configured to average output values from the maneuvering control sensor 510 over a period while the left control arm 72 a is in the neutral position. For example, the period may be five seconds, or another similar time period. The determined average output value is then assigned as the neutral set parameter.
- the mower electronic controller 500 identifies a second output value from the maneuvering control sensor 510 associated with a maximum forward position of the left control arm 72 a as a forward set parameter. For example, in some embodiments, the value output by the maneuvering control sensor 510 while the left control arm 72 a is pushed forward by the operator (e.g., fully forward until mechanically limited, or as far as the operator can reach) is identified as the forward set parameter.
- This forward set parameter may be stored in a memory of the mower electronic controller 500 (e.g., the vehicle control module memory 507 of FIG. 19 ).
- the mower electronic controller 500 is configured to control the display 78 of the mower 10 to provide a second prompt on the display 78 to instruct the operator of the mower 10 to push the control arm 72 a into the forward position.
- FIG. 41 B illustrates a forward prompt 1221 on the display 78 instructing the operator to push the left control arm 72 a completely forward and a forward mower graphic 1223 illustrating the mower 10 with the control arm 72 a in the forward position.
- the forward mower graphic 1223 highlights the control arm that is being calibrated (i.e., the left control arm 72 a in FIG. 41 A , as opposed to the right control arm 72 b ).
- the mower electronic controller 500 is configured to detect the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm 72 a is in the forward range (e.g., over a period, such as five seconds, or until the control arm 72 a is released and returns to the neutral position). This output value with the greatest difference is then identified as the forward set parameter. In some embodiments, identifying this output value with the greatest difference as the forward set parameter is in response to the electronic controller also determining that this output value exceeds a minimum forward threshold value.
- the minimum forward threshold value is used, for example, to ensure a minimum range of motion of the control arm 72 a to enable the operator to control the drive motor 45 over a desired range of speeds with desired precision.
- the minimum forward threshold is 10 degrees, at least 10 degrees, or another similar angle.
- the mower electronic controller 500 identifies a third output value from the maneuvering control sensor 510 associated with a maximum reverse position of the left control arm 72 a as a reverse set parameter. For example, in some embodiments, the value output by the maneuvering control sensor 510 while the left control arm 72 a is pulled back by the operator (e.g., pulled fully back until mechanically limited, or as far as the operator can pull) is identified as the reverse set parameter.
- This reverse set parameter may be stored in a memory of the mower electronic controller 500 (e.g., the vehicle control module memory 507 of FIG. 19 ).
- the mower electronic controller 500 is configured to control the display 78 of the mower 10 to provide a third prompt on the display 78 to instruct the operator of the mower 10 to pull the control arm 72 a into the reverse position.
- the display 78 includes a reverse prompt 1226 instructing the operator to pull the left control arm 72 a completely in reverse and a reverse mower graphic 1228 illustrating the mower 10 with the control arm 72 a in the reverse position.
- the reverse mower graphic 1228 highlights the control arm that is being calibrated (i.e., the left control arm 72 a in FIG. 41 A , as opposed to the right control arm 72 b ).
- the mower electronic controller 500 is configured to detect the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm 72 a is in the reverse range (e.g., over a period, such as five seconds, or until the control arm 72 a is released and returns to the neutral position). This output value with the greatest difference is then identified as the reverse set parameter. In some embodiments, identifying this output value with the greatest difference as the reverse set parameter is in response to the electronic controller 500 also determining that this output value exceeds a minimum reverse threshold value.
- the minimum reverse threshold value is used, for example, to ensure a minimum range of motion of the control arm 72 a to enable the operator to control the drive motor 45 over a desired range of speeds with desired precision.
- the minimum reverse threshold is less than the minimum forward threshold.
- the minimum reverse threshold may be 9 degrees, at least 9 degrees, or another similar angle.
- a save button 1227 is displayed on the display 78 .
- the mower electronic controller 500 saves the identified neutral set parameter, forward set parameter, and reverse set parameter to a memory (e.g., the vehicle control module memory 507 ).
- blocks 1215 , 1220 , and 1225 are repeated for the right control arm 72 b to identify a second neutral set parameter, a second forward set parameter, and a second reverse set parameter for the right control arm 72 b.
- a dashed box 1228 is illustrated around blocks 1210 , 1215 , 1220 , and 1225 to signify that they occur while the mower electronic controller 500 is in the calibration mode.
- the mower electronic controller 500 exits the calibration mode and begins operating in the drive mode (block 1230 ).
- a dashed box 1232 is illustrated around blocks 1235 and 1240 to signify that they occur while the mower electronic controller 500 is in the drive mode.
- the mower electronic controller 500 determines an angular position of the left control arm 72 a indicated by the maneuvering control sensor 510 .
- the maneuvering control sensor 510 senses the angular position of the left control arm 72 a and, using the position map, generates an output value to the controller 500 that is indicative of the sensed angular position.
- the mower electronic controller 500 controls the (left) drive motor 45 in accordance with the angular position of the left control arm 72 a indicated by the maneuvering control sensor 510 , the neutral set parameter, the forward set parameter, and the reverse set parameter. For example, when the angular position of the left control arm 72 a is indicated to be at the neutral set parameter, the mower electronic controller 500 does not drive the drive motor 45 . For example, a duty cycle of 0% is set by the drive motor controller 550 a by the vehicle control module 90 . When the angular position of the left control arm 72 a is indicated to be at the forward set parameter, the mower electronic controller 500 drives the drive motor 45 at a maximum level in the forward direction.
- the vehicle control module 90 may provide a control signal to the motor controller 550 a and, in response, the motor controller 550 a generates PWM control signals to the drive motor 45 forward and having a duty cycle of 100%.
- the mower electronic controller 500 drives the drive motor 45 at a maximum level in reverse.
- the vehicle control module 90 may provide a control signal to the motor controller 550 a and, in response, the motor controller 550 a generates PWM control signals to the drive motor 45 in reverse and having a duty cycle of 100%.
- the mower electronic controller 500 drives the drive motor 45 forward and at a speed proportional to the angle within the range of angles between the neutral set parameter and the forward set parameter. For example, when the range of angles between the neutral set parameter and the forward set parameter is 15 degrees, and the control arm 72 a is at a midpoint in the range (i.e., 7.5 degrees), the PWM duty cycle may be 50%.
- the mower electronic controller 500 drives the drive motor 45 in reverse and at a speed proportional to the angle within the range of angles between the neutral set parameter and the reverse set parameter.
- a deadband is determined for each parameter.
- the deadband provides a range of values for each respective parameter where, if the control arm 72 a is determined to be in a deadband of a parameter, the mower electronic controller 500 controls the drive motor 45 as if the control arm 7 a was at the particular parameter.
- the mower electronic controller 500 determines one or more of: a neutral deadband based on the neutral set parameter, a maximum forward deadband based on the forward set parameter, and a maximum reverse deadband based on the reverse set parameter.
- the mower electronic controller 500 may determine the neutral deadband by adding and subtracting a deadband value to the neutral set parameter (e.g., +/ ⁇ 3 degrees, +/ ⁇ 5 degrees, or +/ ⁇ 7 degrees). Similarly, the mower electronic controller 500 may determine the maximum forward and reverse deadband by adding and subtracting a deadband value to the forward and reverse set parameter, respectively (e.g., +/ ⁇ 3 degrees, +/ ⁇ 5 degrees, or +/ ⁇ 7 degrees). In some embodiments, the maximum forward and maximum reverse deadbands are each greater than the neutral deadband.
- the mower electronic controller 500 When the mower electronic controller 500 is in the chive mode, the mower electronic controller 500 further controls the drive motor 45 in accordance with the angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor, the neutral deadband, the maximum forward deadband, and the maximum reverse deadband.
- Such control is similar to the control that was described above for block 1240 , except that the deadbands are used in place of the specific neutral, forward set parameter, and reverse set parameter.
- the mower electronic controller 500 while operating in the drive mode, the mower electronic controller 500 also executes block 1235 and 1240 for the right control arm 72 b to drive the right drive motor 45 according to the angular position of the control arm 72 b , the second neutral set parameter, the second forward set parameter, and the second reverse set parameter.
- FIG. 42 A provides an angular encoding diagram 1250 that illustrates a position map of the maneuvering control sensor 510 and the six parameters calibrated by embodiments of the method 1200 including the: neutral set parameter, the neutral deadband, the forward set parameter, the maximum forward deadband, the reverse set parameter, and the maximum reverse deadband. Additionally, the diagram 1250 illustrates an example of how the maneuvering control sensor 510 can map angles of the control arm 72 a (and 72 b ) to output values ranging from 0 to 4096.
- the maneuvering control sensor 510 may be a rotary encoder that includes a rotating spindle coupled to a base portion, where the rotating spindle is configured to rotate 360 degrees relative to the base portion about a longitudinal axis of the spindle.
- the rotary encoder may be, for example, an optical encoder, a non-contact magnetic rotary encoder, a digital potentiometer, or the like.
- a circuit or processor of the maneuvering control sensor 510 is configured to output a digital value, for example, from 0 to 4095, representing the current rotational angle of the spindle between 0 and 360 degrees.
- a value of 0 equates to 0 (or 360) degrees
- a value of 1024 equates to 90 degrees
- a value of 2048 equates to 180 degrees
- a value of 3072 equates to 270 degrees
- a value one more than the max of 4095 causes the encoder counter to return to a value of zero, again equating to 0 (or 360) degrees.
- a position map of the rotary encoder maps each rotational position of the rotating spindle to an associated encoder value. Additionally, the position map may be overwritten or updated to calibrate the rotary encoder so that, for example, a particular rotational position of the rotating spindle is assigned as the 0-degree position that generates a 0 output value.
- the other rotational positions of the rotary spindle (e.g., for degrees 1 through 359 ) in the position map are similarly assigned with updated output values to maintain the previously described relationship of rotational angle and encoder values.
- the base portion of the rotary encoder (not shown) may be fixed to the frame 20 and the rotating spindle of the rotary encoder (not shown) may be coupled to the left control arm 72 a . Accordingly, as the control arm 72 a pivots about the pivot joint 73 a , the rotating spindle rotates relative to the base portion of the rotary encoder.
- the axis of rotation of the control arm 72 a may be coaxial with the rotation axis of the rotating spindle.
- a rotary encoder may similarly be provided for the right control arm 72 b . Because the range of angular motion of the control arms 72 a and 72 b is mechanically limited (i.e., they cannot rotate for a complete 360-degree rotation), only a portion of the total range of encoder values may be used.
- the maneuvering control sensor 510 maps a neutral position to a 180 degree position having a 2048 count value, the reverse set parameter to a value between 2048 (180 degrees) and 3072 (270 degrees), and the forward set parameter to a value between 1024 (90 degrees) and 2048 (180 degrees).
- the mapping and precision of the encoding diagram 1250 are merely examples, and other mappings and precision levels are used in other embodiments.
- the vehicle control module 90 may fault in response to output from the maneuvering control sensor 510 crossing the cross-over point (e.g., the maneuvering control sensor 510 providing an output that goes from 4095 (max value) to 0 (min value).
- the neutral position is mapped to the 180 degree position having the 2048 count value, or another value spaced far enough from the 0 degree position so that the mapping does not overlap with the 0 (or 360) degree cross-over point.
- the electronic controller 500 is further configured to update the position map of the maneuvering control sensor 510 to map a midpoint output value of the maneuvering control sensor 510 (e.g., 180 degrees/2048 count) to the neutral position of the control arm 72 a .
- the neutral set parameter was determined to be 181 degrees ( ⁇ 2059 count)
- the position map may be updated with a one degree offset such that the maneuvering control sensor 510 will now output 180 degrees/2048 count when the control arm 72 a is in the neutral position.
- the electronic controller 500 updates the forward set parameter (and associated maximum forward deadband) based on an offset from the neutral set parameter and the midpoint output value, and updates the reverse set parameter (and associated maximum reverse deadband) based on the offset. For example, if the forward set parameter was previously 164 degrees, an offset of 1 degree would be added to result in the forward set parameter being 165 degrees. Further, the electronic controller 500 updates the neutral set parameter to be the midpoint output value (e.g., 180 degrees/2048 count) to accommodate the update.
- the midpoint output value e.g. 180 degrees/2048 count
- FIGS. 42 B and 42 C illustrate partial angular encoding diagrams 1255 and 1260 .
- the diagrams 1255 and 1260 illustrate the neutral set parameter, a forward set parameter, and a maximum forward deadband, but the reverse set parameter and other deadbands are not illustrated to simplify the diagrams.
- the diagram 1255 provides an initial mapping for the control arm 72 a with a first forward set parameter 1262 , a first forward deadband 1264 , and a neutral set parameter 1266 .
- the mower electronic controller 500 drives the motor 45 at full speed (100%).
- the mower electronic controller 500 drives the motor 45 at a speed proportional to the sensed angle (e.g., between 0% speed when at the neutral set parameter and 99% speed when reaching the first forward deadband 1264 ).
- the diagram 1260 provides a subsequent mapping for the control arm 72 a with a revised forward set parameter 1268 , a revised forward deadband 1270 , and the neutral set parameter 1266 .
- the subsequent mapping for the control arm 72 a in the diagram 1260 may be generated using the calibration method 1200 .
- the revised forward set parameter 1268 and the revised forward deadband 1270 are shifted such that the revised forward deadband 1270 is not reached until a greater angle of the control arm 72 a is reached (i.e., the control arm 72 a is pushed further forward) as compared with the diagram 1255 and the initial mapping, thus giving the user more fine tune drivability.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Transportation (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Sustainable Development (AREA)
- Sustainable Energy (AREA)
- Environmental Sciences (AREA)
- Harvester Elements (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- The present invention relates to a lawn mower having a power source in the form of a plurality of battery packs secured within a battery compartment of the lawn mower. The present invention also relates to control systems of the lawn mower that controls a priority charging method of the power source, a live to drive control system that alerts the user of the lawn mower that the lawn mower is in an operable state, and a variable speed control system that controls the sensitivity of maneuvering controls of the lawn mower during operation.
- In one aspect, the invention provides an electric lawn mower comprising a frame; a drive wheel supporting the frame above a ground surface; a drive motor mounted to the frame and driving rotation of the drive wheel to move the lawn mower over the ground surface; an operator platform supported by the frame, and operable to support the weight of a user during operation of the lawn mower; a cutting deck coupled to the frame; a deck motor mounted to the cutting deck and configured to drive rotation of a blade under the cutting deck to cut grass under the cutting deck; a battery compartment supported by the frame and defining an inner space; a battery docking station mounted to a bottom wall of the battery compartment in the inner space; and a battery pack connected to the docking station through a gravity-biased connection, the battery pack providing electrical power to at least one of the drive motor and the deck motor.
- In some embodiments, the electric lawn mower further comprises a lid for the battery compartment, the lid movable between an open position to provide access to the inner space and a closed position to restrict access to the inner space. In some embodiments, the lid includes a latch configured to selectively secure the lid in the closed position, and the lid, in the closed position, engages the battery pack to provide a gravity-assisted connection force that urges the battery packs into engagement with the battery docking station. In some embodiments, the battery pack weighs less than fifty-five pounds. In some embodiments, the docking station includes an alignment structure and an electrical connector, the alignment structure aligning the battery pack with the electrical connector prior to the battery pack engaging the electrical connectors as the battery pack is connected to the docking station. In some embodiments, the electric lawn mower further comprises a vehicle control module communicating with the drive motor and the deck motor to control operation of the drive motor and deck motor in response to commands from the user. In some embodiments, the electric lawn mower further comprises a user display, wherein the battery pack communicates with the user display to provide battery-related information on the user display. In some embodiments, the battery-related information includes state of charge of the battery pack. In some embodiments, the electric lawn mower further comprises left and right maneuvering controls graspable by the user on the operator platform, the electric lawn mower is a zero urn radius lawn mower; the drive wheel comprises left and right drive wheels; and the drive motor comprises left and right drive motors independently controlled by manipulation of the respective left and right maneuvering controls for independently driving rotation of the respective left and right drive wheels at a selected speed and direction of rotation. In some embodiments, the battery docking station comprises a plurality of battery docking stations mounted to a bottom wall of the battery compartment; and the battery pack comprises a plurality of battery packs connected to the battery docking stations. In some embodiments, the electric lawn mower further comprises a charging port communicating with the plurality of battery packs and a bus bar communicating with the plurality of docking stations, the charging port, and a vehicle control module, the vehicle control module receives power from the plurality of battery packs via the docking stations and the bus bar and directs the power to the drive motors and the deck motor. In some embodiments, a weight of the plurality of battery packs provides a gravity-biased connection between each of the plurality of battery packs and the plurality of docking stations such that the plurality of battery packs are removable from engagement with the plurality of docking stations without the need for tools. In some embodiments, each of the plurality of battery packs includes a handle integrally formed with an upper portion of the battery pack to facilitate handling of the battery pack by a user. In some embodiments, each of the plurality of docking stations includes contacts; each of the plurality of battery packs includes a flat bottom, a recessed portion, and contacts in the recessed portion; and contacts of the battery packs engage the contacts of the docking stations with a majority of the weight of the battery packs being borne by the flat bottom of the battery packs engaging a bottom of the battery compartment when the battery packs are lowered onto the docking stations. In some embodiment, the electric lawn mower further comprises a lid for the battery compartment; the lid is movable between an open position to provide access to the inner space and a closed position to restrict access to the inner space, the lid includes a latch configured to selectively secure the lid in the closed position, and the lid, in the closed position, engages the battery packs to provide a gravity-assisted connection force that overcomes a frictional force between the contacts of the battery packs and the contacts of the docking stations so the battery pack is electrically connected to the docking station.
- In another aspect, the invention provides a method for managing a priority of charging among a plurality of battery packs in an electric vehicle or an electric device, the method comprising determining, by an electronic controller, a state of charge for each of the plurality battery packs; comparing, by the electronic controller, the state of charge of each of the plurality of battery packs to a predetermined threshold; grouping into a first set, by the electronic controller, any of the battery packs having a state of charge above the predetermined threshold; grouping into a second set, by the electronic controller, any of the battery packs having a state of charge under the predetermined threshold; and controlling, by the electronic controller, a charging configuration including at least a first charger to charge the first set before charging the second set.
- In some embodiments, the method further comprises designating, by the electronic controller, a first battery pack of the battery packs as a master battery pack, and at least one other battery pack of the battery packs as slave battery pack. In some embodiments, each of the battery packs includes an identification number and wherein the step of designating one of the battery packs as a master battery pack includes designating the battery pack having the lowest identification number as the master battery pack. In some embodiments, the method further comprises in response to replacing one of the battery packs with a new battery pack having an identification number, the new battery pack and the non-replaced battery packs together defining a new plurality of battery packs: comparing the identification numbers of the new plurality of battery packs; and designating as the master battery pack the battery pack among the new plurality of battery packs having the lowest identification number. In some embodiments, comparing the state of charge of each of the plurality of battery packs to a predetermined threshold is performed with the predetermined threshold being 70%. In some embodiments, comparing the state of charge of each of the plurality of battery packs to a predetermined threshold is performed with the predetermined threshold being in the
range 75% to 90%. In some embodiments, charging the first set includes charging the first set in order of battery state of charge from highest to lowest. In some embodiments, comparing the state of charge of each of the plurality of battery packs to a predetermined threshold is performed with the predetermined threshold being in the range 80% to 85%. In some embodiments, a first battery pack of the battery packs is a master battery pack, and wherein the electric vehicle includes a first charging port and a second charging port, the master battery pack communicating with both of the first charging port and the second charging port, the method further comprising: identifying whether the first charger of the charger configuration is connected to the first charging port and whether a second charger of the charger configuration is connected to the second charging portion; and determining a priority charging method based on whether one or both of the first charger and second charger are respectively connected to the first charging port and second charging port. In some embodiments, determining a priority charging method comprises, during the charging the first set step, charging a single battery pack in the event that only the first charger is connected to the first charging port and charging a plurality of battery packs in parallel in the event that both the first charger is connected to the first charging port and the second charger is connected to the second charging port. In some embodiments, the method further comprises grouping into a third set any of the battery packs having a state of charge under a low threshold and charging the battery packs in the third set concurrently. In some embodiments, the low threshold is 15%. In some embodiments, the method further comprises ordering the battery packs in the second set according to state of charge; wherein charging the second set comprises: charging the lowest state of charge battery in the second set; and once the state of charge of the lowest state of charge battery pack in the second set is equal to the state of charge of the second lowest state of charge battery pack in the second set, concurrently charging the lowest state of charge battery pack and the second lowest state of charge battery pack in the second set. In some embodiments, the electronic controller is at least one selected from the group consisting of a battery controller positioned within a master battery pack of the battery packs and a control of a vehicle control module positioned on the electric vehicle. In some embodiments, the electric vehicle is an electric lawn mower, the method further comprising: after charging the plurality of battery packs, discharging current from the plurality of battery packs to drive: a drive motor that drives rotation of a drive wheel to move the electric lawn mower over a ground surface, and a deck motor mounted to a cutting deck of the electric lawn mower that drives rotation of a blade under the cutting deck to cut grass under the cutting deck. - In another aspect, the invention provides a system for managing a priority of battery charging for an electric vehicle or an electric device, the system comprising: a frame; a battery compartment supported by the frame and defining an inner space: a plurality of battery docking stations in the inner space of the battery compartment; a plurality of battery packs, each battery pack of the plurality of battery packs connected to a respective docking station of the plurality of docking stations; and a charger configuration including at least a first charger and having a power input connector and a power output connector, the power input connector configured to receive power from an external source, the power output connector configured to provide charging current to the battery pack and an electronic controller coupled to the charging configuration and configured to: determine a state of charge for each of the plurality battery packs; compare the state of charge of each of the plurality of battery packs to a predetermined threshold; group into a first set any of the battery packs having a state of charge above the predetermined threshold; group into a second set any of the battery packs having a state of charge under the predetermined threshold; and control the charging configuration to charge the first set before charging the second set.
- In some embodiments, each of the battery packs includes an identification number, the electronic controller is further configured to designate a first battery pack of the battery packs as a master battery pack in response to the first battery pack having the lowest identification number of the battery packs, and the electronic controller is further configured to designate at least one other battery pack of the battery packs as slave battery pack. In some embodiments, a first battery pack of the battery packs is a master battery pack, and wherein the electric vehicle includes a first charging port and a second charging port, the master battery pack communicating with both of the first charging port and the second charging port, the electronic controller is further configured to: identify whether the first charger of the charger configuration is connected to the first charging port and whether a second charger of the charger configuration is connected to the second charging portion; and determine a priority charging method based on whether one or both of the first charger and second charger are respectively connected to the first charging port and second charging port. In some embodiments, the electronic controller is further configured to order the battery packs in the second set according to state of charge, and to control the charging configuration to charge the second set, the electronic controller is further configured to: charge the lowest state of charge battery in the second set; and once the state of charge of the lowest state of charge battery pack in the second set is equal to the state of charge of the second lowest state of charge battery pack in the second set, concurrently charge the lowest state of charge battery pack and the second lowest state of charge battery pack in the second set. In some embodiment, the electronic controller is at least one selected from the group consisting of a battery controller positioned within a master battery pack of the battery packs and a control of a vehicle control module positioned on the electric vehicle.
- In another aspect, the invention provides a method for alerting a user of an electric vehicle that the vehicle is in a live to drive state, the electric vehicle including at least one maneuvering control, the method comprising: determining with a vehicle control module that a set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied; generating an audible alert with an audible element in response to identifying that the set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied; generating a visual alert at a user display on the vehicle in response to identifying that the set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied, and identifying that the electric vehicle is in the live to drive state based on determining that the set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied, wherein, in the live to drive state, the vehicle can be moved by operation of the maneuvering control.
- In some embodiments, the audible element includes at least one from the group of: a speaker supported by the lawn mower and a headset used by the user. In some embodiments, the audible element includes a headset; and generating an audible alert includes transmitting the audible alert via a short-range wireless communication protocol or a wired connection between the headset and the vehicle control module. In some embodiments, generating a visual alert includes at least one from the group of: illuminating an LED, flashing an LED, and displaying a message on a screen visible to the user. In some embodiments, the method further comprises determining operational states of the vehicle with a plurality of sensors monitoring a system interface, the maneuvering control, an operator platform supporting the user, and the power source providing motive power for the vehicle; and wherein identifying that the predetermined conditions of the live to drive state satisfied includes interpreting whether the operational states of the vehicle meets the set of predetermined conditions. In some embodiments, the predetermined conditions includes at least one from the group of: a battery charger is disconnected from the power source, a pre-charge of the power source is complete, the user is seated in a seat on the operator platform, a parking brake is applied, the maneuvering controls are in a neutral position, there are no system faults, and an ignition is in an on position. In some embodiments, the method further comprises generating an error alert and not permitting the vehicle to operate when the set of predetermined conditions indicative of the live to drive state are not met by the operational states. In some embodiments, generating an audible alert comprises generating a first audible alert, the method further comprising generating a second audible alert one second following the first audible alert. In some embodiments, a parking brake is disabled following the second audible alert so the vehicle can be moved by operation of the at least one maneuvering control.
- In another aspect, the invention provides an electric vehicle including a system for alerting a user of the electric vehicle that the vehicle is in a live to drive state, the electric vehicle comprising: frame; a drive wheel supporting the frame above a ground surface; a drive motor mounted to the frame and driving rotation of the drive wheel to move the electric vehicle over the ground surface; an audible element configured to generate sound; a user display; at least one maneuvering control configured to: indicate a drive command for the drive motor; an electronic controller coupled to the at least one maneuvering control and the drive motor, the electronic controller configured to determine that a set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied; generate an audible alert with the audible element in response to determining that the set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied; generate a visual alert at the user display on the vehicle in response to determining that the set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied, and identify the vehicle is in the live to drive state based on determining that the set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied, wherein, in the live to drive state, the vehicle can be moved by operation of the at least one maneuvering control.
- In some embodiments, the audible element includes at least one from the group of: a speaker supported by the electric vehicle and a headset used by the user. In some embodiments, the audible element includes a headset; and to generate the audible alert, the electronic controller is configured to transmit the audible alert via a short-range wireless communication protocol or a wired connection to the headset. In some embodiments, to generate a visual alert, the electronic controller is configured to at least one from the group of: illuminate an LED, flash an LED, and display a message on a screen visible to the user. In some embodiments, the electronic controller is further configured to determine operational states of the vehicle with a plurality of sensors monitoring a system interface, the at least one maneuvering control, an operator platform supporting the user, and a power source providing motive power for the vehicle; and wherein, to identify that the vehicle is in the set of preconditions of the live to drive state are satisfied, the electronic controller is further configured to interpret whether the operational states of the vehicle meets the set of predetermined conditions. In some embodiments, the predetermined conditions includes at least one from the group of: a battery charger is disconnected from the power source, a pre-charge of the power source is complete, the user is seated in a seat on the operator platform, a parking brake is applied, the at least one maneuvering control is in a neutral position, there are no system faults, and an ignition is in an on position. In some embodiments, the electronic controller is further configured to generate an error alert and not permit the vehicle to operate when the set of predetermined conditions indicative of the live to drive state is not met by the operational states. In some embodiments, the audible alert is a first audible alert, and the electronic controller is further configured to generate a second audible alert one second following the first audible alert. In some embodiments, the electric vehicle further comprises a parking brake configured to restrict movement of the electric vehicle, wherein the parking brake is configured to be disabled following the second audible alert so the vehicle can be moved by operation of the at least one maneuvering control.
- In another aspect, the invention provides a variable speed control system for a lawn mower, the lawn mower including an operator zone comprising an area accessible by a user of the lawn mower during operation of the lawn mower, the system comprising: a maneuvering control in the operator zone and movable by the user through a fill range of motion including a maximum speed end at which the lawn mower moves at a maximum speed: and an adjustment mechanism in the operator zone and manually adjustable by the user, the adjustment mechanism adjusting the maximum speed.
- In some embodiments the adjustment mechanism comprises an analog mechanism. In some embodiments, the adjustment mechanism is movable between a plurality of positions to allow the maximum speed to be variably adjusted. In some embodiments, the adjustment mechanism is movable between three positions corresponding to three different speed modes corresponding to a low maximum speed, a standard maximum speed, and a high maximum speed. In some embodiments, the adjustment mechanism is movable between discrete positions, the system further comprising a detent mechanism for holding the adjustment mechanism in at least one of the discrete positions. In some embodiments, the adjustment mechanism is integrated within the maneuvering control such that the adjustment mechanism can be manipulated by the user without removing the user's hands from the maneuvering control. In some embodiments, the maximum speed varies as a linear function of the position of the adjustment mechanism. In some embodiments, the system further comprises a vehicle control module communicating with the maneuvering control to adjust a sensitivity of the maneuvering control in response to a position of the adjustment mechanism. In some embodiments, the vehicle control module communicates with a user display in the operator zone to provide a visual alert to the user relating to the adjusted maximum speed. In some embodiments, the visual alert is a bar or dial corresponding to a position of the adjustment mechanism. In some embodiments, the maneuvering control comprises left and right control arms operably coupled to left and right drive wheels of the lawn mower to enable the user to independently control the speed and direction of the left and right drive wheels by moving the left and right control arms through the range of motion.
- In another aspect, the invention provides an electric lawn mower, the electric lawn mower comprising a frame; a drive wheel supporting the frame above a ground surface; a cutting deck coupled to the frame; a drive motor mounted to the frame and driving rotation of the drive wheel to move the electric lawn mower over the ground surface, and a deck motor mounted to the cutting deck and configured to drive rotation of a blade under the cutting deck to cut grass under the cutting deck: a plurality of battery packs supported by the frame and configured to provide electrical power to the drive motor and to the deck motor; an electronic controller coupled to the drive motor and to the deck motor, the electronic controller configured to: determine a maximum steady state current value for the plurality of battery packs; determine a maximum drive current value for the drive motor and a maximum deck current value for the deck motor based on the maximum steady state current value, a duty cycle of the drive motor, and a duty cycle of the deck motor; control the drive motor to maintain a motor current of the drive motor below the maximum drive current value; and control the deck motor to maintain a motor current of the deck motor below the maximum deck current value.
- In some embodiment, the drive motor is a first drive motor of a plurality of drive motors mounted to the frame and the drive wheel is a first drive wheel of a plurality of drive wheels supporting the frame above a ground surface, each drive motor of the plurality of drive motors is associated with a respective drive wheel of the plurality of drive wheels to move the electric lawn mower over the ground surface, the deck motor is a first deck motor of a plurality of deck motors, and the blade is a first blade of a plurality of blades under the cutting deck, and each deck motor of the plurality of deck motors is configured to drive rotation of a respective blade of the plurality of blades to cut grass under the cutting deck. In some embodiments, to determine a maximum drive current value for the drive motor and a maximum deck current value for the deck motor based on the maximum steady state current value, a duty cycle of the drive motor, and a duty cycle of the deck motor, the motor is further configured to: calculate a maximum aggregate drive motor current for the plurality of drive motors and a maximum aggregate deck motor current for the plurality of deck motors based on the maximum steady state current value, a duty cycle of the drive motor, and a duty cycle of the deck motor, divide the maximum aggregate drive motor current by a total number of the plurality of drive motors to determine the maximum drive current value, and divide the maximum aggregate deck motor current by a total number of the plurality of deck motors to determine the maximum deck current value. In some embodiments, the electronic controller includes a vehicle control module including a processor and memory, a drive controller for each of the plurality of drive motors, and a deck controller for each of the plurality of deck controllers, the vehicle control module is configured to determine and provide the maximum drive current value to each of the plurality of drive controllers and is configured to determine and provide the maximum deck current value to each of the plurality of deck controllers. In some embodiment, each of the plurality of drive controllers is configured to control an associated drive motor to maintain motor current of the associated drive motor below the maximum drive current value, and each of the plurality of deck controllers is configured to control an associated deck motor to maintain motor current of the associated deck motor below the maximum drive current value. In some embodiments, the plurality of battery packs include a master battery pack and a plurality of slave battery packs, and the master battery pack is configured to: determine a steady state current value for each of the plurality of battery packs, sum the steady state current values for each of the plurality of battery packs, and provide, to the electronic controller, the sum of the steady state current values as the maximum steady state current value. In some embodiments, each battery pack of the plurality of battery packs includes a plurality of battery cells, a temperature sensor, cell group voltage sensors, a pack voltage sensor, and a battery controller coupled to the temperature sensor and the voltage sensors, and wherein the battery controller of each of the plurality of battery packs is configured to calculate the steady state current value of the respective battery pack of which the battery controller is a part based on: a minimum cell voltage measured by the cell group voltage sensors of the respective battery pack, a pack state of charge determined from the pack voltage sensor of the respective battery pack, and an internal pack temperature from the temperature sensor of the respective battery pack. In some embodiments, the battery controller of each of the plurality of battery packs is further configured to reduce the steady state current value of the respective battery pack of which the battery controller is a part based on one or more of the following: the minimum cell voltage of the respective battery pack being below a voltage threshold, the pack state of charge of the respective battery pack being below a charge threshold, and the internal pack temperature of the respective battery pack being above a temperature threshold. In some embodiments, the battery controller of each of the plurality of battery packs is further configured to increase the steady state current value of the respective battery pack of which the battery controller is a part based on one or more of the following: the minimum cell voltage of the respective battery pack being above a voltage threshold, the pack state of charge of the respective battery pack being above a charge threshold, and the internal pack temperature of the respective battery pack being below a temperature threshold. In some embodiments, the electronic controller is further configured to: control the drive motor to maintain a regenerative current from the drive motor below a maximum drive charge current value; and control the deck motor to maintain a regenerative current from the deck motor below a maximum deck charge current value.
- In another aspect, the invention provides a method of controlling power distribution in an electric lawn mower, the method comprising: determining, by an electronic controller, a maximum steady state current value for a plurality of battery packs supported by a frame of the electric lawn mower and configured to provide electrical power to a drive motor and to a deck motor, where the drive motor is mounted to the frame and configured to drive rotation of a drive wheel to move the electric lawn mower over a ground surface and where the deck motor is configured to drive rotation of a blade to cut grass under a cutting deck: determining, by the electronic controller, a maximum drive current value for the drive motor and a maximum deck current value for the deck motor based on the maximum steady state current value, a duty cycle of the drive motor, and a duty cycle of the deck motor; controlling, by the electronic controller, the drive motor to maintain a motor current of the drive motor below the maximum drive current value; and controlling, by the electronic controller, the deck motor to maintain a motor current of the deck motor below the maximum deck current value.
- In some embodiments, the drive motor is a first drive motor of a plurality of drive motors mounted to the frame and the drive wheel is a first drive wheel of a plurality of drive wheels supporting the frame above a ground surface, and wherein the deck motor is a first deck motor of a plurality of deck motors, and the blade is a first blade of a plurality of blades under the cutting deck, the method further comprising driving, by each drive motor of the plurality of drive motors, a respective drive wheel of the plurality of drive wheels to move the electric lawn mower over the ground surface, and driving, by each deck motor of the plurality of deck motors, a respective blade of the plurality of blades to cut grass under the cutting deck. In some embodiments, determining a maximum drive current value for the drive motor and a maximum deck current value for the deck motor based on the maximum steady state current value, the duty cycle of the drive motor, and the duty cycle of the deck motor includes: calculating a maximum aggregate drive motor current for the plurality of drive motors and a maximum aggregate deck motor current for the plurality of deck motors based on the maximum steady state current value, a duty cycle of the chive motor, and a duty cycle of the deck motor, dividing the maximum aggregate drive motor current by a total number of the plurality of drive motors to determine the maximum drive current value, and dividing the maximum aggregate deck motor current by a total number of the plurality of deck motors to determine the maximum deck current value. In some embodiments, the electronic controller includes a vehicle control module including a processor and memory, a drive controller for each of the plurality of drive motors, and a deck controller for each of the plurality of deck controllers, the method further comprising:
- providing, by the vehicle control module, the maximum drive current value to each of the plurality of drive controllers; and providing, by the vehicle control module, the maximum deck current value to each of the plurality of deck controllers. In some embodiments, controlling, by each of the plurality of drive controllers, an associated drive motor to maintain motor current of the associated drive motor below the maximum drive current value, and controlling, by each of the plurality of deck controllers, an associated deck motor to maintain motor current of the associated deck motor below the maximum drive current value. In some embodiments, the plurality of battery packs include a master battery pack and a plurality of slave battery packs, the method further comprising: determining, by the master battery pack, a steady state current value for each of the plurality of battery packs, summing, by the master battery pack, the steady state current values for each of the plurality of battery packs, and providing, by the master battery pack, the sum of the steady state current values as the maximum steady state current value to the electronic controller. In some embodiments, each battery pack of the plurality of battery packs includes a plurality of battery cells, a temperature sensor, cell group voltage sensors, a pack voltage sensor, and a battery controller coupled to the temperature sensor and the voltage sensors, the method further comprising: calculating, by the battery controller of each of the plurality of battery packs, the steady state current value of the respective battery pack of which the battery controller is a part based on: a minimum cell voltage measured by the cell group voltage sensors of the respective battery pack, a pack state of charge determined from the pack voltage sensor of the respective battery pack, and an internal pack temperature from the temperature sensor of the respective battery pack. In some embodiments, the method further comprises reducing, by the battery controller of each of the plurality of battery packs, the steady state current value of the respective battery pack of which the battery controller is a part based on one or more of the following: the minimum cell voltage of the respective battery pack being below a voltage threshold, the pack state of charge of the respective battery pack being below a charge threshold, and the internal pack temperature of the respective battery pack being above a temperature threshold. In some embodiments, the methods further comprises increasing, by the battery controller of each of the plurality of battery packs, the steady state current value of the respective battery pack of which the battery controller is a part based on one or more of the following: the minimum cell voltage of the respective battery pack being above a voltage threshold, the pack state of charge of the respective battery pack being above a charge threshold, and the internal pack temperature of the respective battery pack being below a temperature threshold. In some embodiments, the method further comprises controlling, by the electronic controller, the drive motor to maintain a regenerative current from the drive motor below a maximum drive charge current value; and controlling, by the electronic controller, the deck motor to maintain a regenerative current from the deck motor below a maximum deck charge current value.
- In another aspect, the invention provides an electric lawn mower, the electric lawn mower comprising: a frame; a drive wheel supporting the frame above a ground surface; a drive motor mounted to the frame and driving rotation of the drive wheel to move the electric lawn mower over the ground surface; a maneuvering control configured to indicate a desired motor control for the drive motor; a motor speed sensor configured to sense a rotational speed of the drive motor; and an electronic controller coupled to the drive motor, the electronic controller configured to: determine a desired motor speed based on an output from the maneuvering control; determine a sensed motor speed based on an output of the motor speed sensor; determine a proportional term adjustment factor based on the sensed motor speed; and control the drive motor according to a proportional integral drive control loop having a proportional term and an integral term, wherein the proportional term is determined based on a difference between the desired motor speed and the sensed motor speed and based on the proportional term adjustment factor.
- In some embodiments, the electric lawn mower further comprises a second drive wheel supporting the frame above the ground surface; a second drive motor mounted to the frame and driving rotation of the second drive wheel to move the electric lawn mower over the ground surface; a second maneuvering control configured to indicate a desired motor control for the second drive motor; and a second motor speed sensor configured to sense a rotational speed of the second drive motor; wherein the electronic controller is further coupled to the second drive motor and configured to: determine a desired motor speed for the second drive motor based on an output from the second maneuvering control; determine a sensed motor speed of the second drive motor based on an output of the motor speed sensor; determine a second proportional term adjustment factor based on the sensed motor speed of the second drive motor; and control the second drive motor according to a second proportional integral drive control loop having a second proportional term and a second integral term, wherein the second proportional term is determined based on a difference between the desired motor speed for the second drive motor and the sensed motor speed of the second drive motor and based on the second proportional term adjustment factor. In some embodiments, the electric lawn mower further comprises an operator platform supported by the frame, and operable to support the weight of a user during operation of the lawn mower; a cutting deck coupled to the frame; a deck motor mounted to the cutting deck and configured to drive rotation of a blade under the cutting deck to cut grass under the cutting deck; a battery compartment supported by the frame and defining an inner space; a battery docking station mounted to a bottom wall of the battery compartment in the inner space; and a battery pack connected to the docking station, the battery providing electrical power to at least one of the drive motor and the deck motor. In some embodiments, to control the drive motor according to the proportional integral drive control loop, the electronic controller is further configured to: determine an integral term based on differences between desired motor speeds and sensed motor speeds over time; sum the integral term and the proportional term to generate a motor control signal for the drive motor; and control the drive motor based on the motor control signal. In some embodiments, the drive motor is a brushless motor and the motor control signal is a pulse width modulated (PMW) signal. In some embodiments, to determine the proportional term, the electronic controller is further configured to multiply the difference between the desired motor speed and the sensed motor speed by the proportional term adjustment factor. In some embodiments, the proportional term adjustment factor increases as the sensed motor speed of the drive motor decreases and decreases as the sensed motor speed of the drive motor increases. In some embodiment, to determine the proportional term adjustment factor, the electronic controller maps the sensed motor speed to the proportional term adjustment factor values using a map, the map including at least maximum adjustment factor region, a linear adjustment factor region, and a minimum adjustment factor region, the maximum adjustment factor region associates sensed motor speeds below a minimum speed threshold to a maximum proportional term adjustment factor value, the minimum adjustment factor region associates sensed motor speeds above a maximum speed threshold to a minimum proportional term adjustment factor value, and the linear adjustment factor region associates sensed motor speed between the minimum speed threshold and the maximum speed threshold to a value between the maximum and minimum proportional term adjustment factor values. In some embodiments, the linear adjustment factor region includes at least a first linear mapping sub-region and a second linear mapping sub-region, the first linear mapping sub-region mapping sensed motor speeds in a first range to linear adjustment factor values according to a linear function having a first slope, and the second linear mapping sub-region mapping sensed motor speeds in a second range to linear adjustment factor values according to a linear function having a second slope.
- In another aspect, the invention provides a method of controlling an electric lawn mower, the method comprising: determining, by an electronic controller, a desired motor speed based on an output from a maneuvering control, the maneuvering control configured to indicate a desired motor control for a drive motor mounted to a frame of the electric lawn mower and driving rotation of a drive wheel supporting the frame to move the electric lawn mower over a ground surface; determining, by the electronic controller, a sensed motor speed based on an output of a motor speed sensor configured to sense a rotational speed of the drive motor; determining, by the electronic controller, a proportional term adjustment factor based on the sensed motor speed; and controlling, by the electronic controller, the drive motor according to a proportional integral drive control loop having a proportional term and an integral term, wherein the proportional term is determined based on a difference between the desired motor speed and the sensed motor speed and based on the proportional term adjustment factor.
- In some embodiments, the method further comprises determining, by the electronic controller, a desired motor speed for a second drive motor based on an output from a second maneuvering control, the second maneuvering control configured to indicate a desired motor control for the second drive motor mounted to the frame of the electric lawn mower and driving rotation of a second chive wheel supporting the frame to move the electric lawn mower over the ground surface; determining, by the electronic controller, a sensed motor speed of the second drive motor based on an output of a second motor speed sensor configured to sense a rotational speed of the second drive motor; determining, by the electronic controller, a second proportional term adjustment factor based on the sensed motor speed of the second drive motor; and controlling, by the electronic controller, the second drive motor according to a second proportional integral drive control loop having a second proportional term and a second integral term, wherein the second proportional term is determined based on a difference between the desired motor speed for the second drive motor and the sensed motor speed of the second rive motor and based on the second proportional term adjustment factor. In some embodiments, the method further comprises providing electrical power, by a battery pack connected to a battery docking station of the lawn mower, to the drive motor and to a deck motor mounted to a cutting deck of the lawn mower; and controlling, by the electronic controller, the deck motor to drive rotation of a blade under the cutting deck to cut grass under the cutting deck. In some embodiments, controlling the drive motor according to the proportional integral drive control loop further includes: determining an integral term based on differences between desired motor speeds and sensed motor speeds over time; summing the integral term and the proportional term to generate a motor control signal for the drive motor; and controlling the drive motor based on the motor control signal. In some embodiments, the drive motor is a brushless motor and controlling the drive motor based on the motor control signal includes providing a pulse width modulated (PMW) signal as the motor control signal. In some embodiments, determining the proportional term includes multiplying the difference between the desired motor speed and the sensed motor speed by the proportional term adjustment factor. In some embodiments, the proportional term adjustment factor increases as the sensed motor speed of the drive motor decreases and decreases as the sensed motor speed of the drive motor increases. In some embodiments, determining the proportional term adjustment factor includes: mapping, by the electronic controller, the sensed motor speed to the proportional term adjustment factor values using a map, the map including at least maximum adjustment factor region, a linear adjustment factor region, and a minimum adjustment factor region, the maximum adjustment factor region associates sensed motor speeds below a minimum speed threshold to a maximum proportional term adjustment factor value, the minimum adjustment factor region associates sensed motor speeds above a maximum speed threshold to a minimum proportional term adjustment factor value, and the linear adjustment factor region associates sensed motor speed between the minimum speed threshold and the maximum speed threshold to a value between the maximum and minimum proportional term adjustment factor values. In some embodiments, the linear adjustment factor region includes at least a first linear mapping sub-region and a second linear mapping sub-region, the first linear mapping sub-region mapping sensed motor speeds in a first range to linear adjustment factor values according to a linear function having a first slope, and the second linear mapping sub-region mapping sensed motor speeds in a second range to linear adjustment factor values according to a linear function having a second slope.
- In another aspect, the invention provides an off-board charger for charging a battery of an electric vehicle removed from the electric vehicle, the off-board charger comprising a frame; a resting support supporting the frame above a ground surface when the off-board charger is in a resting position; a pair of wheels position at a first end of the frame, the frame configured to pivot about an axis of the pair of wheels to lift the resting support off of the ground surface to enable wheeled transport of the off-board charger; a battery compartment supported by the frame and defining an inner space; a battery docking station mounted to a bottom wall of the battery compartment in the inner space; a battery pack connected to the docking station through a gravity-biased connection; and a charging circuit supported by the frame and having a power input connector and a power output connector, the power input connector configured to receive power from an external source, the power output connector configured to provide charging current to the battery pack.
- In some embodiments, the off-board charger further comprises a lid for the battery compartment, the lid movable between an open position to provide access to the inner space and a closed position to restrict access to the inner space. In some embodiments, the off-board charger further comprises a lid sensor configured to provide a signal to the battery pack indicative of whether the lid is closed. In some embodiments, charging of the battery pack is disabled when the lid sensor indicates that the lid is open. In some embodiments, the battery pack weighs less than fifty pounds. In some embodiments, the docking station includes an alignment structure and an electrical connector, the alignment structure aligning the battery pack with the electrical connector prior to the battery pack engaging the electrical connectors as the battery pack is connected to the docking station. In some embodiments, the off-board charger further comprises a second charging circuit supported by the frame and having a second power input connector and a second power output connector, the second power input connector configured to receive power from the external source, the second power output connector configured to provide charging current to the battery pack. In some embodiments, the power input connector and the second power input connector are configured to be independently coupled to the external source via a first power cable coupled to the power input connector and extending away from the off-board charger and a second power cable coupled to the second power input connector and extending away from the off-board charger. In some embodiments, the battery docking station comprises a plurality of battery docking stations mounted to a bottom wall of the battery compartment; and the battery pack comprises a plurality of battery packs connected to the battery docking stations. In some embodiments, a bus bar connecting the plurality of docking stations to the charger, where the bus bar includes a printed circuit board with signal traces for communications and conductive plates for transmitting charging current, the conductive plates mounted on the printed circuit board. In some embodiments, the bus bar connecting the plurality of docking stations to a second charger. In some embodiments, a weight of the plurality of battery packs provides a gravity-biased connection between each of the plurality of battery packs and the plurality of docking stations such that the plurality of battery packs are removable from engagement with the plurality of docking stations without the need for tools. In some embodiments, each of the plurality of battery packs includes a handle integrally formed with an upper portion of the battery pack to facilitate handling of the battery pack by a user. In some embodiments, each of the plurality of docking stations includes contacts; each of the plurality of battery packs includes a flat bottom, a recessed portion, and contacts in the recessed portion; and contacts of the battery packs engage the contacts of the docking stations with a majority of the weight of the battery packs being borne by the flat bottom of the battery packs engaging a bottom of the battery compartment when the battery packs are lowered onto the docking stations. In some embodiments, the off-board charger further comprises a handle coupled to the first end of the frame, the handle configured to receive a force transverse to the handle to thereby pivot the frame about the axis of the pair of wheels to lift the resting support off of the ground surface to enable wheeled transport of the off-board charger. In some embodiments, the handle pivotably supported by the frame and has a storage position and a transport position, wherein, in the storage position, the handle is at a first pivot angle relative to the frame and, in the transport position, the handle is at a second pivot angle relative to the frame. In some embodiments, the off-board charger further comprises a handle support structure coupled to the battery compartment, and an adjustment mechanism coupled to the handle support structure, wherein the adjustment mechanism is configured to selectively engage with the handle to restrict pivotably movement of the handle between the storage position and the transport position.
- In another aspect, the invention provides an electronic device for charging an electric vehicle battery, the electronic device comprises: a frame; a battery compartment supported by the frame and defining an inner space; a lid for the battery compartment, the lid movable between an open position to provide access to the inner space and a closed position to restrict access to the inner space; a battery docking station in the inner space of the battery compartment; a battery pack connected to the docking station, the battery pack having an electronic controller, a pack out terminal configured to provide an output signal, a wake terminal configured to receive a wake signal, and a safety terminal configured to receive a safety signal, the battery pack configured to power a motor of an electric vehicle; and a safety circuit having a connector that connects the pack out terminal to the wake terminal to provide the output signal to the battery pack as the wake signal, and a lid sensor configured to provide a safety signal to the battery pack indicative of whether the lid is closed; and a charging circuit having a power input connector and a power output connector, the power input connector configured to receive power from an external source, the power output connector configured to provide charging current to the battery pack, the electronic controller of the battery pack is configured to enable charging of the battery pack in response to receipt of the wake signal and the safety signal indicating that the lid is closed.
- In some embodiments, the lid sensor includes a lid switch having an input terminal and an output terminal, the lid switch configured to close when the lid is in the closed position to make a connection between the input terminal and the output terminal, and open when the lid is in the open position to interrupt the connection between the input terminal and the output terminal. In some embodiments, the lid switch is a magnetically actuatable switch that is actuated to close when a magnet positioned on the lid is positioned within a range of the lid switch when the lid is closed, and that is actuated to open when a magnet positioned on the lid is positioned outside of the range of the lid switch when the lid is open. In some embodiments, the lid switch is a mechanically actuatable switch that is mechanically actuated to close when the lid is closed, and that is mechanically actuated to open when the lid is open. In some embodiments, the safety circuit provides a connection between the pack out terminal and the input terminal of the lid switch. In some embodiments, the connector that connects the pack out term inal to the wake terminal is a jumper in a charger plug that connects a charger circuit to the off-board charger. In some embodiments, the electronic controller is coupled to the pack out terminal, the wake terminal, and the lid terminal, and wherein the electronic controller is configured to: generate the output signal provided at the pack out terminal; and wake the battery pack in response to receipt of the wake signal. In some embodiments, the electronic device is an off-board charger separate from the electric vehicle. In some embodiments, the electronic device is a mower having the motor, and the electronic controller is further configured to: enable discharging of the battery pack in response to receipt of the wake signal and the safety signal; and provide current from cell so the battery pack to the motor after the enabling of discharging.
- In another aspect, the invention provides a method for charging or discharging a battery of an electric vehicle, the method comprises receiving, at a docking station of the electric vehicle or an off-board charger, a battery pack, the docking station positioned in an inner space of a battery compartment of an electronic device, and the battery pack having an electronic controller, a pack out terminal, a wake terminal, and a safety terminal; providing, by the electronic controller, an output signal via the pack out terminal to a safety circuit of the electronic device; receiving, by the electronic controller, the output signal from the safety circuit as a wake signal via the wake terminal; receiving, by the electronic controller, a safety signal from a lid sensor via the safety terminal, the safety signal indicative of whether a lid for the battery compartment is closed; enabling charging of the battery pack, by the electronic controller, in response to receipt of the wake signal and the safety signal; and receiving, by the battery pack, charge current from a charging circuit after the enabling of charging.
- In some embodiments, the docking station is of the electric vehicle, the method further comprises enabling discharging of the battery pack, by the electronic controller, in response to receipt of the wake signal and the safety signal; and providing, by the battery pack, current to a motor of the electric vehicle after the enabling of discharging. In some embodiments, the lid sensor includes a lid switch having an input terminal and an output terminal, the method further comprises closing, by the lid switch, when the lid is in a closed position to make a connection between the input terminal and the output terminal, and opening, by the lid switch, when the lid is in an open position to interrupt the connection between the input terminal and the output terminal. In some embodiments, the lid switch is a magnetically actuatable switch that is actuated to close when a magnet positioned on the lid is positioned within a range of the lid switch when the lid is closed, and that is actuated to open when a magnet positioned on the lid is positioned outside of the range of the lid switch when the lid is open. In some embodiments, the lid switch is a mechanically actuatable switch that is mechanically actuated to close when the lid is closed, and that is mechanically actuated to open when the lid is open. In some embodiments, the safety circuit provides a connection between the pack out terminal and the input terminal of the lid switch. In some embodiments, receiving, by the electronic controller, the output signal from the safety circuit as the wake signal via the wake terminal includes: providing, by a connector of the safety circuit, the output signal as the wake signal to the wake terminal, wherein the connector is a jumper in a charger plug that connects a charger circuit to the off-board charger. In some embodiments, the method further comprises waking, by the electronic controller, the battery pack in response to receipt of the wake signal and the safety signal.
- In another aspect, the invention provides an electric vehicle comprises a frame; a chive wheel supporting the frame above a ground surface; a drive motor mounted to the frame and driving rotation of the drive wheel to move the electric vehicle over the ground surface; a control arm coupled to the frame at a pivot joint enabling the control arm to pivot about the pivot joint through a range of motion that includes a forward range of positions, a neutral position, and a reverse range of positions; a position sensor configured to indicate an angular position of the control arm in the range of motion: an electronic controller in communication with the position sensor and configured to: operate in a calibration mode, in response to a request received via a user interface, in which the electronic controller is configured to: inhibit driving of the drive motor, identify a neutral set parameter based on a first output value from the position sensor associated with a neutral position of the control arm, identify a forward set parameter based on a second output value from the position sensor associated with a maximum forward position of the control arm, identify a reverse set parameter based on a third output value from the position sensor associated with a maximum reverse position of the control arm; and operate in a drive mode in which the electronic controller is configured to control the drive motor in accordance with the angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor, the neutral set parameter, the forward set parameter, and the reverse set parameter.
- In some embodiments, in the calibration mode, the electronic controller is further configured to: determine a neutral deadband based on the neutral set parameter, determine a maximum forward deadband based on the forward set parameter, and determine a maximum reverse deadband based on the reverse set parameter; and wherein, in the drive mode, the electronic controller is further configured to control the drive motor in accordance with the angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor, the neutral deadband, the maximum forward deadband, and the maximum reverse deadband. In some embodiments, to control the drive motor in accordance with the angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor, the neutral deadband, the maximum forward deadband, and the maximum reverse deadband, the electronic controller is further configured to: not drive the drive motor when the output value from the position sensor is within the neutral deadband, drive the drive motor at a maximum forward level when the output value from the position sensor is within the maximum forward deadband, and drive the drive motor at a maximum reverse level when the output value from the position sensor is within the maximum reverse deadband. In some embodiments, to identify the neutral set parameter, the electronic controller is configured to average output values from the position sensor over a period while the control arm is in the neutral position, wherein, to identify the forward set parameter, the electronic controller is configured to detect the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the forward range, and wherein, to identify the reverse set parameter, the electronic controller is configured to detect the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the reverse range. In some embodiments, to identify the forward set parameter, the electronic controller is further configured to determine that the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the forward range exceeds a minimum forward threshold value, and, to identify the reverse set parameter, the electronic controller is further configured to determine that the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the reverse range exceeds a minimum reverse threshold value. In some embodiments, in the calibration mode, the electronic controller is configured to: provide a first prompt on a display of the user interface to release the control arm into the neutral position before identifying the neutral set parameter, provide a second prompt on the display of the user interface to move the control arm to the maximum forward position before identifying the forward set parameter, and provide a third prompt on the display of the user interface to move the control arm to the maximum reverse position, before identifying the reverse set parameter. In some embodiments, the position sensor has a position map that maps potential sensed angles of the control arm to respective output values, and wherein, in the calibration mode, the electronic controller is further configured to: update the position map of the position sensor to map a midpoint output value of the position sensor to the neutral position of the control arm, update the forward set parameter based on an offset from the neutral set parameter and the midpoint output value, update the reverse set parameter based on the offset, and update the neutral set parameter to be the midpoint output value. In some embodiment, in the calibration mode, the electronic controller is further configured to: determine a neutral deadband based on the neutral set parameter after the neutral set parameter is updated to be the midpoint output value, determine a maximum forward deadband based on the forward set parameter after the forward set parameter is updated based on the offset, and determine a maximum reverse deadband based on the reverse set parameter after the reverse set parameter is updated based on the offset; and wherein, in the drive mode, the electronic controller is further configured to control the drive motor in accordance with the angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor, the neutral deadband, the maximum forward deadband, and the maximum reverse deadband. In some embodiments, the control arm is a left control arm, drive motor is a left drive motor, and the drive wheel is a left drive wheel, and the electric vehicle further comprises: a light drive wheel supporting the frame above the ground surface; a right drive motor mounted to the frame and driving rotation of the right drive wheel to move the electric vehicle over the ground surface: a right control arm coupled to the frame at a second pivot joint enabling the right control arm to pivot about the second pivot joint through a range of motion that includes a second forward range of positions, a second neutral position, and a second reverse range of positions; a second position sensor configured to indicate an angular position of the right control arm in the range of motion; wherein the electronic controller is further configured to: while operating in the calibration mode; inhibit driving of the light chive motor, identify a second neutral set parameter based on a first output value from the second position sensor associated with a neutral position of the right control arm, identify a second forward set parameter based on a second output value from the second position sensor associated with a maximum forward position of the right control arm, identify a second reverse set parameter based on a third output value from the second position sensor associated with a maximum reverse position of the right control arm; and while operating in the drive mode; control the right drive motor in accordance with the angular position of the right control arm indicated by the second position sensor, the second neutral set parameter, the second forward set parameter, and the second reverse set parameter.
- In another aspect, the invention provides a method of calibrating a drive control for an electric vehicle having a frame, a drive wheel supporting the frame above a ground surface, and a drive motor mounted to the frame and configured to drive rotation of the drive wheel to move the electric vehicle over the ground surface, the method comprising: operating in a calibration mode, by an electronic controller of the electric vehicle, in response to a request received via a user interface of the electric vehicle; while in the calibration mode; inhibiting driving of the drive motor; identifying a neutral set parameter based on a first output value from a position sensor associated with a neutral position of a control arm, wherein the control arm is coupled to the frame at a pivot joint enabling the control arm to pivot about the pivot joint through a range of motion that includes a forward range of positions, a neutral position, and a reverse range of positions, and wherein the position sensor is configured to indicate an angular position of the control arm in the range of motion; identifying a forward set parameter based on a second output value from the position sensor associated with a maximum forward position of the control arm, identify a reverse set parameter based on a third output value from the position sensor associated with a maximum reverse position of the control arm; and operating in a drive mode, by the electronic controller; while in the drive mode; determining, by the electronic controller, an angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor; and controlling the drive motor in accordance with the angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor, the neutral set parameter, the forward set parameter, and the reverse set parameter.
- In some embodiments, the method further comprises while in the calibration mode: determining a neutral deadband based on the neutral set parameter, determining a maximum forward deadband based on the forward set parameter, and determining a maximum reverse deadband based on the reverse set parameter; and while in the drive mode; controlling the drive motor in accordance with the angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor, the neutral deadband, the maximum forward deadband, and the maximum reverse deadband. In some embodiments, controlling the drive motor in accordance with the angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor, the neutral deadband, the maximum forward deadband, and the maximum reverse deadband further comprises: not driving the drive motor when the output value from the position sensor is within the neutral deadband, driving the drive motor at a maximum forward level when the output value from the position sensor is within the maximum forward deadband, and driving the drive motor at a maximum reverse level when the output value from the position sensor is within the maximum reverse deadband. In some embodiments, identifying the neutral set parameter further includes averaging output values from the position sensor over a period while the control arm is in the neutral position, wherein identifying the forward set parameter further includes detecting the output value from the position sensor that has a greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the forward range, and wherein identifying the reverse set parameter further includes detecting the output value from the position sensor that has a greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the reverse range. In some embodiments, identifying the forward set parameter further includes determining that the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the forward range exceeds a minimum forward threshold value, and wherein identifying the reverse set parameter further includes determining that the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while the control arm is in the reverse range exceeds a minimum reverse threshold value. In some embodiments, the method further comprises, while in the calibration mode: providing a first prompt on a display of the user interface to release the control arm into the neutral position before identifying the neutral set parameter, providing a second prompt on the display of the user interface to move the control arm to the maximum forward position before identifying the forward set parameter, and providing a third prompt on the display of the user interface to move the control arm to the maximum reverse position, before identifying the reverse set parameter. In some embodiments, the position sensor has a position map that maps potential sensed angles of the control arm to respective output values, and the method further comprises, while in the calibration mode: updating the position map of the position sensor to map a midpoint output value of the position sensor to the neutral position of the control arm, updating the forward set parameter based on an offset from the first output value and the midpoint output value, updating the reverse set parameter based on the offset, and updating the neutral set parameter to be the midpoint output value. In some embodiments, the method further comprises while in the calibration mode: determining a neutral deadband based on the neutral set parameter after the neutral set parameter is updated to be the midpoint output value, determining a maximum forward deadband based on the forward set parameter after the forward set parameter is updated based on the offset, and determining a maximum reverse deadband based on the reverse set parameter after the reverse set parameter is updated based on the offset; and while in the drive mode: controlling the drive motor in accordance with the angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor, the neutral deadband, the maximum forward deadband, and the maximum reverse deadband. In some embodiments, the control arm is a left control arm, drive motor is a left drive motor, and the drive wheel is a left drive wheel, and the electric vehicle further includes a right control arm coupled to the frame at a second pivot joint enabling the right control aim to pivot about the second pivot joint through a second range of motion that includes a second forward range of positions, a second neutral position, and a second reverse range of positions, and a second position sensor configured to indicate an angular position of the right control arm in the second range of motion, the method further comprising, while in the calibration mode: inhibiting driving of the right drive motor; identifying a second neutral set parameter based on a first output value from the second position sensor associated with a second neutral position of the right control arm, identifying a second forward set parameter based on a second output value from the second position sensor associated with a maximum forward position of the right control arm, identify a second reverse set parameter based on a third output value from the second position sensor associated with a maximum reverse position of the right control arm; while in the drive mode: determining, by the electronic controller, an angular position of the right control arm indicated by the second position sensor; and controlling the right drive motor in accordance with the angular position of the right control arm indicated by the second position sensor, the second neutral set parameter, the second forward set parameter, and the second reverse set parameter.
- Other aspects of the invention will become apparent by consideration of the detailed description and accompanying drawings.
-
FIG. 1 is a perspective view of an electric zero turn lawn mower according to the present invention. -
FIG. 2 is another perspective view of the lawn mower ofFIG. 1 . -
FIG. 3 is a bottom perspective view of the lawn mowerFIG. 1 . -
FIG. 4 is a perspective view of a battery compartment of the lawn mower having a bank of batteries positioned within the battery compartment. -
FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the battery compartment of the lawn mower having the bank of batteries removed from the battery compartment to illustrate a battery attachment structure. -
FIG. 6 is a bottom perspective view of the battery compartment illustrating the bus bar. -
FIG. 7 is a perspective view of two batteries of the bank of batteries attached to the battery attachment structure. -
FIG. 8 is a perspective view of a battery of the bank of batteries. -
FIG. 9 is a bottom perspective view of the battery. -
FIG. 10 is a top perspective view of the battery. -
FIG. 11 is a cross sectional side view of a connection interface between the battery and a docking station positioned within the battery compartment. -
FIG. 12A is a schematic view of a charging system. -
FIG. 12B is a schematic view of a charging system, according to another embodiment. -
FIG. 13 is a schematic view of a live to drive alert system. -
FIG. 14A is a flow chart illustrating a control logic of the live to drive alert system in the form of a method. -
FIG. 14 b is a flow chart illustrating aspects of the method ofFIG. 14A . -
FIG. 14 c is a flow chart illustrating aspects of the method ofFIG. 14A . -
FIG. 15 is a schematic view of a variable speed control system. -
FIG. 16 is a schematic view of an adjustment mechanism of the variable speed control system ofFIG. 15 . -
FIG. 17A is a graph illustrating the relationship between an adjusted maximum speed and maneuver controls of the lawn mower. -
FIG. 17B is illustrates an exemplary operation flow diagram for an embodiment of the variable speed control system. -
FIG. 18 is a block diagram of the lawn mower. -
FIG. 19 is a block diagram of a control module of the lawn mower in communication with motor controllers and battery packs. -
FIG. 20A is a block diagram of a battery pack. -
FIG. 20B is a schematic view of cells of the battery pack ofFIG. 20A . -
FIG. 21 is a flow chart of power distribution method for the battery packs of the lawn mower. -
FIG. 22 illustrate current state diagrams that are executed by a battery controller of the lawn mower. -
FIG. 23 illustrates a proportional integral control loop of a mower electronic controller. -
FIG. 24 is a flow chart for the proportional integral control loop of the mower electronic controller. -
FIG. 25 is a graph illustrating a proportional coefficient of the control loop compared to the rotations per minute of a drive motor of the mower. -
FIG. 26 is a perspective view of an off-board charger. -
FIG. 27 is a side view of the off-board charger in a first position. -
FIG. 28 is a side view of the off-board charger in a second position. -
FIG. 29 is a side view of the off-board charger with a handle in a stowed position. -
FIG. 30 is a perspective view of a battery compartment of the off-board charger having a bank of batteries positioned within the battery compartment. -
FIG. 31 is a perspective view of the battery compartment of the off-board charger having the bank of batteries removed from the battery compartment to illustrate a battery attachment structure. -
FIG. 32 is a perspective view of the off-board charger with a cover removed revealing chargers secured within a charger compartment. -
FIG. 33 is a bottom perspective view of the off-board charger illustrating a bottom side of a base unit. -
FIG. 34 is a perspective view of a docking station unit of the off-board charger. -
FIG. 35 is a bottom perspective cross-sectional view of the docking station unit illustrating a bus bar. -
FIG. 36 is block diagram of an external power source in electrical communication with chargers to provide electrical power to battery packs. -
FIG. 37 illustrates interconnections of the external power source, the chargers, and a battery pack. -
FIG. 38 illustrates a flow chart for a secure charging method for the chargers. -
FIG. 39 illustrates interconnections of the external power source, the chargers, and two battery packs. -
FIG. 40 illustrates a flow chart for a maneuvering control arm calibration method. -
FIG. 41A illustrates a user display having a first mower calibration graphic. -
FIG. 41B illustrates the user display having a second mower calibration graphic. -
FIG. 41C illustrates the user display having a third mower calibration graphic. -
FIG. 42A is an angular encoding diagram that illustrates a position map of a maneuvering control sensor. -
FIG. 42B is a partial angular encoding diagram. -
FIG. 42C is a partial angular encoding diagram. - Before any embodiments of the invention are explained in detail, it is to be understood that the invention is not limited in its application to the details of construction and the arrangement of components set forth in the following description or illustrated in the following drawings. The invention is capable of other embodiments and of being practiced or of being carried out in various ways. As used herein, terms relating to position (e.g., front, rear, left, right, etc.) are relative to an operator situated on a utility vehicle during normal operation of the utility vehicle.
- One problem addressed with the present invention arises from the nature of a connection interface to allow a power source to be removed from a battery compartment of a lawn mower. Such a power source includes, among other elements as will be explained below, a plurality of battery packs that form a gravity-biased connection with a battery interface. The gravity biased connection ensures that the batteries are always biased into contact during ordinary operation of the lawn mower. The gravity-biased connection of the battery packs also facilitates relatively easy removal the battery packs from the lawn mower.
- Another problem addressed with the present invention arises from the nature of managing a priority charging method of the plurality of battery pack with an electronic control module (e.g., a vehicle control module, battery control module, etc.). When battery packs are at a low state of charge, lawn mowers typically cannot operate at a desired performance level (e.g., cutting or driving speed). This poses problems when a user desires to quickly charge the lawn mower. To improve the performance of the lawn mower, the electronic control module manages the priority charging method to charge the battery packs having a state of charge above a predetermined threshold first. As a result, the lawn mower may be operated at the desired performance level for a longer time.
- Another problem addressed with the present invention arises from the nature of electric vehicles being very quiet during operation. As a result, the likelihood that the user is unaware that the vehicle has started or is in an operational state increases. The vehicle control module manages a live to drive system that includes an audible element and a user display. When the lawn mower is being started, the live to dive system alerts the user with a visual alert using the user display and audible alert using the audible element. As a result, the user is alerted that the vehicle is in an operational state.
- Another problem addressed with the present invention arises from navigating the lawn mower in a tight area (e.g., between obstacles such as trees, rocks, etc.). The lawn mower includes an adjustment mechanism that interacts with the vehicle control module and maneuvering controls of the lawn mower to variably limit the maximum speed of the lawn mower. The adjustment mechanism may, for example be a dial that is adjustable between a plurality of positions. When the dial is adjusted to a desired position, the maximum speed of the lawn mower is adjusted to a desired maximum speed. The precision of the maneuvering controls increases as the maximum speed is decreased to allow the user to perform a precise maneuver in the tight area.
-
FIGS. 1-6 illustrate alawn mower 10. Thelawn mower 10 may be, for example, an electric lawn mower, or a hybrid lawn mower. The illustratedlawn mower 10 includes aframe 20, 30, 35, aground engaging elements prime mover 40, 45 (FIGS. 1 and 3 ), a power source 50 (FIG. 4 ), anoperator platform 60, a user interface 70 (illustrated schematically inFIG. 1 ), a cutting deck 80, and a vehicle control module 90 (illustrated schematically inFIG. 1 ). - The
frame 20 includes a first or front portion 22 (extending to the center of the frame) and a second or rear portion 24 (meeting the front portion at the center of the frame) opposite thefront portion 22. Theframe 20 defines the basic body structure or chassis of thelawn mower 10 and supports the other components of thelawn mower 10. Theframe 20 is supported by the 30, 35 and in turn supports the other components of theground engaging elements lawn mower 10. - The ground-engaging
30, 35 are movably (e.g., rotatably) coupled to theelements frame 20. The illustrated ground-engaging 30, 35 include two first or front ground-engagingelements elements 30 coupled to thefront portion 22 of theframe 20, and two second or rear ground-engagingelements 35 coupled to therear portion 24 of theframe 20. In the illustrated embodiment, the ground-engaging 30, 35 are rotatable wheels but in other embodiments could be tracks for example. In the illustrated embodiment, the first (front) ground-engagingelements elements 30 are passive (i.e., rotating in response to movement of the lawn mower) caster wheels and the second (rear) ground-engagingelements 35 are the driven (i.e., rotating to cause movement of the lawn mower) wheels rotating under the influence of theprime mover 45. The second (rear) ground-engagingelements 35 may be referred to in the illustrated embodiment as the drive wheels or the left andright drive wheels 35, it being understood that the terms “left” and “right” are from the perspective of an operator in an ordinary operating position on the lawn mower. Thedrive wheels 35 are rotated by theprime mover 45 at a selected speed and direction to effect movement and steering of thelawn mower 10 in the well-known manner of a zero turn radius lawn mower. In other embodiments, similarprime movers 45 may also or alternatively be coupled to the two first ground-engagingelements 30 for the same purpose as theprime movers 45. In other embodiments, the lawn mower may take the form of a stand-on mower or a tractor-style mower with steerable wheels. - The
40, 45 may, for example, be an internal combustion engine, one or more electric motors, hybrid gas/electric, etc. With reference toprime mover FIGS. 1-3 , the 40, 45 of the illustrated embodiment comprises a plurality of prime movers in the form of dedicated drive motors 45 (prime mover FIG. 3 ) anddeck motors 40. Thedrive motors 45 are supported by theframe 20, and are interconnected to thedrive wheels 35 through a transmission or gear train to increase speed or torque delivered to thedrive wheels 35. In an alternative embodiment, thedrive motors 45 may each include an output shaft that is directly coupled to one of thechive wheels 35 to independently drive rotation of the associateddrive wheel 35 at a selected speed and direction. Thedrive wheels 35 may therefore be characterized as direct-drive wheels withdedicated drive motors 45. Speed and steering of the mower in the illustrated embodiment are effected by the direction and relative speeds of thedrive wheels 35. To elaborate further on the point made earlier, thedeck motors 40 and drivemotors 45 together comprise what is referred to as the prime mover of the illustratedlawn mower 10. In the illustrated embodiment adeck motor 40 is dedicated to each blade and adrive motor 45 is dedicated to eachdrive wheel 35, but in other embodiments the work of some or all of these 40, 45 can be combined in a single motor that distributes torque to multiple blades and/or drive wheels through power transmissions.motors - Turning now to
FIG. 4 , thepower source 50 in the illustrated embodiment is a bank (plurality) of battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58, as described in detail below. In other embodiments, thepower source 50 may include a single relatively large battery, but one potential advantage of the present invention is that the battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58 are modular, lighter, and independently chargeable. As a result, the illustrated battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58 can be handled, carried, charged, replaced, and serviced more easily by a typical user than a single, much larger battery. For example, the illustrated batteries may weigh approximately 55 lbs or less apiece, as discussed below. In some embodiments, the batteries may weigh 53 lbs. Thepower source 50 is electrically coupled to thedrive motors 45 anddeck motors 40 to provide sufficient power for their operation. Thepower source 50 is illustrated as being supported in therear portion 24 of theframe 20, but in other embodiments may be supported on thefront portion 22 or in the center of the frame 20 (straddling the front and 22, 24 of the frame 20).rear portions - With reference to
FIGS. 1 and 2 , theoperator platform 60 is supported by theframe 20 and straddles thefront portion 22 and therear portion 24 of theframe 20. The illustratedoperator platform 60 includes a first orlower section 62 and a second orupper section 64. Thelower section 62 is located forward of theupper section 64 and is configured to support a user's feet. Theupper section 64 is located rearward of thelower section 62 and supports aseat 66. Theseat 66 allows a user to sit during operation of thelawn mower 10 and access the user interface 70. In some embodiments, theoperator platform 60 may only include thelower section 62 such that thelawn mower 10 is a standing vehicle. In further embodiments, theoperator platform 60 may have other configurations. An operator zone is defined as theseat 66 and all of the controls and other elements of thelawn mower 10 that can be reached by or seen by the user while seated, such as the user interface 70 and thelower portion 62. - The user interface 70 (schematically illustrated in
FIG. 1 ) includes maneuvering controls 72 and asystem interface 74 supported by theframe 20 within the operator zone. The maneuvering controls 72 are operable to control thelawn mower 10, for example, by providing drive commands in response to user manipulation of the maneuvering controls 72. For example, the maneuvering controls 72 can be used to control thedrive motors 45 to drive a desired speed and direction of rotation of the rear ground-engagingelements 35 to move and/or turn thelawn mower 10. In the illustrated embodiment, the maneuvering controls 72 include left and right controlarms 72 a. 72 b used for a zero-turn radius (ZTR) lawn mower. Thedrive motors 45 are manipulated with the left and right control 72 a, 72 b, with thearms left control arm 72 a controlling the direction and speed of rotation of theleft chive wheel 35 and theright control arm 72 b controlling the direction and speed of rotation of theright chive wheel 35. In the illustrated embodiment, theleft control arm 72 a is coupled to theframe 20 at a pivot joint 73 a and theright control arm 72 b is coupled to theframe 20 at a pivot joint 73 b. In other embodiments, the maneuvering controls 72 may include other suitable actuators, such as a steering wheel, joystick(s), and the like. - The
system interface 74 may include an ignition 76, auser display 78, and control switches 79 (e.g., adjustment switches in the form of dials, push buttons, etc., which will be described in more detail below). The ignition 76 communicates with thevehicle control module 90 to allow the user to selectively provide power to (i.e., activate) thedrive motors 45 and thedeck motors 40. In some embodiments, ignition 76 include separate switches that activate thedrive motors 45 and thedeck motors 40 independently or by group. In the illustrated embodiment, the battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58 communicate directly with the user display 78 (e.g., via CAN communication) to display battery-related information on theuser display 78. In other embodiments, theuser display 78 communicates with thevehicle control module 90 to display information to the user. For example, theuser display 78 may display a state of charge of thepower source 50, faults occurring on the mower (e.g., battery pack faults), an operational state of thelawn mower 10, etc. The control switches 79 and theuser display 78 may interact with thevehicle control module 90 to control functions of the mower 10 (e.g., activation ofdeck motor 40,drive motors 45, maximum variable speed, etc.). - With reference to
FIG. 3 , the cutting deck 80 is supported underneath theframe 20 mainly in thefront portion 22 in the illustrated embodiment, but in other embodiments might be moved rearward to the center or even fully to therear portion 24, for example. The cutting deck 80 includes one or more ground-engaging elements 82 (e.g., anti-scalping rollers) that support the cutting deck 80 on the ground. As illustrated inFIGS. 1 and 2 , thedeck motors 40 are mounted to the cutting deck 80. In the illustrated embodiment, the cutting deck 80 includes threedeck motors 40. In other embodiments, the cutting deck 80 may include fewer deck motors 40 (e.g., one or two) or more deck motors 40 (e.g., three, four, etc.). Referring back toFIG. 3 , eachdeck motor 40 is mounted at least partially above the cutting deck 80 to provide access to cooling ambient air and includes an output shaft under the cutting deck 80. Ablade 84 is mounted under the cutting deck 80 to each output shaft and rotates under the influence of thedeck motor 40 to cut grass under the cutting deck 80. In the illustrated embodiment, the cutting deck 80 includes a side discharge opening 86 to discharge mown grass. In other embodiments, the cutting deck 80 may include a rear discharge, a collection bag, etc. to collect or discharge mown grass from under the cutting deck 80. In other embodiments, theblades 84 may be configured to mulch the grass clippings in which case there may be no discharge opening 86 or the discharge opening 86 may include an mechanism for opening and closing to selectively provide discharge and mulching functionality. Each of thedeck motors 40 directly drives asingle blade 84 and can therefore be termed a direct-drive,dedicated deck motor 40. - The
vehicle control module 90 may interact with the user interface 70, the drive motors 45 (e.g., via a drive motor controller), and the deck motors 40 (e.g., via a deck motor controller) during operation of themower 10. More specifically, thevehicle control module 90 may take input from thesystem interface 74 and relay instructions to thedrive motors 45 and thedeck motors 40. Thevehicle control module 90 may also receive information from thepower source 50, such as state of charge of the batteries and other battery-related information, and relay this information to the user interface 70. Theuser display 78 may display information to the user such as state of charge of thepower source 50, operation mode ofmower 10, etc., as described in more detail below. Whilelawn mower 10 is described above as an electric zero turn lawn mower, it should be appreciated that the battery assembly and/or control systems described below may be used with any utility device that is operable to cut grass. - Now referring to
FIGS. 4 and 5 , abattery compartment 100 is supported by theframe 20. Thebattery compartment 100 includes ahousing 102, alid 104, alatch 106 and a charging port 108 (illustrated schematically). Thehousing 102 has abottom wall 110 andside walls 112 and defines anopening 114. Thelid 104 is coupled to thehousing 102 and is movable between a closed condition (FIGS. 1-2 ) in which it covers the opening 114 (i.e., closes the housing 102) and an open condition (FIGS. 4-5 ) in which it provides access to the opening 114 (i.e., opens the housing 102). In the illustrated embodiment, thelid 104 is pivotally (more specifically, hingedly) coupled to the forward end of thehousing 102. Thelatch 106 selectively secures thelid 104 in the closed condition. Although illustrated schematically, the chargingport 108 may, for example, be mounted to or integrated into thehousing 102 of thebattery compartment 100. In other embodiments the chargingport 108 can be provided separately from thehousing 102. - Referring now to
FIGS. 5-6 , abattery interface 120 is mounted to thebottom wall 110 of thebattery compartment 100. Thebattery interface 120 includes fourdocking stations 122, each includingalignment structures 124 andelectrical connectors 126. Thealignment structures 124 extend vertically from thebottom wall 110 of thebattery compartment 100. Thealignment structures 124 are structural elements that are relatively rigid and able to withstand impact loading that may arise as batteries are installed on theelectrical connectors 126 so that the batteries are properly aligned with theelectrical connectors 126 before the batteries engage theelectrical connectors 126. Theelectrical connectors 126 are betweenalignment structures 124. Within (e.g., between thealignment structures 124 and electrical connectors 126) and between eachdocking station 122 areslits 128 to allow debris to exit thebattery compartment 100 to reduce the likelihood of debris buildup. In other embodiments, thebattery interface 120 may include more docking stations 122 (e.g., five, six, etc.) or fewer docking stations 122 (e.g., three, two, one). In the illustrated embodiment, theelectrical connectors 126 are male contacts 129 (e.g., blades). It will be appreciated that an external charging station may be formed with a similar battery interface structure as illustrated inFIGS. 5 and 7 . - As illustrated in
FIG. 6 , abus bar 131 is mounted to abottom side 132 of thebattery interface 120 and electrically communicates theelectrical connectors 126 with thevehicle control module 90 and with the chargingport 108. - The
battery interface 120 is adapted to receive a plurality of battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58, which together are referred to as a bank of battery packs 50. In the illustrated embodiment, the bank of battery packs 50 includes four battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58 to match the fourdocking stations 122 of thebattery interface 120.FIGS. 8-10 illustrate one of the battery packs 52, although the description and discussion may also be applied to the other battery packs 54, 56, 58. Thebattery pack 52 includes a housing, case orenclosure 130 having a plurality of cells arranged in series to provide a desired voltage (e.g., 48 volts). In other embodiments, thebattery pack 52 may have a higher or lower voltage rating. In the illustrated embodiment, theenclosure 130 has a rectangular geometry having anupper portion 134, a lower portion 136,sidewalls 138 extending between the upper 134 and lower portion 136, and vents 140 positioned on thesidewalls 138 to reduce the internal pressure of thebattery pack 52. - The illustrated
enclosure 130 has a height of approximately sixteen inches and a width and depth of approximately nine inches. The size of theenclosure 130 allows each 52, 54, 56, 58 to have a weight under approximately 55 pounds. The weight of thebattery pack 52, 54, 56, 58 and vertical orientation of thebattery pack 52, 54, 56, 58 in thebattery pack battery compartment 100 ensure a gravity-biased connection is formed between the 52, 54, 56, 58 and thebattery pack docking station 122. As used herein, “gravity-biased” means that the influence of gravity holds or urges the 52, 54, 56, 58 into engagement with thebattery pack docking station 122 during loading of the 52, 54, 56, 58 or during ordinary operation of the lawn mower. Thebattery pack 52, 54, 56, 58 may also be secured with another mechanism such as thebattery pack latch 106 discussed above, but thelatch 106 does not work against gravity (and may, indeed work with gravity) when the 52, 54, 56, 58 is gravity-biased into engagement with thebattery pack docking station 122. For example, the engagement of thelatch 106 secures thelid 104 in the closed condition such that thelid 104 engages the 52, 54, 56, 58 to form a gravity-assisted connection force that works with the gravity-biased connection of the battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58 to urge the battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58 into engagement with thebattery pack docking station 122. In some embodiments, thelid 104 may not contact the battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58 when thelatch 106 is secured and the gravity-biased connection of the battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58 may secure the battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58 to the docking station 122 (i.e., without the gravity-assisted force). - Additionally, interference and frictional engagements between the battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58 and portions of the
battery compartment 100 anddocking stations 122 may arise as the battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58 are lowered or dropped into position under the influence of gravity. Such engagements are deemed part of the gravity-biased connection because they are incidental and no other positive action must be taken or other securing mechanism actuated to secure the battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58 into position other than lowering them onto thedocking stations 122. In some embodiments, the 52, 54, 56, 58 may receive an additional force (i.e., a gravity assisted connection force) from the operator to overcome the frictional engagement between thebattery pack 52, 54, 56, 58 and thebattery pack docking station 122. - Referring now to
FIGS. 7 and 10 , theupper portion 134 of the 52, 54, 56, 58 includes abattery pack handle 144, a set of light emitting diodes (LEDs) 148, and a button 152 (illustrated schematically). Thehandle 144 is embedded within or formed integrally as part of theupper portion 134 of theenclosure 130 and is graspable by the user to allow for removal of the 52, 54, 56, 58 from thebattery pack battery compartment 100. As a result, the user may remove the 52, 54, 56, 58 from thebattery pack docking station 122 without the need for tools or an additional lifting aid. - The
button 152 interacts with the set ofLEDs 148 to indicate the state of charge of each 52, 54, 56, 58 and whether there is a fault occurring within thebattery pack 52, 54, 56, 58. For example, the set ofbattery pack LEDs 148 may include five LEDs that illustrate various charge levels (e.g., 80-100 percent when all 5 LED's are lit, 60-80 percent when four LED's are lit, etc.) when the LED's illuminate a first color (e.g., green, blue, etc.). Additionally, the one or more of theLEDs 148 may illuminate in a second color (e.g., red) when the battery pack has a low charge level (e.g., under 10 percent) or if a fault occurs (e.g., the cells are under-temperature, the cells are over-temperature, a fuse is blown, etc.). - Referring now to
FIGS. 8 and 9 , the lower portion of the battery pack includes aflat bottom 156, a recessedportion 160 formed in one or thesidewalls 138, opposingalignment structures 164, andfemale contacts 168. The recessedportion 160 has a height that is larger than the height of thedocking station 122. The opposingalignment structures 164 surround the recessedportion 160. Thefemale contacts 168 are positioned within the recessedportion 160 and extend downward towards theflat bottom surface 156. - When the
52, 54, 56, 58 is secured to the docking station 122 (battery pack FIG. 7 ), theflat bottom 156 engages with thebottom wall 110 of thebattery compartment 100. The recessedportion 160, the opposingalignment structures 164, and thefemale contacts 168 are aligned with thedocking station 122. The weight of the 52, 54, 56, 58 forms a gravity-biased connection between thebattery pack female contacts 168 of the 52, 54, 56, 58 andbattery pack male contacts 129 of thedocking station 122. In some embodiments, the 52, 54, 56, 58 may receive an additional force (i.e., a gravity assisted connection force) from the operator to overcome a frictional force between thebattery pack female contacts 168 of the 52, 54, 56, 58 and thebattery pack male contacts 129 of thedocking station 122. The opposingalignment structures 164 of the 52, 54, 56, 58 engage with thebattery pack alignment structure 124 of the battery interface to restrict movement of the 52, 54, 56, 58.battery pack - Referring now to
FIG. 11 , a cross-section view of a connection interface between themale contacts 129 of thedocking station 122 and thefemale contacts 168 of the 52, 54, 56, 58 is illustrated. Thebattery pack female contacts 168 each have an equal height. Themale contacts 129 have differing heights (e.g., three separate heights) that allow for safe connection and disconnection of themale contacts 129 of thedocking station 122 and thefemale contacts 168 of the 52, 54, 56, 58. The construction of the female andbattery pack 129, 168 allows themale contacts 52, 54, 56, 58 to form the gravity-biased connection with thebattery pack docking station 122 while reducing the amount of arcing or bending that occurs between the male and 129, 168. As a result, the amount of wear or damage on the male andfemale contacts 129, 168 is limited.female contacts - The
lawn mower 10 includes a priority charging method, a live to drive system, and a variable speed control system. The bank of battery packs 50 coupled to thebus bar 131 may communicate directly with acharger 210 to determine the priority charge method. In other embodiments, the bank of battery packs may communication with thevehicle control module 90 to determine the priority charging method. In other embodiments, thevehicle control module 90 communicates with the live to drivesystem 300 to alert the user when thelawn mower 10 is in an operable state. In yet another embodiment, thevehicle control module 90 communicates with the variablespeed control system 400 to control the sensitivity of the maneuvering controls 72 to allow the user of the lawn mower to navigate the lawn mower in a tight area (e.g., between obstacles such as trees, rocks, etc.). -
FIGS. 12A and 12B illustrate acharging system 200 for thepower source 50 as described above. Thecharging system 200 includes a charger configuration 210 (e.g., including one or more battery chargers), chargingport 220, apower source 250 coupled to thebattery interface 120, and thevehicle control module 90. Thecharger configuration 210 is coupled to anexternal power source 211, which may be an alternating current (AC) power grid or generator. In one embodiment, as shown inFIG. 12A , thecharger configuration 210 includes afirst charger 212 and asecond charger 213 respectively coupled to afirst charging plug 214 and asecond charging plug 218. Thefirst charger 212 and thesecond charger 213 each include an independent connection to theexternal power source 211 to receive AC input power, a rectifier circuit to convert received AC input power to direct current (DC) power (not shown), and switching circuitry (now shown) that may be selectively controlled to provide charging current to thefirst charging plug 214 and second chargingplug 218, respectively. - In some embodiments, the AC input power for each
212, 213 is provided from an independent circuit of thecharger external power source 211. Accordingly, the overall current that thecharger configuration 210 may draw from theexternal power source 211 without tripping a circuit breaker may be larger (e.g., at 30 or 40 Amps) than if a single connection was provided to theexternal power source 211 for both 212, 213. Additionally, because eachchargers 212, 213 is connected to an independent circuit, even if one circuit breaker trips for one of the circuits, the other circuit may still be providing power and thecharger charger configuration 210 may be able to continue to provide charging current. - The charging
port 220 includes a first chargingport 224 and a second charging port 228. The first and second charging plugs 214, 218 are selectively coupled (e.g. plugged in) by a user to the first and second chargingport 224, 228 to provide charging power to the chargingport 220. The first and second charging plugs 214, 218 may also be selectively removed (e.g., unplugged) by a user when, for example, the respective first and 212, 213 are not providing charging current to the chargingsecond chargers port 220. - In some embodiments, the
charger configuration 210 may include a charger housing (not shown) that houses thefirst charger 212 and thesecond charger 213. In such embodiments, thefirst charging plug 214 and thesecond charging plug 218 may each have a first end respectively coupled to the first and 212, 213 within the housing, and a second end that extends away from the housing to enable respective coupling to the first and second chargingsecond chargers ports 224, 228. In some embodiments, the charger housing is mounted onto themower 10, while in other embodiments, the charger housing is separate from themower 10. In some embodiments, thefirst charger 212 andsecond charger 213 have separate housings, rather than a shared housing, which may either be mounted onto themower 10 or separate from themower 10. - In some embodiments, as shown in
FIG. 12B , thecharger configuration 210 includes the first charger 212 (but not the second charger 213) or the second charger 213 (but not the first charger 212). Additionally, in some embodiments, thecharger configuration 210 has additional independent chargers each with an associated charging plug and charging port and each provided with power from an independent circuit of theexternal power source 211. In other embodiments, thelawn mower 10 may include a single charger, a single charging plug, and a single charging port or more than two of each depending on the nature and size of thepower source 250. In some embodiments, the two 212 and 213 may be coupled to achargers single charging port 224 through a Y-charging cable having two inputs respectively coupled to the charging plugs 214 and 218 of the 212 and 213, and one output coupled to the charging plug 224). When only thechargers first charger 212 is operably coupled to the first charging port 224 (via the first charging plug 214), thepower source 250 is charged in a “standard charging mode”. When multiple chargers (e.g., both the first andsecond chargers 212, 213) are operably coupled to the charging port 220 (e.g., connected via the first and second charging plugs 214, 218 to the first and second chargingports 224, 228, or connected via a Y-charging cable to the first charging port 224), thepower source 250 is charged in a “fast charging mode”. - As noted, the
power source 250 includes a bank of one or more batteries (e.g., the battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58), one of which may be identified as amaster battery pack 252 and the remaining ones of which may be identified as a plurality of slave battery packs 254, 256, 258 (e.g., three in the illustrated embodiment). In other embodiments, thepower source 250 may include more (e.g., five, six, seven, etc.) or fewer battery packs (e.g., two, three, one). - In order to determine which
252, 254, 256, 258 is thebattery pack master battery pack 252, an identification number is assigned to each 252, 254, 256, 258 (e.g., one, two, three, four, etc.). Thebattery pack 252, 254, 256, 258 with the lowest identification number, as identified by thebattery pack vehicle control module 90, is selected as themaster battery pack 252 and the remaining battery packs are slave battery packs 254, 256, 258. If themaster battery pack 252 is removed from the battery interface, thevehicle control module 90 may automatically reassign the 254, 256, 258 with the lowest identification number to be theslave battery pack master battery pack 252. At the same time, if an additional battery pack is attached to thebattery interface 120 with a lower identification number, thevehicle control module 90 may automatically assign the additional battery pack to be themaster battery pack 252. Although thevehicle control module 90 is described as identifying the master and slave battery packs, in some embodiments, the battery packs themselves (without a separate controller such as the vehicle control module 90) perform the arbitration through communications to determine the master and slave battery packs. For example, each 252, 254, 256, and 258 may broadcast their own respective identification number, which is received by the other battery packs, and eachbattery pack 252, 254, 256, 258 determines whether its own identification number is the lowest of the numbers that were broadcast and, if so, designates itself as the master battery pack.battery pack - The
master battery pack 252 communicates with the first and second chargingports 224, 228, thevehicle control module 90, and the 254, 256, 258 to determine the priority charging method. It should be appreciated that each of the battery packs 252, 254, 256, 258 has a state of charge. Theslave battery modules master battery pack 252 may communicate with the first and second charging plugs 214, 218 to charge a single battery pack or a plurality of battery packs (e.g., two, three, four, etc.) in parallel. - The
master battery pack 252 determines the priority charging method based on the state of charge level of the battery packs 252, 254, 256, 258. Themaster battery pack 252 automatically manages the priority charging method of the battery packs 252, 254, 256, 258 based on the state of charge of each 252, 254, 256, 258. The priority charging method includes: (1) determining the state of charge of the plurality of battery packs 252, 254, 256, 258, (2) comparing the state of charge of each of the plurality of battery packs 252, 254, 256, 258 to a predetermined threshold (e.g., in the exemplary embodiments 81 percent state of charge). (3) determining a first set of one or more battery packs with the state of charge above the predetermined threshold and a second set of one or more battery packs with the state of charge under the predetermined threshold, (4) charging the first set of one or more battery packs before charging the second set of one or more battery packs. The steps of priority charging method may be implemented by an electronic controller, such as thebattery pack vehicle control module 90 or a battery controller of themaster battery pack 252. - Exemplary state of charge arrangements of the bank of
battery pack 250 are described below. It should be appreciated that while the bank of battery packs 250 is described as having first, second, third and fourth battery packs 252, 254, 256, 258, fewer or more battery packs may be charged. - In a first exemplary embodiment, the first, second, third and fourth battery packs 252, 254, 256, 258 each have a low state of charge (e.g., approximately 15 percent charge). When the charging commences, each of the first, second, third and fourth battery packs 252, 254, 256, 258 are charged concurrently.
- In a second exemplary embodiment, the
master battery pack 252 determines that the first, second, third and fourth battery packs 252, 254, 256, 258 each have various state of charges under a predetermined state of charge threshold. The predetermined threshold may be a state of charge of equal to or more than 81 percent. For example, the first, second, third, and fourth battery packs 252, 254, 256, 258 may have state of charge levels of 60 percent, 65 percent, 70 percent, and 75 percent, respectively. - In this example, the
master battery pack 252 determines that thefirst battery pack 252 has the lowest state of charge level (60 percent). As a result, thefirst battery pack 252 is charged alone until the state of charge matches the second battery pack 254 (e.g., the second lowest state of charge). Once thefirst battery pack 252 has the same state of charge as thesecond battery pack 254, the first and second battery packs 252, 254 are charged concurrently. The first and second battery packs 252, 254 are charged concurrently until the state of the first and second battery packs 252, 254 matches the state of charge of thethird battery pack 256. The first, second, and third battery packs 252, 254, 256 are charged concurrently until the state of the first, second, and third battery packs 252, 254, 256 matches the state of charge of thefourth battery pack 258. This sequence will continue until all the battery packs in thepower source 250 are at the same state of charge. - In a third exemplary embodiment, the
master battery pack 252 determines that one or more of the first, second, third and fourth battery packs 252, 254, 256, 258 has a state of charge level above the predetermined threshold (e.g., 81 percent). For example, the first, second, third, and 252, 254, 256, 258 may include state of charge levels of 60 percent, 65 percent, 70 percent, and 85 percent, respectively. In this example, thefourth battery pack master battery pack 252 determines thefourth battery pack 258 is above the predetermined threshold and causes charging of thefourth battery pack 258 until thebattery pack 258 fully charged. Once thefourth battery pack 258, is fully charged, the first second, and third battery packs 252, 254, 256 are charged in the same fashion as described in the second exemplary state of charge of arrangement described above. In other embodiments, once the first, second, and third battery packs 252, 254, 256 reach the predetermined threshold, themaster battery pack 252 may cause charging of a single battery pack at a time until each battery pack reaches a full charge. - In some embodiments, a user may remove or insert battery packs as the battery packs are being charged. The
charging system 200 remains uninterrupted (e.g., continues to charge the battery packs) during the removal or insertion of the battery pack. In some embodiments, the removal or insertion of the 254, 256, 258 may change the priority charging method depending on the state of charge of theslave battery pack 254, 256, 258 being removed or inserted. However, removal or insertion of a new master battery pack 252 (e.g., a battery pack with a lower identification number) may momentarily stop charging until the newslave battery pack master battery module 252 assumes control of the priority charging method. - It should be appreciated that while the predetermined threshold is described above as a state of charge above 81 percent, that the predetermined threshold may be any state of charge that is determined to be close to fully charged. For example, the predetermined threshold may include a state of charge in a range from 70 percent to 99 percent. In other embodiments, the range may be from 75 percent to 90 percent. In other embodiments the range may be from 80 percent to 85 percent.
-
FIG. 13 illustrates a schematic view a live to drivesystem 300 of the lawn mower that provides a visual and/or an audible alert to the user when thelawn mower 10 is ready to be started or is in an operable state. Although described as alerting the user, it will be understood that the live to drivesystem 300 may also alert non-users around thelawn mower 10 or in the immediate vicinity of thelawn mower 10 that thelawn mower 10 as well. The live to drivesystem 300 includes thelawn mower 10 having thepower source 50, thesystem interface 74, the maneuvering controls 72, theoperator platform 60 having theseat 66, anaudible element 310, a plurality ofsensors 320, and thevehicle control module 90. Thepower source 50 may be the bank of battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58 and is charged by thecharger configuration 210. - The
system interface 74, the maneuvering controls 72, and theaudible element 310 are positioned within an operator zone of thelawn mower 10 so they can be reached by, seen by, or heard by the user while operating thelawn mower 10. Thesystem interface 74 includes the ignition 76 having an ignition switch, a parking brake 330 (which may be one of the above-mentioned control switches 79), and theuser display 78. In the illustrated embodiment, the maneuvering controls 72 in the form of left and right control 72 a, 72 b. The parking brake may include a parking sensor that is configured to indicate to thearms vehicle control module 90 whether the parking brake is activated. For example, the parking brake sensor may be a push-button style switch that is actuated when the parking brake is activated, and that is de-actuated when the parking brake is deactivated. - In the illustrated embodiment, the
user display 78 communicates with thevehicle control module 90 to provide the visual alert to the user. For example, an indicator may be displayed on theuser display 78 to alert the user of the operational state of the lawn mower. The indicator may be a LED, a message (e.g., text, an icon indicator, etc.), etc. Additionally, or alternatively, thesystem interface 74 may include an additional visual element 340 (e.g., a flashing light supported by the frame, etc.) that communicates with thevehicle control module 90 to provide the visual alert to the user. It should be appreciated that the broken lines of the additionalvisual element 340 illustrates the optionality of the additionalvisual element 340. - The
audible element 310 communicates with thevehicle control module 90 to provide an audible alert to the user of thelawn mower 10. Theaudible element 310 may, for example, be one or more of a speaker supported by the lawn mower and a headset used by the user. The headset may communicate with the vehicle control module through a short-range wireless communication protocol (e.g., BLUETOOTH), a wired connection etc. As a result, the audible alert may be provided to the user in through any combination of the speaker and the headset. While theaudible element 310 is described as a speaker and a headset, it will be appreciated that theaudible element 310 may be any element that can communicate with thevehicle control module 90 to provide an audible alert to the user. - The plurality of
sensors 320 determines operational states with thesystem interface 74, the maneuvering controls 72, theoperator platform 60, and thepower source 50. Thevehicle control module 90 communicates with the plurality ofsensors 320 to determine whether the operational states determined by the plurality ofsensors 320 satisfy a set of predetermined conditions. When the set of predetermined conditions is satisfied, thevehicle control module 90 communicates with theuser display 78 and anaudible element 310 to alert the user with the visual alert (e.g., on the user display) and an audible alert (e.g., from the audible element) that thelawn mower 10 is in an operable state. In some embodiments, thevehicle control module 90 may communicate the visual alert with the additionalvisual element 340. -
FIG. 14 a illustrates the control logic of the live to drivesystem 300 in the form of amethod 350. Instep 352, the vehicle control module of the live to drivesystem 300 determines that a set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied. In response to the predetermined conditions of the live to drive state being satisfied, an audible alert is generated instep 354, and a visual alert is generated instep 356. Additionally, instep 358, based on determining that the set of predetermined conditions of the live to drive state are satisfied, thevehicle control module 90 identifies that the vehicle (e.g., the lawn mower 10) is in the live to drive state. When the vehicle is in the live to drive state, the vehicle can be moved by operation of the maneuver controls 72. Although 354, 356, and 358 are illustrated as occurring in series and in a particular order, in some embodiments, one or more of thesteps 354, 356, and 358 are implemented in parallel, implemented in a different order than shown, or a combination thereof.steps -
FIGS. 14 b and 14 c illustrate aspects of themethod 350 in further detail and includes additional steps implemented in some embodiments of the method. For example,FIGS. 14 b and 14 c illustrates an example of several of the determinations performed by thevehicle control module 90 to implementstep 352 to determine whether predetermined conditions are satisfied. For example, a first subset of the predetermined conditions determined by thevehicle control module 90 instep 352 include whether; (1) thecharger configuration 210 is disconnected from thelawn mower 10, (2) a pre-charge of thepower source 50 is complete, (3) the user is seated in theseat 66, (4) theparking brake 330 is applied. (5) the maneuvering controls 72 are in a neutral position. (6) there are no system faults, and (7) the ignition 76 is in an on position. While the following conditions are outlined in sequential order, it should be appreciated that thevehicle control module 90 may determine the above conditions in any order. - If any of the first subset of the predetermined conditions are not satisfied, the
lawn mower 10 is off and driving is disabled (i.e., thelawn mower 10 is not in the live to drive state). As a result, theuser display 78 is off and does not provide the visual alert to the user. In some embodiments, if the user attempts to drive the lawn mower (e.g., by adjusting the position of the maneuvering controls 72), theuser display 78 may display a message relating to the reason thelawn mower 10 cannot be driven (e.g., parking brake is off, system fault occurred, etc.). - When the first subset of the predetermined conditions are satisfied, the
vehicle control module 90, alerts the user that thelawn mower 10 is in an operable state. For example, the indicator on theuser display 78 may flash (e.g., a flashing LED or message) that thelawn mower 10 is in the operable state, which is an intermediate state before reaching a live to drive state. In some embodiments, the indicator may flash at a rate of approximately 1 hertz. It should be appreciated that when themower 10 is in the operable state, thepower source 50 of themower 10 is in electrical communication with thevehicle control module 90 and the drive controllers (e.g., of the deck and the 40, 45, etc.). However, further yet-to-be-satisfied predetermined conditions and safety features such as thedrive motor parking brake 330, a power-take off switch (e.g., to control the deck motors 40) may restrict activation of thedrive motors 45 or thedeck motors 40. - Turning to
FIG. 14 c , thevehicle control module 90 may perform redundant system checks to determine whether a second subset of the predetermined conditions are satisfied, such as determining whether the user remained seated on theseat 66, thecharger configuration 210 is disconnected from thelawn mower 10, and there are no system faults. If any of the second subset of the predetermined conditions are not satisfied, theuser display 78 may alert the user of the error and that thelawn mower 10 is not in an operable state (e.g., thelawn mower 10 driving is disabled and is therefore not live to drive). In other embodiments, theuser display 78 may turn off, which indicates the lawn mower is not in an operable state. - If all the second subset of the predetermined conditions of the redundant system check are satisfied, the
vehicle control module 90 provides a series of alerts to the user. As noted, instep 354, thevehicle control module 90 controls theaudible element 310 to provide an audible alert to the user. InFIG. 14 c , an example of the audible alert ofstep 354 is provided. More particularly, instep 354 ofFIG. 14 c , thevehicle control module 90 controls theaudible element 310 to provide a first audible alert to the user. Following the first audible alert, still instep 354, thevehicle control module 90 may provide a delay. In the illustrated embodiment, the delay is approximately one second. In other embodiments, the delay may be greater than or less than one second. After the delay, still instep 354, theaudible element 310 provides a second audible alert to alert the user that the lawn mower is ready to be operated. - After the second audible alert, the
user display 78 may provide the visual alert (in step 356). In the illustrated embodiment, theuser display 78 displays a message saying the lawn mower is ready to be operated or is in the live to drive state. Instep 358, as previously described with respect toFIG. 14 a , thevehicle control module 90 identifies that the vehicle (e.g., the lawn mower 10) is in the live to drive state. - Once in the live to drive state, the
vehicle control module 90 is configured to enable control of thedeck motors 40 by the user (e.g., via the power-take off switch), the drive motors 45 (e.g., via disabling of the parking brake and operation of the maneuver controls 72) to drive a desired speed and direction, the headlights, and other features of the vehicle. In other words, thevehicle control module 90 is configured to cause the vehicle to enter the live to drive state and, thereby, to enable control of one or more of these noted features based on determining that the predetermined conditions are satisfied. In contrast, before the vehicle is in the live to drive state (before the predetermined conditions are satisfied), thevehicle control module 90 may prohibit control of thedeck motors 40 and thedrive motors 45, as well as other features (e.g., the headlights). For example, to prohibit control of these features, thevehicle control module 90 may effectively ignore signals received from the power take-off switch and maneuver controls 72, whereas, after entering the live to drive state, thevehicle control module 90 may receive such signals and send corresponding control signals to thedeck motors 40 and drivemotors 45 in response to signals received from the power take-off switch and maneuver controls 72. - In some embodiments, a sub-state of the live to drive state is a ready to drive state, which is entered by the vehicle after the
parking brake 330 is disabled. For example, after providing the alerts in 354 and 356 and entering the live to drive state while insteps step 358, theparking brake 330 may still prevent driving of the vehicle via thedrive motors 45 despite receiving signals from the maneuver controls 72 in response to user movement of the maneuver controls 72. Accordingly, while in the live to drive state, thevehicle control module 90 may determine that theparking brake 330 is disabled by the user and, in response, identify the vehicle as in the ready to drive state. In the ready to drive state, with theparking brake 330 disabled, thevehicle control module 90 controls thedrive motors 45 in response to the maneuver controls 72 (i.e., to drive a desired speed and direction of rotation of the rear ground-engagingelements 35 to move and/or turn the lawn motor 10). In some embodiments, theparking brake 330 is a predetermined condition ofstep 352 that is determined to be satisfied before thevehicle control module 90 advances to 354, 356, and 358.steps - While the live to drive
system 300 is described above as having two audible alerts and a delay. It should be appreciated that the live to drivesystem 300 may provide additional audible alerts or a continuous audible alert that is on until the user operates thelawn mower 10. Additionally, if thelawn mower 10 is in an operable state and the user is not operating the lawn mower 10 (e.g., the maneuvering controls 72 are in the neutral position), thevehicle control module 90 may alert the user after a predetermined time that thelawn mower 10 is still in the operable state. For example, this may occur when the user stops the mower 10 (e.g., to talk to someone, etc.) after operating thelawn mower 10. - Referring now to
FIG. 15 , the variablespeed control system 400 includes thelawn mower 10 having anadjustment mechanism 410, theuser display 78, thevehicle control module 90, and the maneuvering controls 72. Through the variablespeed control system 400, maximum motor RPM is set in the motor controller for the right and left traction controller. This sets maximum vehicle speed based on the gear ratio for the mower. The vehicle control module (VCM) will send a percent speed to motor controller 505 (FIG. 18 ) based on the position of the maneuvering controls 72 (e.g., detected by maneuvering control sensors 510) and the allowable range of movement set in the form of a percentage (+100% to −100%) from left and right steering sensors. The communication betweenmaneuvering control sensors 510 and themotor controller 505 is described in more detail below. The adjustment mechanism 410 (e.g., a dial or the like) communicates with thevehicle control module 90 and the maneuvering controls 72 to adjust the gain or correction factor applied to relative throttle percentage. In other words, depending on the setting of theadjustment mechanism 410, movement of the maneuvering controls 72 through an entire range of motion (e.g. +100 to −100%) will result in different speeds of thelawn mower 10, including a maximum speed of thelawn mower 10. - Referring to
FIG. 16 , in the illustrated embodiment, theadjustment mechanism 410 is an analog mechanism in the form of a button or dial switch. Theadjustment mechanism 410 may be positioned within the operator zone (e.g., proximate theoperator seat 66 and within reach of the seated operator) to allow the user to access the adjustment mechanism. In an exemplary embodiment, the adjustmechanism 410 is positioned on or integrated within the maneuvering controls 72 (e.g., operable with the user's thumb or fingers or by twisting a handle of the maneuvering controls 72). As a result, during operation of thelawn mower 10, the user may easily access theadjustment mechanism 410 without removing their hands from the maneuvering controls 72. This allows the user to safely switch between the different selections. - The
adjustment mechanism 410 is movable between a plurality of positions to allow the maximum speed of thelawn mower 10 to be variably adjusted to define an adjusted maximum speed. In a first exemplary embodiment, theadjustment mechanism 410 may include three positions such as a lowmaximum speed mode 420, a standard maximum speed mode 430 (e.g., referred to as standard operation), and a highmaximum speed mode 440. For example, theadjustment mechanism 410 may move between detents that define fixed positions of theadjustment mechanism 410 related to the low, standard, or high 420, 430, 440. In this embodiment, the adjusted maximum speed of themaximum speed modes lawn mower 10 is fixed to three preset adjusted maximum speed modes. - In a second exemplary embodiment, the
adjustment mechanism 410 may be variably moved between to any position from the lowmaximum speed mode 420 and the high maximum speed mode 440 (e.g., as the user turns the dial, the maximum speed setting goes up and down as a function of the amount the dial is rotated). In some constructions, theadjustment mechanism 410 may not include the preset adjusted maximum speed modes. In other constructions, theadjustment mechanism 410 may include detents (defining the fixed positions of the adjustment mechanism 410), similar to the first embodiment. As a result, theadjustment mechanism 410 may be positioned within any of the three preset adjusted maximum speed modes or moved within a variable speed zones 450 (e.g., between the detents that define the preset adjusted maximum speed modes) to select the adjusted maximum speed. As a result, the user is able to variably control the maximum speed of thelawn mower 10. - Referring to
FIG. 17A , when the user selects the adjusted maximum speed, thevehicle control module 90 communicates with the maneuvering controls 72 to adjust the sensitivity of the maneuvering controls 72 in response to the adjusted maximum speed. Adjusting the sensitivity of the maneuvering controls 72 is defined as proportionally adjusting the speed the maneuvering controls 72 control thedrive wheels 35 in response to theadjustment mechanism 410. For example, when theadjustment mechanism 410 is adjusted to define the adjusted maximum speed, the maneuvering controls 72 have the same range of motion as standard operation. However, movement of the maneuvering controls 72 in the adjusted maximum speed results in a lower or higher overall speed of thelawn mower 10 compared to the same movement of the maneuvering controls 72 during standard operation of thelawn mower 10. When the adjusted maximum speed is lower than standard operation, the user gains greater control of thelawn mower 10 during precise maneuver. - The
vehicle control module 90 may communicate with theuser display 78 to provide a visual alert to the user relating to the adjusted maximum speed. For example, the visual alert may be a message or indicator displaying the adjusted maximum speed mode of thelawn mower 10 or a variable indicator (e.g., a bar, dial, etc. that corresponds position of adjustment mechanism). - In an exemplary embodiment, the
lawn mower 10 is a zero turn lawn mower having maneuvering controls 72 in the form of left and 72 a, 72 b that are operably coupled to left and right drive wheels 35 (as described above with reference toright control anus FIG. 1-4 ). The user of thelawn mower 10 controls the speed and direction of the lawn mower by moving the left and right control 72 a, 72 b forward. The further the user pushes the left andarms 72 a, 72 b forward, the faster theright control anus drive wheels 35 turn. - In one non-limiting example, the standard operation maximum speed (i.e., the left and right control
arms 72 a. 72 b pushed fully forward) is eight miles per hour. When the user operates the mower in a precise maneuver (e.g., mowing around a tree or along a curved border), the user may use theadjustment mechanism 410 to set the maximum speed to the desired adjusted maximum speed. The adjusted maximum speed, for example may be five miles per hour. As a result, thevehicle control module 90 communicates with the left and right controlarms 72 a. 72 b so when the 72 a, 72 b are pushed halfway forward, thecontrol arms mower 10 travels at a speed of 2.5 miles per hour (half of the desired maximum speed). Alternatively, themower 10 may travel at a speed that is non-linear as a function of the position of the 72 a, 72 b. For example, the speed may increase more rapidly as thecontrol arms control arms 72 a. 72 b approach the end of their range of motion. The variablespeed control system 400 therefore gives the user more precise control of thelawn mower 10 via manipulation of the 72 a, 72 b during the precise maneuvers. Alternatively, the user may set the adjusted maximum speed to eleven miles per hour (e.g., the highest speed thecontrol arms lawn mower 10 may travel). In some instants, the user may be traveling substantially straight for a long distance or traveling without thedeck motors 40 activated. As a result, the user may increase the adjusted maximum speed relative to standard operation. -
FIG. 17B illustrates an exemplary operation flow diagram for an embodiment of the variablespeed control system 400. To maximize operator control, a larger range of the maneuvering controls 72 movement is desired to provide the user with significantly more adjustment in variable speed based on maneuvering controls 72 position. In an effort to keep maneuvering controls 72 movement similar at any operational speed range the invention provides a continuously variable input speed compensation factor that would allow for maximum maneuvering controls 72 movement at lower speeds. The arm positions are still covering the maximum range and the steering sensors read from −100% to 100% and transmit this data to thevehicle control module 90. A correction factor based on an analog or digital signal is received by thevehicle control module 90 and is applied to the relative throttle percentage transmitted by the steering sensor. This calculated value is the new maximum speed that goes into the developed Bezier curve adjustment equation. The purpose of the Bezier curve adjustment equation is to make the throttle acceleration feel smoother throughout the operational range. This final calculated adjustment is then transmitted to the traction controllers. The traction controllers have predefined maximum RPM to which the modified percent throttle is applied setting maximum traction motor RPM. The motor control then creates and delivers power for the electric motor and has feedback on motor speed through hall effect sensors to ensure the desired RPM is met. -
FIG. 18 illustrates a block diagram of thelawn mower 10, according to some embodiments. Themower 10 includes a mowerelectronic controller 500 including thevehicle control module 90 andmotor controllers 505. The mowerelectronic controller 500 is in communication with the previously describeddeck motors 40,drive motors 45,system interface 74,charger configuration 210, power source 250 (including battery packs 252, 254, 256, 258), theaudible element 310, thesensors 320, and theadjustment mechanism 410. In some embodiments, the mowerelectronic controller 500 includes an electronic processor and a memory storing instructions executed by the electronic processor to implement the functionality of thevehicle control module 90 andmotor controllers 505 discussed herein. In other embodiments, the mowerelectronic controller 500 includes a distributed processing system with a plurality of electronic processors and memories to implement the functionality. For example, with reference toFIG. 19 , in some embodiments thevehicle control module 90 includes anelectronic processor 506 and a memory 507 and each of themotor controllers 505 includes a respective electronic processor and memory, with each memory storing instructions executed by the associated electronic processor to implement the functionality of the respective device described herein. Although thepower source 250 is illustrated with four 252, 254, 256, 258, as previously described, these battery packs may be selectively inserted and removed from the mower such that, in some instances, only one, two, or three battery packs are coupled to thebattery packs mower 10. Additionally, in some embodiments, thepower source 250 includes fewer or more than four battery pack connection points (docking stations 122) such that the maximum number of battery packs that may be coupled to the mower may be more or fewer than four. - With reference again to
FIG. 18 , thesensors 320 include amaneuvering control sensor 510, aseat sensor 512, aparking brake sensor 514,deck motor sensors 516, and drivemotor sensors 518. In some embodiments, additional sensors are also provided. Themaneuvering control sensor 510 includes one or more sensors that are configured to sense and provide to the mowerelectronic controller 500 an indication of a position of the maneuvering controls 72. For example, themaneuvering control sensor 510 may include a rotary encoder, a Hall sensor, a potentiometer, or the like, positioned near the pivot joint 73 a. 73 b of each 72 a, 72 b to indicate an angle of each respectivemaneuvering control arm 72 a, 72 b to the mowermaneuvering control arm electronic controller 500. As one example, the signal from each sensor of themaneuvering control sensor 510 may indicate to the mowerelectronic controller 500 the angular position of the respective 72 a, 72 b within the range between full reverse and full forward position (e.g., between −100% to +100%) in various increments (e.g., 0.5%, 1%, or 5%). In some embodiments, the angular position is indicated in another encoding, such as described in further detail with respect tomaneuvering control arm FIGS. 42A-42C . - The
seat sensor 512 is configured to indicate to the mowerelectronic controller 500 whether an operator is in theseat 66. For example, theseat sensor 512 may be a push-button style switch that is actuated when a weight above a threshold amount is on the seat 66 (e.g., providing a signal to the mower electronic controller 500) and that is de-actuated when a weight less than the threshold amount is on the seat 66 (e.g., providing no signal to the mower electronic controller 500). Theparking brake sensor 514 is configured to indicate to the mowerelectronic controller 500 whether the parking brake is activated. For example, theparking brake sensor 514 may be a push-button style switch that is actuated when the parking brake is activated, and that is de-actuated when the parking brake is deactivated. In some embodiments, other sensors types are used to implement one or both of theseat sensor 512 and theparking brake sensor 514. - The
drive motor sensors 518 include one or more sensors to sense characteristics of an associated one of thedrive motors 45. For example, and with reference toFIG. 19 , thedrive motor sensors 518 may include acurrent sensor 520 andspeed sensor 522 for eachdrive motor 45. Similarly, thedeck motor sensors 516 include one or more sensors to sense characteristics of an associated one of thedeck motors 40. For example, and with reference toFIG. 19 , thedeck motor sensors 516 may include a current sensor 524 and speed sensor 526 for eachdeck motor 40. Thespeed sensors 522 and 526 may be, for example, a rotary encoder, a Hall sensor configured to detect passing rotor magnets of the respective motors, or another sensor type. - With continued reference to
FIG. 19 , thevehicle control module 90 andmotor controllers 505 of the mowerelectronic controller 500 are illustrated in further detail. Thevehicle control module 90 is coupled to the one or more battery packs 252, 254, 256, and 258 coupled to themower 10 via acommunication bus 530. Thecommunication bus 530 may be a CAN bus, or another communication bus, and may be part of thebus bar 131. Thecommunication bus 530 also enables communication among the coupled battery packs 252, 254, 256, and 258. As discussed above, one of the battery packs 252, 254, 256, and 258 is selected as a master battery pack, while the other battery packs are slave battery packs (see, e.g.,FIG. 12 ). For example, this selection may be performed in response to the addition or removal of a battery pack, and the battery pack having a lowest identifier number may be the battery pack selected as the master battery pack. For purposes of discussion, we will assumebattery pack 252 is selected as the master battery pack but, as noted, in other scenarios one of the other batteiy packs 254, 256, or 258 may be the master battery pack. - The
motor controllers 505 include adrive motor controller 550 a, adrive motor controller 550 b, a deck motor controller 555 a, a deck motor controller 555 b, and a deck motor controller 555 c. Each 550 a and 550 b is associated with adrive motor controller respective drive motor 45. Each deck motor controller 555 a, 555 b, and 555 c is associated with arespective deck motor 40. The 550 a, 550 b may also be referred to collectively as the drive motor controllers 550 and generically as the drive motor controller 550. The deck motor controllers 555 a, 555 b may also be referred to collectively as the deck motor controllers 555 and generically as the deck motor controller 555. In some embodiments, one or more of the drive motor controllers 550 and deck motor controllers 555 are combined into a single motor controller, such that the ratio of motor controllers to motors is less than one-to-one.drive motor controllers - Each of the drive motor controllers 550 and the deck motor controllers 555 includes a respective electronic processor and a memory storing instructions that, when executed by the respective electronic processor, implement the functionality of the respective motor controllers described herein.
- The chive motor controllers 550 are configured to receive a reference command from the
vehicle control module 90 and, in response, control theirrespective drive motor 45 in accordance with the command. The reference command may indicate a desired speed, such as rotations per minute (RPM) or a percentage of a maximum speed (e.g., that is stored on a memory of the respective motor controller 550). In some embodiments, the reference command is an enable signal that causes the drive motor controller 550 to control the drive motor 45 (e.g., at a predetermined speed) or a disable signal that causes the drive motor controller 550 to control thechive motor 45 to stop. In some embodiments, the drive motor controllers 550 each include a proportional integral (PI)control loop 560. ThePI control loop 560 may be, for example, implemented in software instructions stored on the memory and executed by the processor of each of the drive motor controllers 550. ThePI control loop 560 is described in further detail with respect toFIGS. 23-25 . - Similarly, the deck motor controllers 555 are configured to receive a reference command from the
vehicle control module 90 and, in response, control theirrespective deck motor 40 in accordance with the command. The reference command may indicate a desired speed, such as rotations per minute (RPM) or a percentage of a maximum speed (e.g., that is stored on a memory of the respective motor controller 555). In some embodiments, the reference command is an enable signal that causes the deck motor controller 555 to control the deck motor 40 (e.g., at a predetermined speed) or a disable signal that causes the deck motor controller 555 to control thedeck motor 40 to stop. - In some embodiments, the
vehicle control module 90 is also configured to determine and communication maximum current levels for thedeck motors 40 and drivemotors 45, as described in further detail with respect toFIG. 21 . To determine the maximum current levels, thevehicle control module 90 uses a lookup table 565 and a total number ofdeck motors 40 and drivemotors 45, which may be known and stored within the memory 507. -
FIGS. 20A and 20B illustrate an embodiment of thebattery pack 252 in further detail. Although described with respect to thebattery pack 252, the illustration and description similarly applies to the battery packs 254, 256, and 258 (and to other battery packs described within the application). Thebattery pack 252 includes abattery controller 600 including a batteryelectronic processor 605 andbattery memory 610. Thebattery pack 252 further includesbattery cells 615, a state-of-charge (SOC)voltage sensor 620, cellgroup voltage sensors 625,temperature sensors 630, charge-discharge switches 635, and aterminal block 640. - The
battery memory 610 stores instructions that, when executed by the batteryelectronic processor 605, implement the functionality of thebattery controller 600 described herein. TheSOC voltage sensor 620 is configured to measure the voltage across the cells 615 (e.g., at a positive and negative terminal point for the entire set of the cells 615) and to provide the voltage measurement to thebattery controller 600, which is indicative of the state of charge of the cells 615 (and, thus, of the battery pack 252). The cellgroup voltage sensors 625 include a plurality of voltage sensors that each are configured to measure the voltage across a cell group of parallelly connected cells. For example, with reference toFIG. 20B , thecells 615 may be separated into groups of parallelly connected cells 645 a-n, where the groups are then connected in series. The cellgroup voltage sensors 625 may include a voltage sensor for each group of parallelly connected cells 645 a-n such that a voltage measurement is provided to thebattery controller 600 for each of the groups of parallelly connected cells 645 a-n. - Returning to
FIG. 20A , thetemperature sensors 630 include one or more temperature sensors arranged about thecells 615 to provide internal temperature measurements of thebattery pack 252 to thebattery controller 600. For example, with reference again toFIG. 20B , thetemperature sensors 630 include 630 a, 630 b, 630 c, and 630 d positioned at different locations among thetemperature sensors cells 615 to provide multiple internal temperature measurements of thebattery pack 252. - Returning to
FIG. 20A , theterminal block 640 includes the electrical connectors for thebattery pack 252, including the female contacts 168 (seeFIG. 11 ), which includes terminals for communication over the communication bus 630 (seeFIG. 19 ), for providing discharge power from thecells 615, and for receiving charging power for thecells 615. -
FIG. 21 illustrates a flow chart for apower distribution method 650 according to some embodiments. Although themethod 650 is described with respect to themower 10 as shown herein, themethod 650 may also be implemented on other mowers (e.g., having more or fewer drive motors, more or fewer deck motors, and more or fewer battery packs) or on other electric vehicles. - In
block 655, the mowerelectronic controller 500 determines a maximum steady state current value for the battery packs of thepower source 250. For example, to determine the maximum steady state current value, thevehicle control module 90 of the mowerelectronic controller 500 may receive the maximum steady state current value from themaster battery pack 252 of thepower source 250. In some embodiments, each of the battery packs 252, 254, 256, and 258 is configured to calculate its own maximum steady state current value and communicate this calculated value on thecommunication bus 530. Themaster battery pack 252, in turn, is configured to sum these calculated maximum steady state current values received from the 254, 256, and 258 along with the maximum steady state current value that theother packs master battery pack 252 calculated for itself. The stun of these calculated values may be provided by themaster battery pack 252 to thevehicle control module 90 as the maximum steady state current value for the battery packs of thepower source 250. - With reference to
FIGS. 20A and 20B , thebattery controller 600 of each 252, 254, 256, and 258 is configured to calculate its own maximum steady state current value based on one or more of a minimum cell voltage, a state of charge of the pack, and an internal temperature of the pack. For example, thebattery pack battery controller 600, of each pack, is configured to detect the voltage levels of each of the cell groups of thecells 615 and determine a minimum cell voltage from these detected levels (e.g., the lowest sensed voltage level from the cell group voltage sensors 625). Additionally, thebattery controller 600 is configured to determine a pack state of charge from theSOC voltage sensor 620, and to determine an internal temperature of the battery pack from the temperature sensors 630 (for example, the maximum or average detected temperature from thetemperature sensors 630 may be used as the internal temperature). - The
battery controller 600 may use the minimum cell voltage, state of charge, and internal temperature for the pack in one or more lookup tables and state machines (of the battery controller 600) to determine the maximum steady state current value for the pack. - As one example, when the minimum cell voltage of the pack is above a voltage threshold, the state of charge is above a charge threshold, and the internal pack temperature is below a temperature threshold, the
battery controller 600 may output a default maximum steady state current value (Imax_default). However, thebattery controller 600 may output a reduced maximum steady state current value (e.g., 50%, 60%, 75% of Imax_default) if any of the following occur: (i) the minimum cell voltage of the pack drops below the voltage threshold. (ii) the state of charge drops below a charge threshold, or (iii) the internal pack temperature rises above a temperature threshold. Each characteristic may have multiple thresholds to cause the maximum steady state current value to be successively reduced or increased as the thresholds are crossed. -
FIG. 22 illustrates two state diagrams that may be implemented by thebattery controller 600 to determine a maximum steady state current value (Imax). A first state diagram 656 relates the minimum cell voltage and state of charge to the maximum steady state current value (Imax_default), while the second state diagram 658 relates the internal pack temperature to the maximum steady state current value (Imax_default). The diagrams may be independently executed by thebattery controller 600, with the lower of the two calculated Imax values being selected as the maximum steady state current value for the battery pack. With reference to the first state diagram 656, when the state of charge is at or greater than 30% of a maximum state of charge, and the minimum cell voltage is at or greater than 3.65 volts (V). Imax is set to the maximum value (100% of Imax_default). However, Imax is set to 75% of Imax_default if either of the following conditions are met; (i) the state of charge drops below 25% or (ii) the minimum cell voltage drops below 3.45 V. However, if the internal pack temperature increases above 65 degrees Celsius, Imax is set to 50% of Imax_default, as the lower value of the two diagrams is selected (i.e., 50% from diagram 658 is lower than 75% from diagram 656). The various thresholds for moving between states are illustrated inFIG. 22 . These thresholds are merely examples of thresholds, and the actual thresholds may be greater than or less than those shown. Additionally, the Imax value for each state is an example value and the actual values for Imax may be greater than or less than those shown. Furthermore, in some embodiments, additional states (each with one or more respective thresholds for entering and exiting the state) are provided to increase the granularity of the changes to the maximum steady state current value. - As can be seen from the above discussion, generally, the
battery controller 600 reduces the maximum steady state current value for the pack based on one or more of the following: (i) the minimum cell voltage of the respective battery pack being below a voltage threshold, (ii) the pack state of charge of the respective battery pack being below a charge threshold, and (iii) the internal pack temperature of the respective battery pack being above a temperature threshold. Similarly, generally, thebattery controller 600 increases the maximum steady state current value for the pack based on one or more of the following: (i) the minimum cell voltage of the respective battery pack being above a voltage threshold. (ii) the pack state of charge of the respective battery pack being above a charge threshold, and (iii) the internal pack temperature of the respective battery pack being below a temperature threshold. - Returning to the
flow chart 650 ofFIG. 21 , inblock 660, the mowerelectronic controller 500 determines a maximum drive current value for one or more of thedrive motors 45 and a maximum deck current value for one or more of thedeck motors 40 based on the maximum steady state current value. For example, in some embodiments, the mowerelectronic controller 500 calculates a maximum aggregate drive motor current for the one ormore drive motors 45 and a maximum aggregate deck motor current for the one ormore deck motors 40 based on the maximum steady state current value using the lookup table 565 (FIG. 19 ) that maps the maximum steady state current value from themaster battery pack 252 to the maximum aggregate drive motor current and the maximum aggregate deck motor current. In general, the stun of the maximum aggregate drive motor current and the maximum aggregate deck motor current equals or approximately equals the maximum steady state current value received from themaster battery pack 252. Also, in some embodiments, the maximum aggregate deck motor current is assigned a value that is greater than a value assigned to the maximum aggregate drive motor current. In some embodiments, the maximum aggregate deck motor current is approximately 55-60% of the maximum steady state current value, while the maximum aggregate drive current is 40-45% of the maximum steady state current value. - In some embodiments, the mower
electronic controller 500 divides the maximum aggregate drive motor current by a total number of the plurality of drive motors (e.g., by two, in themower 10 that is illustrated) to determine the maximum chive current value for each of the one ormore drive motors 45. - In some embodiments, the mower
electronic controller 500 divides the maximum aggregate deck motor current by a total number of the plurality of deck motors (e.g., by three, in themower 10 that is illustrated) to determine the maximum deck current value for each of the one ormore deck motors 40. - In some embodiments, the
vehicle control module 90 of the mowerelectronic controller 500 performs the calculation of the maximum aggregate drive motor current, the maximum aggregate deck motor current, the maximum drive current value for each of the one ormore drive motors 45, and the maximum deck current value for each of the one ormore deck motors 40. In some embodiments, thevehicle control module 90 provides the determined maximum drive current value for each of the one ormore drive motors 45 to each of the drive motor controllers 550 and provides the determined maximum deck current value for each of the one ormore deck motors 40 to each of the deck motor controllers 555. - In
block 665, the mowerelectronic controller 500 controls the one ormore drive motors 45 to maintain a respective motor current of the one ormore drive motors 45 below the maximum drive current value. For example, each of the chive motor controllers 550 may determine motor current for a respective one of thedrive motors 45 from respectivecurrent sensors 520. When one of the drive motor controllers 550 determines that the motor current for adrive motor 45 reaches the maximum drive current value, the drive motor controller 550 provides control signals to reduce the current of thedrive motor 45. For example, to reduce the current of thechive motor 45, the drive motor controller 550 may reduce the duty cycle of a pulse width modulated (PWM) control signal being provided to thedrive motor 45. - In
block 670, the mowerelectronic controller 500 controls the one ormore deck motors 40 to maintain a respective motor current of the one ormore deck motors 40 below the maximum drive current value. For example, each of the deck motor controllers 555 may determine motor current for a respective one of thedeck motors 40 from respective current sensors 524. When one of the deck motor controllers 555 determines that the motor current for adeck motor 40 reaches the maximum drive current value, the deck motor controller 555 provides control signals to reduce the current of thedeck motor 40. For example, to reduce the current of thedeck motor 40, the deck motor controller 555 may reduce the duty cycle of a pulse width modulated (PWM) control signal being provided to thedeck motor 40. - In some embodiments, each
deck motor 40 and drivemotor 45 may be a brushless motor with a permanent magnet rotor and with stator coils selective energized with power from the power source 250 (i.e., the battery packs) by a switch bridge. The switch bridge may include one or more power switching elements, such as field effect transistors (FETs), that are selectively activated and deactivated by PWM signals provided by the associated motor controller 550 or 555. By increasing the duty cycle of the PWM signals, the stator coils are energized for longer periods, generally increasing the current drawn by the motor, the motor torque, and/or the motor speed. By decreasing the duty cycle of the PWM signals, the stator coils are energized for shorter periods, generally decreasing the current drawn by the motor, the motor torque, and/or the motor speed. In some embodiments, one or more of thedeck motors 40 and drivemotors 45 are brushed motors, which may also be controlled based on a PWM signal (from the motor controller 550 or 555) driving a power switching element connected in series with each respective brushed motor. - In some embodiments, the
deck motor 40 and thedrive motor 45 may also operate as generators and provide regenerative current back to the power source 250 (i.e., to charge one or more of the battery packs 252, 254, 256, and 258). For example, to brake thedeck motor 40 or thedrive motor 45, the one or more power switching elements may be selectively activated and deactivated such that induced current in the stator coils of the 40 and 45 caused by the rotating rotor magnets of themotors motor 40 ormotor 45 is directed back towards thepower source 250. In such examples, the maximum drive current value and maximum deck current value may be used by the respective deck and drive motor controllers 555, 550 to limit the regenerative current provided back to thepower source 250. For example, to limit the regenerative current provided back to thepower source 250, the deck and drive motor controllers 555, 550 may respectively reduce the PWM duty cycle for the power switching elements when regenerative current from the one or more of the 40, 45 reaches their respective maximum current values. Accordingly, in some embodiments, in addition to or instead ofmotors 665 and 670, one or more of the drive motor controllers 550 is configured to provide regenerative current from thesteps respective drive motors 45 to thepower source 250 while maintaining the regenerative current below the maximum drive current value, and one or more of the deck motor controller 555 is configured to provide regenerative current from therespective deck motors 40 to thepower source 250 while maintaining the regenerative current below the maximum deck current value. - In some embodiments, a maximum deck charge current and maximum drive charge current value are determined separately from the maximum drive current value and maximum deck current value. In these embodiments, the maximum deck charge current and maximum drive charge current value are used to limit the regenerative current, rather than using the maximum drive and deck current values to limit the regenerative current. In these embodiments, a similar process as indicated in
655 and 660 may be used to determine the maximum deck and drive charge current values. For example, thesteps vehicle control module 90 may determine a maximum steady state charge current value using a similar process as instep 655, where thevehicle control module 90 receives the maximum steady state charge current value from themaster battery pack 252 of thepower source 250. Further, thevehicle control module 90 may determine the maximum deck and drive charge current values based on the maximum steady state charge current value, using a similar apportionment scheme as described with respect to step 660. -
FIG. 23 illustrates the proportional integral (PI)control loop 560 of the mowerelectronic controller 500 and, more particularly, of the drive motor controllers 550, according to some embodiments. At least in some embodiments, thePI control loop 560 creates a highly responsive driving experience in themower 10 that provides smoother operation of themower 10 through its entire operating speed range using an adjustable proportional factor that varies based on drive speed of themower 10. ThePI control loop 560 results in low speed operation that is agile and responsive, allowing for easy maneuvering of the mower decks around obstacles, and results in high-speed control with smooth adjustments in maneuvers without spasmodic operation. - With reference to
FIG. 23 , thePI control loop 560 includes anerror detector 710 that receives a desired speed value as areference input 705 and a sensed speed value from thespeed sensors 522 as a feedback input. Theerror detector 710 determines a difference between thereference input 705 and the feedback input (e.g., by subtracting the feedback input from the reference input 705), and outputs an error signal indicative of the difference. The error signal is then provided to a proportional term branch of thePI control loop 560 and to an integral term branch of thePI control loop 560. The proportional term branch includes a variableproportional multiplier 715 and proportional coefficient (Kp) 720. The variableproportional multiplier 715 multiplies the error signal by a proportional term adjustment factor (Kp factor) and provides the output (an intermediate proportional term) to theproportional coefficient Kp 720. The intermediate proportional term is multiplied by theproportional coefficient Kp 720 to adjust the value on the proportional term branch further, and the resulting output is provided to asummation block 725. The proportional term branch further includes a speed-to-Kp factor map 730 that receives the sensed speed value from thespeed sensors 522. Themap 730 maps the sensed speed value to aKp factor 720 and provides theKp factor 720 to the variableproportional multiplier 715. - The integral term branch includes an
integral coefficient Ki 735. The error signal is multiplied by theintegral coefficient Ki 735 and the resulting output is provided to the integrator 740. The integrator 740 integrates the output from theintegral coefficient Ki 735, and the resulting output is provided to thesummation block 725. Thesummation block 725 sums the outputs from the proportional term branch and the integral term branch and provides the sum to thecontrol block 745. Thecontrol block 745 translates the output to a PWM duty cycle value and provides the PWM duty cycle value to thedrive motor 45 to control thedrive motor 45. Thedrive motor 45 may then be controlled in accordance with the PWM duty cycle value as previously described. - Although the values illustrated in the
PI control loop 560 are labeled, such as with RPM, PWM, the actual values may be encoded version of such values and not have the particular units noted or shown. For example, the RPM speed sensor signal may be an analog signal between 0-5 volts that is proportional to an RPM value or may be a digitized version of the analog signal (e.g., in a 16-bit binary format). -
FIG. 24 illustrates a flow chart for a PIcontrol loop method 750 according to some embodiments. Although themethod 750 is described with respect to themower 10 as shown herein, themethod 750 may also be implemented on other mowers (e.g., having more or fewer drive motors, more or fewer deck motors, and more or fewer battery packs) or on other electric vehicles. Further, for purposes of explanation, themethod 750 will be described with respect to the (left) maneuveringcontrol arm 72 a, thechive motor controller 550 a, and the (left) drivemotor 45 associated with thedrive motor controller 550 a and (left) maneuveringcontrol arm 72 a. However, themethod 750 is similarly applicable to the (right) maneuveringcontrol arm 72 b, thedrive motor controller 550 b, and the (right)chive motor 45 associated with thedrive motor controller 550 b and (right) maneuveringcontrol arm 72 b. That is, themethod 750 may be executed independently to control thechive motor 45 on the left side of the mower 10 (the left drive motor 45) and to control thedrive motor 45 on the right side of the mower 10 (the right drive motor 45). - In
block 755, the mowerelectronic controller 500 determines a desired motor speed based on an output from themaneuvering control sensor 510. For example, as previously described, themaneuvering control sensor 510 may sense the angle of the associatedmaneuvering control arm 72 a and provide an output to the mowerelectronic controller 500 indicative of the sensed angle. In some embodiments, thevehicle control module 90 may in turn translate the sensed angle to a desired motor speed (e.g., the desiredmotor speed 705 ofFIG. 23 ) for theleft drive motor 45. For example, thevehicle control module 90 may include a lookup table that maps each sensed angle to a desired motor speed. Thevehicle control module 90 may then provide the desired motor speed to thedrive motor controller 550 a for theleft drive motor 45. In some embodiments, the output from themaneuvering control arm 72 a is provided directly to thedrive motor controller 550 a and translated to a desired motor speed locally by thedrive motor controller 550 a, rather than by way of thevehicle control module 90. Ultimately, the desired motor speed is provided to thePI control loop 560 of thedrive motor controller 550 a. - In
block 760, the mowerelectronic controller 500 determines a sensed motor speed based on an output from thespeed sensor 522 indicative of the motor speed of theleft drive motor 45. For example, as previously described, thespeed sensor 522 may be, for example, a rotary encoder, a Hall sensor configured to detect passing rotor magnets of the respective motors, or another sensor type. For example, in some embodiments, thespeed sensor 522 outputs an analog or digital signal indicative of the rotations per minute (RPMs) of theleft drive motor 45. The sensed motor speed is provided to thePI control loop 560 of thedrive motor controller 550 a. - In block 765, the mower
electronic controller 500 determines a proportional term adjustment factor based on the sensed motor speed. For example, with reference toFIG. 23 , thePI control loop 560 of the mowerelectronic controller 500 includes a speed-to-Kp factor map 730 that receives the sensed motor speed as an input and outputs the proportional term adjustment factor. Themap 730 may include a lookup table that maps the sensed motor speed to an associated proportional term adjustment factor. -
FIG. 25 illustrates agraph 770 of an example mapping that may be implemented by themap 730. Thegraph 770 illustrates that the mapping includes several regions including amaximum Kp region 772, ahigh Kp region 774, a linear region 776, alow KP region 778, and aminimum Kp region 780. When the speed sensor signal indicates that the motor speed is below a minimum speed threshold, themotor 45 is in themaximum Kp region 772 and themap 730 outputs a maximum Kp value. When the speed sensor signal indicates that the motor speed is between a minimum speed threshold and a low speed threshold, themotor 45 is in thehigh Kp region 774 and themap 730 outputs a Kp value according to a first linear relationship. When the speed sensor signal indicates that the motor speed is between a low speed threshold and a high speed threshold, themotor 45 is in the a linear region 776 and themap 730 outputs a Kp value according to a second linear relationship. When the speed sensor signal indicates that the motor speed is between a high speed threshold and a maximum speed threshold, themotor 45 is in the a linear region 776 and themap 730 outputs a Kp value according to a third linear relationship. Generally, the first linear relationship has a slope that is greater than a slope of the third linear relationship (in terms of absolute value), and the third linear relationship has a slope that is greater than a slope of the second linear relationship (in terms of absolute value). When the speed sensor signal indicates that the motor speed is above a maximum speed threshold, themap 730 is in theminimum Kp region 780 and outputs a minimum Kp value. Thegraph 770 is an example mapping of sped to Kp factors. In some embodiments, the thresholds and slopes of the regions 772-780 vary. In some embodiments, additional regions with additional associated thresholds and slopes are provided in themap 730. - Returning to
FIG. 24 , inblock 785, the mowerelectronic controller 500 controls thedrive motor 45 according to a proportional integral drive control loop having a proportional term and an integral term, wherein the proportional term is determined based on a difference between the desired motor speed and the sensed motor speed and based on the proportional term adjustment factor. For example, and with reference toFIG. 23 , thePI control loop 560 sends a control signal (a PWM duty cycle value) from thecontrol block 745 to thedrive motor 45, where the control signal is generated according to the proportional term generated from the proportional term branch of thePI control loop 560 and the integral term is generated according to the integral term branch of thePI control loop 560. Further, the proportional term is determined based on the difference between the desired motor speed (reference desired speed 705) and the sensed motor speed (from speed sensor 522) and based on the proportional term adjustment factor (Kp factor) from themap 730. Additional details and description for generating the control signal by thePI control loop 560 are provided above with respect toFIG. 23 . - Additionally, as noted, the
method 750 may be executed by the mowerelectronic controller 500 independently for eachdrive motor 45 of themower 10. Accordingly, theleft drive motor 45 may be controlled by the mowerelectronic controller 500 by thePI control loop 560 of thedrive motor controller 550 a simultaneously with theright drive motor 45 being controlled by the mowerelectronic controller 500 by thePI control loop 560 of thedrive motor controller 550 b. -
FIGS. 26-32 illustrates an off-board charger 800. The off-board charger 800 includes aframe 810, a pair ofground engaging members 814 that support afirst end 818 of theframe 810 relative to a ground surface 820 (FIG. 27 ), a restingsupport 822 that supports asecond end 826 of theframe 810 above theground surface 820, and ahandle 830 supported by theframe 810. The off-board charger further defines abattery compartment 834 that is supported by theframe 810 and acharger compartment 838 that is supported by theframe 810 and positioned adjacent thebattery compartment 834. Thecharger compartment 838 includes acover 839. In the illustrated embodiment, the pair ofground engaging members 814 are wheels that rotate about anaxis 840. The restingsupport 822 is coupled to theframe 810 and extends from thefirst end 818 of the off-board charger 800 to thesecond end 826. When the off-board charger 800 is in a resting position, theground engaging members 814 and the restingsupport 822 engage theground surface 820 to support theframe 810 of the off-board charger 800 relative to theground surface 820. - The
handle 830 is coupled to thebattery compartment 834 adjacent thefirst end 818 of theframe 810. As illustrated inFIGS. 27 and 28 , thehandle 830 is constructed to receive afirst force 842 that is transverse to thehandle 830 and theground surface 820 to thereby pivot theframe 810 about theaxis 840 of theground engaging members 814 to lift the restingsupport 822 off of theground surface 820 and enable wheeled transport of the off-board charger (FIG. 28 ). In other embodiments, thehandle 830 may be directly coupled to thefirst end 818 of theframe 810. In yet another embodiment, the off-board charger 800 may include two handles (e.g., one on each side of the battery compartment 834). As such, it should be appreciated that any connection of a handle adjacent thefirst end 818 of theframe 810 couples the handle to thefirst end 818 of theframe 810. - Now with reference to
FIGS. 27-29 , thehandle 830 is pivotably supported by theframe 810. For example, a first end of thehandle 830 is pivotably coupled to the battery compartment 834 (e.g., via a fastener) so thehandle 830 is movable between a storage position (FIG. 29 ) where thehandle 830 is at a first pivot angle 844 relative to the frame and a transport position (FIGS. 27 and 28 ) where thehandle 830 is at asecond pivot angle 846 relative to theframe 810. In the illustrated embodiment, the first pivot angle 844 is approximately 135 degrees and thesecond pivot angle 846 is approximately 45 degrees. - The off-
board charger 800 may further include ahandle support structure 848 coupled to thebattery compartment 834 and anadjustment mechanism 860 that selectively restricts pivotable movement of thehandle 830. In the illustrated embodiment, theadjustment mechanism 860 is a pin that extends between thehandle support structure 848 and thebattery compartment 834. In the transport position (FIG. 27 ), theadjustment mechanism 860 may engage with aslot 864 formed on thehandle 830 to rigidly secure thehandle 830 at thesecond pivot angle 846 relative to theframe 810. In some embodiments, thehandle 830 may pivot freely between astop surface 866 formed on thehandle support structure 848 and theadjustment mechanism 860. - Now with reference to
FIG. 31 , thebattery compartment 834 includes ahousing 902, alid 904, and alatch 906. The housing has abottom wall 910 andside walls 912 and defines anopening 914 amid an inner space of thebattery compartment 834. Thelid 904 is coupled to thehousing 902 and is movable between a closed condition (FIGS. 26-29 ) in which it covers the opening 914 (i.e., closes the housing 902) and an open condition (FIGS. 30 and 31 ) in which it provides access to the opening 914 (i.e., opens the housing 902). In the illustrated embodiment, thelid 904 is pivotally (more specifically, hingedly) coupled to a first end of thehousing 902. Thelatch 906 selectively secures thelid 904 in the closed condition. Briefly referring toFIG. 30 , in some embodiments, thelid 904 includes amagnet 916 and alid sensor 918, where thelid sensor 918 is magnetically actuatable, as described in further detail below. - Referring now to
FIGS. 30 and 31 , abattery interface 920 is mounted to thebottom wall 910 of thebattery compartment 834. The battery interface includes fourdocking stations 922, each includingalignment structures 924 andelectrical connectors 926. The inner space of thebattery compartment 834 and thebattery interface 920 is sized to receive 852, 854, 856, 858 (battery packs FIG. 30 ) through a gravity-biased connection. It should be appreciated that the battery packs 852, 854, 856, 858 are like battery packs 52, 54, 56, 58, described in detail above and, accordingly, the description of the battery packs 52, 54, 56, and 58 provided above similarly applies to the battery packs 852, 854, 856, and 858. - With continued reference to
FIG. 31 , thealignment structures 924 extend vertically from thebottom wall 910 of thebattery compartment 834. Thealignment structures 924 are structural elements that are relatively rigid and able to withstand impact loading that may arise as batteries are installed on theelectrical connectors 926 so that the batteries are properly aligned with theelectrical connectors 926 before the batteries engage theelectrical connectors 926. Theelectrical connectors 926 are betweenalignment structures 924. Within (e.g., between thealignment structures 924 and electrical connectors 926) and between eachdocking station 922 areslits 928 to allow debris to exit thebattery compartment 834 to reduce the likelihood of debris buildup. - In other embodiments, the
battery interface 920 may include more docking stations 922 (e.g., five, six, etc.) or fewer docking stations 922 (e.g., one, two, three, or four). It should be appreciated that thebattery interface 920 of the off-board charger 800 is similar to thebattery interface 120 described above. - Now with reference to
FIG. 32 , thecharger 800 is illustrated with thecover 839 removed. As revealed, thecharger compartment 838 encloses afirst charger 930 and asecond charger 934 that are supported by theframe 810 adjacent thebattery compartment 834. In the illustrated embodiment, the first and 930, 934 are coupled to an outer portion of the housing 902 (e.g., via fasteners). The first andsecond chargers 930, 934 respectively include a firstsecond chargers power input connector 938 and a second power input connector 942, which may be coupled to an external power source (e.g., as described in further detail with respect toFIGS. 36-37 ) to provide power to the off-board charger 800. While the illustrated embodiment of the off-board charger 800 includes two 930, 934, it should be appreciated that additional chargers (e.g., three, four, five, six, seven, eight, etc.) may be supported by thechargers frame 810. Additional chargers may increase the charging speed of the off-board charger (e.g., by increasing the available charging current) or allow more batteries to be charged (e.g., if thebattery interface 920 includes more docking stations). Each of thechargers 930, 934 (and additional chargers) may be readily connected to the off-board charger 800 with a mechanical connection (e.g., bolts or other fasteners securing each charger within the charger compartment 838) and an electrical connection (e.g., plugging the chargers into connectors on the off-board charger 800). -
FIG. 33 provides a bottom perspective view of the off-board charger 800 with the restingsupport 822 and a bottom cover removed, exposing an underside of a bus bar anddocking station base 950, also referred to as thebase 950. The top side of the base 950 forms a part of thebottom wall 910 and includes thedocking stations 922, as shown inFIG. 34 . Additionally, positive and 952 and 954, which are configured to provide a connection to thenegative power lines 930 and 934, at least indirectly, are shown extending away from the base 950 (disconnected). With reference tochargers FIG. 34 , aconnector 956 is provided to connect the communication lines (e.g., CAN bus lines) of the 930 and 934 to thechargers base 950. - In some embodiments, a cable harness is provided to connect the
930 and 934 to thechargers base 950. The cable harness may include power and ground cables as well as one or more communication lines (collectively referred to as a communication cable). The cable harness may further have a first (bus bar-side) connection end including first ends of the power, ground, and communication cables and a second (charger-side) connection end including second ends of the power, ground, and communication cables. Theframe 20 may include first power and ground studs (not shown) in thecharger compartment 838 providing a connection point between the 952 and 954 and the cable harness. More particularly, thepower lines 952 and 954 are respectively connected to the first power and ground studs, and the first ends of the power and ground cables of the cable harness are also respectively coupled to the first power and ground studs. Additionally, the first end of the communication cable of the cable harness may be coupled to thepower lines connector 956. Turning to the second end of the cable harness, the second ends of the power and ground cables may be coupled to second power and ground studs of theframe 20 that are located closer to the 930 and 934. Thechargers frame 20 may further include first and second charging ports (see, e.g., chargingports 224, 228 shown inFIG. 12A ) that each include respective power and ground connections to the second power and ground studs. Additionally, the second end of the communication cable may be split into two connection points with shared communication lines, with the first connection point coupled to the first charging port and the second connection point coupled to the second charging port. To complete the connections between the 930, 934 and thechargers base 950, thecharger 930 may include a first charging plug (similar to the chargingplug 214 ofFIG. 12A ) that couples to the first charging port and thecharger 934 may include a second charging plug (similar to the charging plug 218) that couples to the second charging port. The cable harness may further include a communication line of the communication cable that is coupled to a lid sensor (see, e.g., alid sensor 1035 ofFIG. 37 ). - With reference to
FIG. 35 , abus bar 958 is within a cavity of thebase 950. Thebus bar 958 includes a printedcircuit board 960 with signal traces 962 (e.g. copper foil that remains after etching) for the communication lines between the 930 and 934 and the communication terminals of the docking stations 922 (and, thus, connected battery packs). Thechargers bus bar 958 also includesconductive plates 964 mounted thereon to transfer power between the 930 and 934, connected to thechargers conductive plates 964 at 966 and 968, and the power terminals of thepower terminals docking stations 922, which are mounted on or through the printed circuit board and conductively connected to theconductive plates 964. Theconductive plates 964 are rated for conducting higher current levels (e.g., higher than the signal traces) to enable high current charging of battery packs connected to the docking stations. Theconductive plates 964 enable higher power connections without large (high current) traces on the printedcircuit board 960, which can be costly and space consuming. On the top side of the printedcircuit board 960 are terminals of thedocking stations 922 configured to electrically connect with battery packs 852, 854, 856, 858 (when coupled to the docking stations 922). Accordingly, thebus bar 958 provides communication and power connections between the 930 and 934 and battery packs connected to thechargers docking stations 922. In some embodiments, thebus bar 131 inFIG. 6 is similar to thebus bar 958 and a similar description of thebus bar 958 provided herein applies to thebus bar 131. -
FIG. 36 illustrates a block diagram of the off-board charger 800, according to some embodiments. In the illustrated embodiments, the off-board charger 800 includes thefirst charger 930 and thesecond charger 934, as well as four 252, 254, 256, and 258 (which may be, for example, the battery packs 852, 854, 856, and 858 shown inbattery packs FIG. 30 ). However, in some embodiments, the off-board charger 800 includes fewer chargers or more chargers than two chargers. Additionally, in some embodiments, the off-board charger 800 includes fewer battery packs or more battery packs than four battery packs. - Each
930, 934 includes acharger charging switching network 1000, arectifier 1002, and acharger controller 1005. Thecharger controller 1005 includes anelectronic processor 1010 and amemory 1015 that stores instructions that are executed by theelectronic processor 1010 to implement the functionality of thecharger controller 1005 described herein. - The off-
board charger 800 is coupled to anexternal power source 1020, which may be an alternative current (AC) power utility grid, an AC engine-generator, an AC inverter that inverts DC power from solar panels, batteries, or another DC source to AC power, or another source. Theexternal power source 1020 may be, for example, a 120 V, 60 Hz AC source or a 220 V, 50 Hz AC source. Each 930, 934 is coupled to thecharger external power source 1020 via an independent connection. More particularly, thefirst charger 930 is coupled to theexternal power source 1020 via afirst power cable 1025 a that connects the firstpower input connector 938 of the charger to afirst outlet 1029 a of theexternal power source 1020. Thesecond charger 934 is coupled to theexternal power source 1020 via asecond power cable 1025 b that connects the second power input connector 942 of the charger to asecond outlet 1029 b of theexternal power source 1020. - In some embodiments, the
first outlet 1029 a and thesecond outlet 1029 b are wall outlets (e.g., in a residential or commercial building or garage) that are each on a separate circuit of theexternal power source 1020. For example, theexternal power source 1020 may include an electrical panel coupled to the utility grid to receive power and distributing power via (i) a first circuit branch having a first current limit (e.g., 15 or 20 Amps) and being associated with a first circuit breaker and (ii) a second circuit branch having a second current limit (e.g., 15 or 20 Amps) and being associated with a second circuit breaker. Thefirst outlet 1029 a may be coupled to the first circuit branch and thesecond outlet 1029 b may be coupled to the second circuit branch. Accordingly, the overall current that thecharger 800 may draw from theexternal power source 1020 without tripping a circuit breaker may be larger (e.g., at 30 or 40 Amps) than if a single connection was provided to theexternal power source 1020 for both 930 and 934. Additionally, because eachchargers 930, 934 is connected to an independent circuit, even if one circuit breaker trips for one of thecharger 1029 a or 1029 b, the other outlet may still be providing power and theoutlets charger 800 may be able to continue to charge. - The
charger 800 further includesconnector circuitry 1030 with alid sensor 1035. Thebattery compartment 834 includes a bank of one or more batteries (e.g., the battery packs 852, 854, 856, 858), one of which may be identified as amaster battery pack 252 and the remaining ones of which may be identified as a plurality of slave battery packs 254, 256, 258 (e.g., three in the illustrated embodiment). In other embodiments, thepower source 250 may include more battery packs (e.g., five, six, seven, etc.) or fewer battery packs (e.g., two, three, one). The one or more battery packs of the battery compartment 834 (e.g., battery packs 252, 254, 256, and 258) are coupled to the one or 930, 934 by themore chargers connector circuitry 1030 and a power andcommunication bus 1040. - Each
rectifier 1002 is configured to receive and convert AC power from theexternal power source 1020 to direct current (DC) power for output to thecharging switching network 1000 of the same charger. Therectifier 1002 may be passive or active, and, in some embodiments, includes additional power conditioning components (e.g., one or more filters, DC-to-DC boost or buck converters, and the like). Eachcharger controller 1005 is configured to control the charging switching network 1000 (of the same charger) to selectively supply charging current to the one or more battery packs of thebattery compartment 834 via the positive and negative lines of thebus 1040. For example, in some embodiments, each chargingswitching network 1000 includes one or more power switching elements (e.g., field effect transistors) that may be selectively activated by a control signal from thecharger controller 1005 to enable DC power received from the associatedrectifier 1002 to flow through positive and negative terminals on thebus 1040 to the one or more battery packs of thebattery compartment 834. - In some embodiments, a similar technique as described above with the
mower 10 is implemented to determine which 252, 254, 256, 258 is thebattery pack master battery pack 252. For example, an identification number is assigned to each 252, 254, 256, 258 (e.g., one, two, three, four, etc.), and thebattery pack 252, 254, 256, 258 with the lowest identification number is selected as thebattery pack master battery pack 252 and the remaining battery packs are slave battery packs 254, 256, 258. As previous described with respect to themower 10, the battery packs themselves may communicate amongst one another to determine which of the battery packs has the lowest identification number and, therefore, is the designated master battery pack. If themaster battery pack 252 is removed from the battery interface, the battery packs may communicate and automatically reassign the 254, 256, 258 with the lowest identification number to be theslave battery pack master battery pack 252. Similarly, if an additional battery pack is attached to thebattery interface 120, the battery packs may communicate and automatically assign the additional battery pack to be themaster battery pack 252 when the newly added battery pack has the lowest identification number, and otherwise identify the newly added battery pack as a slave battery pack. - Additionally, in some embodiments, a similar technique as described above with the
mower 10 is used to implement a priority charging method for the 252, 254, 256, 258. For example, thebattery pack master battery pack 252 communicates with the first and 930, 934 and the slave battery packs 254, 256, 258 to determine the priority charging method. Thesecond chargers master battery pack 252 may communicate with the first and second chargers or the slave battery packs themselves to request charging of a single battery pack (e.g., for sequential charging) or a plurality of battery packs (e.g., two, three, four, etc.) in parallel. -
FIG. 37 illustrates interconnections of thecharger 800 in further detail, including details of thebus 1040 and of theconnector circuitry 1030. Thebus 1040 is illustrated to include positive and negative power lines, a CAN-H communication line, and a CAN-L communication line connecting the one or 930, 934 with themore chargers battery pack 252. Theconnector circuitry 1030 includescharger receptacles 1050, charger plugs 1055, and asafety circuit 1057. In some embodiments, thecharger receptacles 1050 and the lines of thebus 1040 coupling thecharger receptacles 1050 to thebattery pack 252 are formed as part of thebus bar 958, described with respect toFIG. 35 . - More specifically, each of the first and
930, 934 are coupled tosecond chargers charger receptacles 1050 of the off-board charger 800. In particular, acharger plug 1055 of each of the first and 930, 934 is coupled tosecond chargers respective charger receptacles 1050. Thecharger plug 1055 andcharger receptacle 1050 connect positive and negative terminals of the first and 930, 934 to positive and negative terminals of thesecond chargers battery pack 252, respectively. Additionally, thecharger plug 1055 andcharger receptacle 1050 connect communication bus terminals (e.g., CAN-H and CAN-L terminals) of the first and 930, 934 to communication bus terminals of thesecond chargers battery pack 252. Additionally, each of the charger plugs 1055 includes ajumper 1060 that connects two terminals of therespective charger receptacle 1050. - The
safety circuit 1057 includes conductive lines (e.g., wires, traces on a circuit board, etc.) between a wake terminal of thebattery pack 252, a pack out terminal, and a safety terminal of thebattery pack 252, as well as thelid sensor 1035 and thejumpers 1060 of the one or more charger plugs 1055 that may be present. In some instances, the lines connected to the wake terminal, pack out terminal, and safety terminal of thesafety circuit 1057 may also be considered part of thebus 1040. - In some embodiments, the positive terminal, negative terminal, CAN-H terminal, CAN-L terminal, wake terminal, pack out terminal, and safety terminal illustrated in
FIG. 37 are part of theterminal block 640 illustrated inFIG. 20A . - The
lid sensor 1035 ofFIG. 37 may take different forms. For example, in some embodiments, thelid sensor 918 ofFIG. 30 serves as thelid sensor 1035. Thelid sensor 918 is a magnetically actuated switch that is actuated to close (i.e., allow current flow) when themagnet 916 mounted on thelid 904 is positioned within a range of thelid sensor 918 when thelid 904 is closed, and that is actuated to open (i.e., interrupt current flow) when themagnet 916 mounted on thelid 904 is positioned outside of the range of thelid sensor 918 when thelid 904 is open. Returning toFIG. 37 , in some embodiments, thelid sensor 1035 is a mechanically actuatable switch that is mechanically actuated to close when thelid 904 is closed, and that is mechanically actuated to open when thelid 904 is open. For example, with reference back toFIG. 30 , the mechanically actuatable switch may include a spring-biased push button (not shown) located at an interface where thelid 904 meets thehousing 902 when thelid 904 closes, such that the push button is biased open when thelid 904 is open and is depressed by a portion of thelid 904 when thelid 904 is closed. -
FIG. 38 illustrates a flow chart for asecure charging method 1100 according to some embodiments. Inblock 1105, a docking station of thebattery compartment 834 of thecharger 800 receives a battery pack (e.g., the battery pack 852), as described above with respect toFIG. 30 . Inblock 1110, thebattery controller 600 of the receivedbattery pack 252 provides an output signal via a pack out terminal of thebattery pack 252 to thesafety circuit 1057 of the off-board charger 800. For example, thebattery controller 600 may periodically output a low voltage signal (e.g., 3.3 or 5 volts) on the pack out terminal, as controlled by a standby software loop or a timer of thebattery controller 600. - In
block 1115, thebattery controller 600 receives the output signal from thesafety circuit 1057 as a wake signal via the wake terminal. For example, as illustrated inFIG. 37 , the pack out terminal and the wake terminal of thebattery pack 252 may be coupled by conductive lines and ajumper 1060 of thecharger plug 1055. Thus, when no charger is present (and thus, nocharger plug 1055 orjumper 1060 is present), or when thebattery pack 252 is not coupled to thecharger 800 or another device, the output signal from the pack out terminal is not received by the wake terminal. - In
block 1120, thebattery controller 600 receives a safety signal from thelid sensor 1035 via the safety terminal of thebattery pack 252. The safety signal is indicative of whether thelid 904 for thebattery compartment 834 is closed. For example, thelid sensor 1035 may include a switch (as illustrated inFIG. 37 ) that closes when thelid 904 is closed, and that opens when thelid 904 is open. The switch has an input side coupled to the pack out terminal of thebattery pack 252 and an output side coupled to the safety terminal of thebattery pack 252. Accordingly, when the switch of thelid sensor 1035 is closed, the output signal sent on the pack out terminal of thebattery pack 252 returns via the switch of thelid sensor 1035 as the safety signal at the safety terminal of thebattery pack 252. Thus, thebattery controller 600 is configured to determine whether the lid is open (or closed) based on the safety signal (or absence of the safety signal). - In
block 1125, thebattery controller 600 enables charging of thebattery pack 252 in response to receipt of the wake signal and the safety signal. For example, in response to receiving the wake signal and the safety signal, thebattery controller 600 first awakens from a standby mode into a normal operation mode. In some embodiments, the standby mode is a low power mode in which thecontroller 600 consumes less power with reduced functionality and in which thebattery pack 252 may not be charged or discharged. In the normal operation mode, thecontroller 600 returns to normal functionality and power consumption, and thebattery pack 252 may be charged (when coupled to the charger 800) or may be discharged (e.g., when coupled to the mower 10). More particularly, once awakened, to enable charging of thebattery pack 252, thebattery controller 600 is configured to enable one or more charge switches of the charge/discharge switches 635 (seeFIG. 20A ) providing a connection between the positive and negative terminals of thebattery pack 252 and thecells 615. In some embodiments, thebattery controller 600 is already in a normal operation mode when the wake signal and safety signal are received, and thebattery controller 600 proceeds to enable charging of thebattery pack 252 in response to the wake signal and safety signal without first awakening out of a standby mode. In contrast to enabling charging, to disable charging of thebattery pack 252, for example, when either of the wake signal or the safety signal is not received by thebattery controller 600, thebattery controller 600 disables one or more charge switches of the charge/discharge switches 635 (seeFIG. 20A ) to interrupt the connection between the positive and negative terminals of thebattery pack 252 and thecells 615. - In some embodiments, the
battery pack 252 provides feedback to a user upon receipt of the wake signal and the safety signal. For example, thebattery pack 252 illuminates a light source (e.g., a light emitting diode (LED)) on a top surface of thebattery pack 252 or generated an audible beep. Accordingly, a user can readily determine whether a battery pack has been properly inserted into the off-board battery charger 800 (or mower 10). - In some embodiments, the
battery controller 600 includes other preconditions before enabling charging of thebattery pack 252 in addition to receiving the wake signal and the safety signal. For example, as another precondition to enabling charging, thebattery controller 600 may await a communication from one or more battery packs (e.g., battery packs 254, 256, and 258) or from one or more of the 930, 934 over the communications lines (CAN-H and CAN-L) of thechargers bus 1040. Thebattery controller 600 may also implement one or more of the priority charging schemes noted above with respect to charging battery packs on themower 10 and, accordingly, another precondition is that thebattery pack 252 is selected for charging based on the applicable priority charging scheme. - In
block 1130, after charging of thebattery pack 252 is enabled, thebattery pack 252 receives charge current from one or more of thechargers 930, 934 (also referred to as a charging circuit). For example,battery pack 252 may communicate a request for charging current over the communication lines (CAN-H and CAN-L) of thebus 1040 to thecharger controller 1005 of each of the one or more chargers of the off-board charger 800. In response to the request, each of thecharger controllers 1005 controls its associated chargingswitching network 1000 to provide charging current from therectifier 1002 over the power lines of thebus 1040 to thebattery pack 252. - While the
method 1100 is described with respect to charging thebattery pack 252, the method is similarly applicable to the other battery packs that may be inserted into the battery compartment (e.g., the battery packs 254, 256, and 258). For example, inFIG. 39 , asecond battery pack 254 is shown coupled to the off-board charger 800. As shown, the battery packs 252 and 254 (as well as further battery packs, when inserted into the battery compartment 834) are coupled in parallel such that like terminals of the battery packs are coupled together via thebus 1040 and theconnector circuitry 1030. Each 252, 254, 256, and 258 is configured to independently execute thebattery pack method 1100. Because of the parallel connection, an output signal via the pack out terminal of any of the coupled battery packs will be received by the wake terminal of all the parallelly connected battery packs. Additionally, when thelid sensor 1035 is actuated (because thelid 904 is closed), the output signal from the pack out terminal of any of the coupled battery packs will be received by the safety terminal of each of the parallelly connected battery packs in thebattery compartment 834. For example, an output signal from the pack out terminal of thebattery pack 252 will be received by the wake terminal of both thebattery pack 252 and of thebattery pack 254 and, if thelid sensor 1035 is actuated, by the safety terminal of both thebattery pack 252 and of thebattery pack 254. - Although
FIGS. 36-39 are described with respect to the off-board charger 800, in some embodiments, similar components and functions are included on themower 10. For example, the diagrams ofFIGS. 36, 37, and 39 may also represent an arrangement of themower 10 in that the one or 930, 934 may be present on the mower 10 (i.e., physically supported by the mower 10) or electrically coupled to the mower 10 (but located off of the mower 10), and themore chargers connector circuitry 1030 andbus 1040 may connect the one or 930, 934 to the bank of battery packs 252, 254, 256, and 258 (i.e., the power source 250). Additionally, the one ormore chargers 930, 934 may be selectively mounted to or coupled to themore chargers mower 10 such that, in some instances, themower 10 is connected to just onecharger 930, while in other instances, themower 10 is connected to two or 930, 934. Additionally, themore chargers mower 10 with one or more of the battery packs (e.g., the battery packs 252, 254, 256, and 258) may implement themethod 1100 ofFIG. 38 . - Further, in some embodiments when the
mower 10 implements themethod 1100, the method further includes enabling discharging of the battery pack, by thebattery controller 600, in response to receipt of the wake signal and the safety signal. For example, once awakened, to disable charging of thebattery pack 252, thebattery controller 600 is configured to enable one or more discharge switches of the charge/discharge switches 635 (seeFIG. 20A ) providing a connection between the positive and negative terminals of thebattery pack 252 and thecells 615. Additionally, thebattery pack 252 provides current to a motor of themower 10 after the enabling of discharging, such as one or more of thedrive motors 45 anddeck motors 40. In some embodiments when themethod 1100 is implemented on themower 10, instep 1125, instead of enabling charging, thebattery controller 600 enables discharging and, instep 1130, thebattery pack 252 provides discharge current to one or more of thedrive motors 45 and deck motors 40 (rather than receiving charge current). In some of these embodiments of themethod 1100 implemented on themower 10,step 1125 is further delineated into substeps. In a first substep, thebattery controller 600 enables discharging at a first level (e.g., 7 amperes). In a second substep, thebattery controller 600 then communicates with thevehicle control module 90 while thevehicle control module 90 performs a status check of components (see, e.g., discussion above regarding live to drive feature). In a third substep, after thevehicle control module 90 completes the status check and confirms that the predetermined conditions are satisfied, thevehicle control module 90 sends a message to thebattery controller 600 indicating full power is now acceptable. In a fourth substep, in response to receipt of the message, thebattery controller 600 enables discharging at a second (higher) level (e.g., 240 amperes), which may be referred to as fill power. Then, instep 1130 of these embodiments, thebattery pack 252 provides discharge current to one or more of thedrive motors 45 and deck motors 40 (e.g., up to the second level of discharge current). -
FIG. 40 illustrates a flow chart for a maneuvering controlarm calibration method 1200 according to some embodiments. Although themethod 1200 is described with respect to themower 10 as shown herein, themethod 1200 may also be implemented on other mowers (e.g., having more or fewer drive motors, more or fewer deck motors, and more or fewer battery packs) or on other electric vehicles. Further, for purposes of explanation, themethod 1200 will be described with respect to theleft control arm 72 a, thedrive motor controller 550 a, and the (left) drivemotor 45 associated with thedrive motor controller 550 a. However, themethod 1200 is similarly applicable to theright control arm 72 b, thechive motor controller 550 b, and the (right) drivemotor 45 associated with thedrive motor controller 550 b. That is, themethod 1200 may be executed independently to calibrate theleft control arm 72 a and to calibrate theright control arm 72 b. - In
block 1205, the mowerelectronic controller 500 operates in a calibration mode in response to a request received via a user interface (e.g., the system interface 74) of themower 10. For example, on theuser display 78 may be a touch screen that includes a mode select button (soft key) 1207 (see 41A). When depressed or touched, the modeselect button 1207 provides a request to the mowerelectronic controller 500 to enter the calibration mode. In some embodiments, the modeselect button 1207 is provided as an electro-mechanical push button (hard key) on the user interface (e.g., near or on a housing of the user display 78). - In
block 1210, while in the calibration mode, the mowerelectronic controller 500 inhibits driving of at least one drive motor (e.g., the drive motors 45). For example, while in the calibration mode, even though the 72 a or 72 b may be pushed forward or pulled back, thecontrol arms vehicle control module 90 will not generate control signals to themotor controllers 505 to drivemotors 45 so that themower 10 will not be controlled to move. Additionally, a parking brake of themower 10 may be actuated to prevent movement of themower 10 while in the calibration mode. - In block 1215, while in the calibration mode, the mower
electronic controller 500 identifies a neutral set parameter based on a first output value from the maneuvering control sensor 510 (a position sensor, seeFIG. 18 ) associated with a neutral position of theleft control arm 72 a. As previously described, thecontrol arm 72 a is coupled to theframe 20 at the pivot joint 73 a, and thecontrol arm 72 a is operable to pivot about the pivot joint 73 a through a range of motion that includes a forward range of positions, a neutral position, and a reverse range of positions. Themaneuvering control sensor 510 is configured to indicate an angular position of theleft control arm 72 a in the range of motion. For example, to themaneuvering control sensor 510 may include a position map (e.g., in a memory of the sensor) that maps potential sensed angles of the control arm to respective output values. Themaneuvering control sensor 510, in turn, senses an angle and outputs the output value mapped to the sensed angle by the position map. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the value output by themaneuvering control sensor 510 while theleft control arm 72 a is in the neutral position is identified as the neutral set parameter. This neutral set parameter may be stored in a memory of the mower electronic controller 500 (e.g., the vehicle control module memory 507 ofFIG. 19 ). - In some embodiments, in block 1215, before identifying the neutral set parameter, the mower
electronic controller 500 is configured to control thedisplay 78 of themower 10 to provide a first prompt on thedisplay 78 to instruct the operator of themower 10 to release thecontrol arm 72 a into the neutral position. For example, with reference toFIG. 41A , thedisplay 78 includes a neutral prompt 1216 instructing the operator to release thecontrol arm 72 a and a neutral mower graphic 1218 illustrating themower 10 with thecontrol arm 72 a in the neutral position. In some embodiments, as illustrated inFIG. 41A , the neutral mower graphic 1218 highlights the control arm that is being calibrated (i.e., theleft control arm 72 a inFIG. 41A , as opposed to theright control arm 72 b). - In some embodiments, in block 1215, to identify the first output value as the neutral set parameter, the mower
electronic controller 500 is configured to average output values from themaneuvering control sensor 510 over a period while theleft control arm 72 a is in the neutral position. For example, the period may be five seconds, or another similar time period. The determined average output value is then assigned as the neutral set parameter. - In
block 1220 and with additional reference toFIG. 41B , while in the calibration mode, the mowerelectronic controller 500 identifies a second output value from themaneuvering control sensor 510 associated with a maximum forward position of theleft control arm 72 a as a forward set parameter. For example, in some embodiments, the value output by themaneuvering control sensor 510 while theleft control arm 72 a is pushed forward by the operator (e.g., fully forward until mechanically limited, or as far as the operator can reach) is identified as the forward set parameter. This forward set parameter may be stored in a memory of the mower electronic controller 500 (e.g., the vehicle control module memory 507 ofFIG. 19 ). - In some embodiments, as seen in
FIG. 41B , inblock 1220, before identifying the forward set parameter, the mowerelectronic controller 500 is configured to control thedisplay 78 of themower 10 to provide a second prompt on thedisplay 78 to instruct the operator of themower 10 to push thecontrol arm 72 a into the forward position.FIG. 41B illustrates aforward prompt 1221 on thedisplay 78 instructing the operator to push theleft control arm 72 a completely forward and a forward mower graphic 1223 illustrating themower 10 with thecontrol arm 72 a in the forward position. In some embodiments, as illustrated inFIG. 41B , the forward mower graphic 1223 highlights the control arm that is being calibrated (i.e., theleft control arm 72 a inFIG. 41A , as opposed to theright control arm 72 b). - In some embodiments, in
block 1220, to identify the second output value as the forward set parameter, the mowerelectronic controller 500 is configured to detect the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while thecontrol arm 72 a is in the forward range (e.g., over a period, such as five seconds, or until thecontrol arm 72 a is released and returns to the neutral position). This output value with the greatest difference is then identified as the forward set parameter. In some embodiments, identifying this output value with the greatest difference as the forward set parameter is in response to the electronic controller also determining that this output value exceeds a minimum forward threshold value. For example, when the output value does not exceed the minimum forward threshold value, the output value is not identified as the forward set parameter, and the operator may again be provided thesecond prompt 1221 and the electronic controller may restart execution of theblock 1220. In some embodiments, the minimum forward threshold value is used, for example, to ensure a minimum range of motion of thecontrol arm 72 a to enable the operator to control thedrive motor 45 over a desired range of speeds with desired precision. In some embodiments, the minimum forward threshold is 10 degrees, at least 10 degrees, or another similar angle. - In
block 1225 and with additional reference toFIG. 41C , while in the calibration mode, the mowerelectronic controller 500 identifies a third output value from themaneuvering control sensor 510 associated with a maximum reverse position of theleft control arm 72 a as a reverse set parameter. For example, in some embodiments, the value output by themaneuvering control sensor 510 while theleft control arm 72 a is pulled back by the operator (e.g., pulled fully back until mechanically limited, or as far as the operator can pull) is identified as the reverse set parameter. This reverse set parameter may be stored in a memory of the mower electronic controller 500 (e.g., the vehicle control module memory 507 ofFIG. 19 ). - In some embodiments, in
block 1225, before identifying the reverse set parameter, the mowerelectronic controller 500 is configured to control thedisplay 78 of themower 10 to provide a third prompt on thedisplay 78 to instruct the operator of themower 10 to pull thecontrol arm 72 a into the reverse position. For example, with reference toFIG. 41C , thedisplay 78 includes a reverse prompt 1226 instructing the operator to pull theleft control arm 72 a completely in reverse and a reverse mower graphic 1228 illustrating themower 10 with thecontrol arm 72 a in the reverse position. In some embodiments, as illustrated inFIG. 41C , the reverse mower graphic 1228 highlights the control arm that is being calibrated (i.e., theleft control arm 72 a inFIG. 41A , as opposed to theright control arm 72 b). - In some embodiments, in
block 1225, to identify the third output value as the reverse set parameter, the mowerelectronic controller 500 is configured to detect the output value from the position sensor that has the greatest difference from the neutral set parameter while thecontrol arm 72 a is in the reverse range (e.g., over a period, such as five seconds, or until thecontrol arm 72 a is released and returns to the neutral position). This output value with the greatest difference is then identified as the reverse set parameter. In some embodiments, identifying this output value with the greatest difference as the reverse set parameter is in response to theelectronic controller 500 also determining that this output value exceeds a minimum reverse threshold value. For example, when the output value does not exceed the minimum reverse threshold value, the output value is not identified as the reverse set parameter, and the operator may again be provided thesecond prompt 1226 and theelectronic controller 500 may restart execution of theblock 1225. In some embodiments, the minimum reverse threshold value is used, for example, to ensure a minimum range of motion of thecontrol arm 72 a to enable the operator to control thedrive motor 45 over a desired range of speeds with desired precision. In some embodiments, the minimum reverse threshold is less than the minimum forward threshold. For example, the minimum reverse threshold may be 9 degrees, at least 9 degrees, or another similar angle. - As illustrated in
FIG. 41C , in some embodiments after the reverse set parameter is identified inblock 1225, asave button 1227 is displayed on thedisplay 78. In response to detecting selection of the save button 1277 by the user on thedisplay 78, the mowerelectronic controller 500 saves the identified neutral set parameter, forward set parameter, and reverse set parameter to a memory (e.g., the vehicle control module memory 507). - In some embodiments, blocks 1215, 1220, and 1225 are repeated for the
right control arm 72 b to identify a second neutral set parameter, a second forward set parameter, and a second reverse set parameter for theright control arm 72 b. - In
FIG. 40 , a dashedbox 1228 is illustrated around blocks 1210, 1215, 1220, and 1225 to signify that they occur while the mowerelectronic controller 500 is in the calibration mode. In some embodiments, after the neutral set parameter, the forward set parameter, and the reverse set parameter are identified (for one or both 72 a and 72 b), the mowercontrol arms electronic controller 500 exits the calibration mode and begins operating in the drive mode (block 1230). A dashedbox 1232 is illustrated around blocks 1235 and 1240 to signify that they occur while the mowerelectronic controller 500 is in the drive mode. - In block 1235, while operating in the drive mode, the mower
electronic controller 500 determines an angular position of theleft control arm 72 a indicated by themaneuvering control sensor 510. For example, themaneuvering control sensor 510 senses the angular position of theleft control arm 72 a and, using the position map, generates an output value to thecontroller 500 that is indicative of the sensed angular position. - In
block 1240, while operating in the drive mode, the mowerelectronic controller 500 controls the (left) drivemotor 45 in accordance with the angular position of theleft control arm 72 a indicated by themaneuvering control sensor 510, the neutral set parameter, the forward set parameter, and the reverse set parameter. For example, when the angular position of theleft control arm 72 a is indicated to be at the neutral set parameter, the mowerelectronic controller 500 does not drive thedrive motor 45. For example, a duty cycle of 0% is set by thedrive motor controller 550 a by thevehicle control module 90. When the angular position of theleft control arm 72 a is indicated to be at the forward set parameter, the mowerelectronic controller 500 drives thedrive motor 45 at a maximum level in the forward direction. For example, thevehicle control module 90 may provide a control signal to themotor controller 550 a and, in response, themotor controller 550 a generates PWM control signals to thedrive motor 45 forward and having a duty cycle of 100%. When the angular position of theleft control arm 72 a is indicated to be at the reverse set parameter, the mowerelectronic controller 500 drives thedrive motor 45 at a maximum level in reverse. For example, thevehicle control module 90 may provide a control signal to themotor controller 550 a and, in response, themotor controller 550 a generates PWM control signals to thedrive motor 45 in reverse and having a duty cycle of 100%. Additionally, when the angular position of theleft control arm 72 a is indicated to be at an angle between the forward set parameter and the neutral set parameter, the mowerelectronic controller 500 drives thedrive motor 45 forward and at a speed proportional to the angle within the range of angles between the neutral set parameter and the forward set parameter. For example, when the range of angles between the neutral set parameter and the forward set parameter is 15 degrees, and thecontrol arm 72 a is at a midpoint in the range (i.e., 7.5 degrees), the PWM duty cycle may be 50%. Similarly, when the angular position of theleft control arm 72 a is indicated to be at an angle between the reverse set parameter and the neutral set parameter, the mowerelectronic controller 500 drives thedrive motor 45 in reverse and at a speed proportional to the angle within the range of angles between the neutral set parameter and the reverse set parameter. - In some embodiments, in addition to the neutral set parameter, forward set parameter, and reverse set parameter, a deadband is determined for each parameter. The deadband provides a range of values for each respective parameter where, if the
control arm 72 a is determined to be in a deadband of a parameter, the mowerelectronic controller 500 controls thedrive motor 45 as if the control arm 7 a was at the particular parameter. For example, in some embodiments of themethod 1200, while in the calibration mode, the mowerelectronic controller 500 determines one or more of: a neutral deadband based on the neutral set parameter, a maximum forward deadband based on the forward set parameter, and a maximum reverse deadband based on the reverse set parameter. For example, the mowerelectronic controller 500 may determine the neutral deadband by adding and subtracting a deadband value to the neutral set parameter (e.g., +/−3 degrees, +/−5 degrees, or +/−7 degrees). Similarly, the mowerelectronic controller 500 may determine the maximum forward and reverse deadband by adding and subtracting a deadband value to the forward and reverse set parameter, respectively (e.g., +/−3 degrees, +/−5 degrees, or +/−7 degrees). In some embodiments, the maximum forward and maximum reverse deadbands are each greater than the neutral deadband. When the mowerelectronic controller 500 is in the chive mode, the mowerelectronic controller 500 further controls thedrive motor 45 in accordance with the angular position of the control arm indicated by the position sensor, the neutral deadband, the maximum forward deadband, and the maximum reverse deadband. Such control is similar to the control that was described above forblock 1240, except that the deadbands are used in place of the specific neutral, forward set parameter, and reverse set parameter. - In some embodiments, while operating in the drive mode, the mower
electronic controller 500 also executesblock 1235 and 1240 for theright control arm 72 b to drive theright drive motor 45 according to the angular position of thecontrol arm 72 b, the second neutral set parameter, the second forward set parameter, and the second reverse set parameter. -
FIG. 42A provides an angular encoding diagram 1250 that illustrates a position map of themaneuvering control sensor 510 and the six parameters calibrated by embodiments of themethod 1200 including the: neutral set parameter, the neutral deadband, the forward set parameter, the maximum forward deadband, the reverse set parameter, and the maximum reverse deadband. Additionally, the diagram 1250 illustrates an example of how themaneuvering control sensor 510 can map angles of thecontrol arm 72 a (and 72 b) to output values ranging from 0 to 4096. For example, themaneuvering control sensor 510 may be a rotary encoder that includes a rotating spindle coupled to a base portion, where the rotating spindle is configured to rotate 360 degrees relative to the base portion about a longitudinal axis of the spindle. The rotary encoder may be, for example, an optical encoder, a non-contact magnetic rotary encoder, a digital potentiometer, or the like. A circuit or processor of themaneuvering control sensor 510 is configured to output a digital value, for example, from 0 to 4095, representing the current rotational angle of the spindle between 0 and 360 degrees. For example, in some such rotary encoders, a value of 0 equates to 0 (or 360) degrees, a value of 1024 equates to 90 degrees, a value of 2048 equates to 180 degrees, a value of 3072 equates to 270 degrees, and a value one more than the max of 4095 causes the encoder counter to return to a value of zero, again equating to 0 (or 360) degrees. A position map of the rotary encoder maps each rotational position of the rotating spindle to an associated encoder value. Additionally, the position map may be overwritten or updated to calibrate the rotary encoder so that, for example, a particular rotational position of the rotating spindle is assigned as the 0-degree position that generates a 0 output value. The other rotational positions of the rotary spindle (e.g., fordegrees 1 through 359) in the position map are similarly assigned with updated output values to maintain the previously described relationship of rotational angle and encoder values. With reference toFIG. 1 , at the pivot joint 73 a, the base portion of the rotary encoder (not shown) may be fixed to theframe 20 and the rotating spindle of the rotary encoder (not shown) may be coupled to theleft control arm 72 a. Accordingly, as thecontrol arm 72 a pivots about the pivot joint 73 a, the rotating spindle rotates relative to the base portion of the rotary encoder. In other words, the axis of rotation of thecontrol arm 72 a may be coaxial with the rotation axis of the rotating spindle. A rotary encoder may similarly be provided for theright control arm 72 b. Because the range of angular motion of the 72 a and 72 b is mechanically limited (i.e., they cannot rotate for a complete 360-degree rotation), only a portion of the total range of encoder values may be used.control arms - Returning to
FIG. 42A , in the angular encoding diagram 1250, themaneuvering control sensor 510 maps a neutral position to a 180 degree position having a 2048 count value, the reverse set parameter to a value between 2048 (180 degrees) and 3072 (270 degrees), and the forward set parameter to a value between 1024 (90 degrees) and 2048 (180 degrees). The mapping and precision of the encoding diagram 1250 are merely examples, and other mappings and precision levels are used in other embodiments. At least in some instances, thevehicle control module 90 may fault in response to output from themaneuvering control sensor 510 crossing the cross-over point (e.g., themaneuvering control sensor 510 providing an output that goes from 4095 (max value) to 0 (min value). Accordingly, in some embodiments, the neutral position is mapped to the 180 degree position having the 2048 count value, or another value spaced far enough from the 0 degree position so that the mapping does not overlap with the 0 (or 360) degree cross-over point. - In some embodiments, while in the calibration mode, the
electronic controller 500 is further configured to update the position map of themaneuvering control sensor 510 to map a midpoint output value of the maneuvering control sensor 510 (e.g., 180 degrees/2048 count) to the neutral position of thecontrol arm 72 a. For example, if the neutral set parameter was determined to be 181 degrees (˜2059 count), the position map may be updated with a one degree offset such that themaneuvering control sensor 510 will now output 180 degrees/2048 count when thecontrol arm 72 a is in the neutral position. Additionally, to accommodate this update, theelectronic controller 500 updates the forward set parameter (and associated maximum forward deadband) based on an offset from the neutral set parameter and the midpoint output value, and updates the reverse set parameter (and associated maximum reverse deadband) based on the offset. For example, if the forward set parameter was previously 164 degrees, an offset of 1 degree would be added to result in the forward set parameter being 165 degrees. Further, theelectronic controller 500 updates the neutral set parameter to be the midpoint output value (e.g., 180 degrees/2048 count) to accommodate the update. -
FIGS. 42B and 42C illustrate partial angular encoding diagrams 1255 and 1260. Although the diagrams ofFIGS. 42B and 42C are described with respect to thecontrol arm 72 a, they are similarly applicable to thecontrol arm 72 b. The diagrams 1255 and 1260 illustrate the neutral set parameter, a forward set parameter, and a maximum forward deadband, but the reverse set parameter and other deadbands are not illustrated to simplify the diagrams. The diagram 1255 provides an initial mapping for thecontrol arm 72 a with a firstforward set parameter 1262, afirst forward deadband 1264, and aneutral set parameter 1266. When thecontrol arm 72 a is sensed to be in thefirst forward deadband 1264, the mowerelectronic controller 500 drives themotor 45 at full speed (100%). When thecontrol arm 72 a is between thefirst forward deadband 1264 and the neutral set parameter 1366, the mowerelectronic controller 500 drives themotor 45 at a speed proportional to the sensed angle (e.g., between 0% speed when at the neutral set parameter and 99% speed when reaching the first forward deadband 1264). - The diagram 1260 provides a subsequent mapping for the
control arm 72 a with a revised forward setparameter 1268, a revisedforward deadband 1270, and theneutral set parameter 1266. The subsequent mapping for thecontrol arm 72 a in the diagram 1260 may be generated using thecalibration method 1200. The revised forward setparameter 1268 and the revisedforward deadband 1270 are shifted such that the revisedforward deadband 1270 is not reached until a greater angle of thecontrol arm 72 a is reached (i.e., thecontrol arm 72 a is pushed further forward) as compared with the diagram 1255 and the initial mapping, thus giving the user more fine tune drivability. - Thus, embodiments described herein provide, among other things, systems, methods, and devices related to electric vehicles, mowers, and chargers. Various features, advantages, and embodiments are set forth in the following claims.
Claims (13)
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US17/750,063 US20230182612A1 (en) | 2019-10-11 | 2022-05-20 | Power source and control system for a lawn mower |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201962914107P | 2019-10-11 | 2019-10-11 | |
| PCT/US2020/051636 WO2021071655A1 (en) | 2019-10-11 | 2020-09-18 | Power source and control system for a lawn mower |
| US202217767823A | 2022-04-08 | 2022-04-08 | |
| US17/750,063 US20230182612A1 (en) | 2019-10-11 | 2022-05-20 | Power source and control system for a lawn mower |
Related Parent Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/US2020/051636 Continuation WO2021071655A1 (en) | 2019-10-11 | 2020-09-18 | Power source and control system for a lawn mower |
| US17/767,823 Continuation US12472839B2 (en) | 2019-10-11 | 2020-09-18 | Power source and control system for a lawn mower |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20230182612A1 true US20230182612A1 (en) | 2023-06-15 |
Family
ID=75437480
Family Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US17/767,823 Active 2042-11-21 US12472839B2 (en) | 2019-10-11 | 2020-09-18 | Power source and control system for a lawn mower |
| US17/750,063 Pending US20230182612A1 (en) | 2019-10-11 | 2022-05-20 | Power source and control system for a lawn mower |
Family Applications Before (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US17/767,823 Active 2042-11-21 US12472839B2 (en) | 2019-10-11 | 2020-09-18 | Power source and control system for a lawn mower |
Country Status (6)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (2) | US12472839B2 (en) |
| EP (1) | EP4040943A4 (en) |
| CN (1) | CN115315177A (en) |
| AU (1) | AU2020362049A1 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA3154409A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2021071655A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20230138183A1 (en) * | 2021-10-29 | 2023-05-04 | Nanjing Chervon Industry Co., Ltd. | Charging device and control method therefor |
| US20240204823A1 (en) * | 2021-05-04 | 2024-06-20 | Accelerated Systems Inc. | Methods and systems for operating an electric vehicle |
| US12506187B2 (en) * | 2021-11-05 | 2025-12-23 | Fdk Corporation | Battery bank unit, remaining charge time calculation method, and non transitory recording medium storing computer readable program storing therein for calculating remaining charge time of battery bank unit |
Families Citing this family (43)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CA3154409A1 (en) * | 2019-10-11 | 2021-04-15 | Ariens Company | Power source and control system for a lawn mower |
| US11883827B2 (en) * | 2020-01-24 | 2024-01-30 | Vermeer Manufacturing Company | Material reduction machine with dynamic infeed control |
| US12224603B2 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2025-02-11 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Mode-based disabling of communication bus of a battery management system |
| WO2021243550A1 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2021-12-09 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Large-format battery management system |
| US12301031B1 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2025-05-13 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Large-format battery management systems with gateway PCBA |
| US11588334B2 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2023-02-21 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Broadcast of discharge current based on state-of-health imbalance between battery packs |
| US11594892B2 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2023-02-28 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Battery pack with series or parallel identification signal |
| US11245268B1 (en) | 2020-07-24 | 2022-02-08 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Mode-based disabling of communiction bus of a battery management system |
| US11476677B2 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2022-10-18 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Battery pack charge cell balancing |
| US11404885B1 (en) | 2021-02-24 | 2022-08-02 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Large-format battery management systems with gateway PCBA |
| US11489343B2 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2022-11-01 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Hardware short circuit protection in a large battery pack |
| US11411407B1 (en) | 2021-02-24 | 2022-08-09 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Large-format battery management systems with gateway PCBA |
| US11552479B2 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2023-01-10 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Battery charge balancing circuit for series connections |
| US11509144B2 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2022-11-22 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Large-format battery management system with in-rush current protection for master-slave battery packs |
| EP4227192A4 (en) * | 2020-10-05 | 2025-04-02 | Kubota Corporation | Electric tractor |
| US11891777B2 (en) * | 2021-01-20 | 2024-02-06 | Deere & Company | Electric braking power used for battery regeneration in a mobile work machine |
| US12296694B2 (en) | 2021-03-10 | 2025-05-13 | Techtronic Cordless Gp | Lawnmowers |
| US12397691B2 (en) | 2021-03-12 | 2025-08-26 | Mtd Products Inc | Outdoor power equipment with converter seated and standing operator positions |
| CA3216624A1 (en) * | 2021-05-19 | 2022-11-24 | Accelerated Systems Inc. | Methods and systems for operating an electric vehicle |
| IT202100022730A1 (en) * | 2021-09-01 | 2023-03-01 | Stiga S P A In Breve Anche St S P A | VEHICLE FOR GROUND MAINTENANCE, IN PARTICULAR FOR TURF CARE |
| WO2023031735A1 (en) * | 2021-09-01 | 2023-03-09 | Stiga S.P.A. In Breve Anche St. S.P.A. | Land maintenance vehicle, in particular for cutting grass |
| IT202100022727A1 (en) * | 2021-09-01 | 2023-03-01 | Stiga S P A In Breve Anche St S P A | VEHICLE FOR GROUND MAINTENANCE, IN PARTICULAR FOR TURF CARE |
| EP4152551A1 (en) * | 2021-09-20 | 2023-03-22 | Fronius International GmbH | Battery charging system |
| DE102021126365A1 (en) * | 2021-10-12 | 2023-04-13 | Hamm Ag | tillage machine |
| CN118338778A (en) * | 2021-10-13 | 2024-07-12 | 布里格斯斯特拉顿有限责任公司 | Zero turn radius mower with removable battery pack |
| WO2023114941A1 (en) * | 2021-12-16 | 2023-06-22 | Ariens Company | Electric utility vehicle eco-mode selection and operation |
| USD1015381S1 (en) | 2022-02-14 | 2024-02-20 | Techtronic Cordless Gp | Lawn mower |
| USD1014568S1 (en) | 2022-02-14 | 2024-02-13 | Techtronic Cordless Gp | Lawn mower |
| US20250275500A1 (en) * | 2022-05-03 | 2025-09-04 | Ariens Company | Control arm for lawn mower controls |
| US20240025367A1 (en) * | 2022-07-20 | 2024-01-25 | Mtd Products Inc | Outdoor power equipment with convertible seated and standing operator positions |
| WO2024064793A1 (en) * | 2022-09-21 | 2024-03-28 | Ariens Company | Removable battery storage for outdoor power equipment |
| WO2024081399A2 (en) * | 2022-10-13 | 2024-04-18 | Briggs & Stratton, Llc | Integraterd charger onboard electrified chore product |
| US12034324B2 (en) * | 2022-10-28 | 2024-07-09 | GM Global Technology Operations LLC | Flexible electrified vehicle power transfer |
| US12409821B2 (en) | 2022-11-23 | 2025-09-09 | Deere & Company | Zero turning radius mower park brake system |
| US12479330B2 (en) * | 2022-12-01 | 2025-11-25 | GM Global Technology Operations LLC | Flexible vehicle charging |
| CN117322226A (en) * | 2023-04-07 | 2024-01-02 | 丰疆智能科技(福建)有限公司 | Mower |
| CN116438998B (en) * | 2023-04-24 | 2025-06-10 | 重庆润通科技有限公司 | Lawn mower motion control method, system, device, storage medium and riding lawn mower |
| TWI848668B (en) * | 2023-04-25 | 2024-07-11 | 陳錫瑜 | Improvement device for dual-motor automatic switching switch |
| EP4497315A1 (en) * | 2023-07-28 | 2025-01-29 | Nanjing Chervon Industry Co., Ltd. | Manned mower |
| US20250113768A1 (en) * | 2023-10-05 | 2025-04-10 | Textron Inc. | Automatic calibration of individual wheel hub motor speed in traction systems |
| EP4581922A1 (en) * | 2024-01-03 | 2025-07-09 | Techtronic Cordless GP | Assisted steering system for lawn maintenance vehicle |
| WO2025259869A1 (en) * | 2024-06-12 | 2025-12-18 | Husqvarna Ab | Multi-purpose charging port |
| US12454197B2 (en) * | 2024-09-20 | 2025-10-28 | Mayur Kamalakar | Methods, systems, apparatuses, and devices for electrically powering a vehicle |
Citations (116)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5042238A (en) * | 1989-07-14 | 1991-08-27 | The Toro Company | Riding lawn mower |
| US5251711A (en) * | 1989-11-29 | 1993-10-12 | The Scott Fetzer Company | Lawn mower |
| US5402626A (en) * | 1991-11-12 | 1995-04-04 | Zinck; Wolf D. | Lawn mower |
| US5488818A (en) * | 1993-06-28 | 1996-02-06 | The Actava Group Inc. | Lawn mower having improved trim feature |
| US5502957A (en) * | 1995-03-29 | 1996-04-02 | Robertson; Charles W. | Electric lawn mower with intelligent control |
| US5848520A (en) * | 1997-04-28 | 1998-12-15 | Deere & Company | Control for hydrostatic transmissions |
| US5894714A (en) * | 1997-04-28 | 1999-04-20 | Deere & Company | Brake for self-propelled vehicle |
| US5906088A (en) * | 1995-11-24 | 1999-05-25 | Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Electric lawn mower |
| US5934051A (en) * | 1997-02-06 | 1999-08-10 | Textron, Inc. | Solid state mow system for electrically powered mower |
| US5934053A (en) * | 1996-11-01 | 1999-08-10 | Fillman; Alan R. | Removable battery tray system for an electrically powered mower |
| US5983612A (en) * | 1996-11-01 | 1999-11-16 | Textron, Inc. | Removable battery tray system for an electrically powered bunker rake |
| USD422605S (en) * | 1998-07-23 | 2000-04-11 | Ariens Company | Portion of a lawnmower |
| USD449622S1 (en) * | 2000-07-20 | 2001-10-23 | Ariens Company | Portion of a line trimmer |
| US20020166313A1 (en) * | 2000-10-27 | 2002-11-14 | Ariens Company | Lawnmower cylinder stop |
| US20030029149A1 (en) * | 1999-03-25 | 2003-02-13 | Fillman Alan R. | Electric drive mower with trailed auxiliary power source |
| US20040130159A1 (en) * | 2000-10-26 | 2004-07-08 | Dennis Brandon | Electric generator and motor drive system |
| US6892517B2 (en) * | 2003-02-12 | 2005-05-17 | Tecumseh Products Company | Blade and ground speed control system |
| US20060010844A1 (en) * | 2004-06-30 | 2006-01-19 | Self Guided Systems, L.L.C. | Unmanned utility vehicle |
| US20060028177A1 (en) * | 2004-08-09 | 2006-02-09 | Theresa Ferro | Battery charger on cart |
| US7059433B2 (en) * | 1998-09-25 | 2006-06-13 | Toshiyuki Hasegawa | Riding lawn mower |
| US7172041B2 (en) * | 2001-12-14 | 2007-02-06 | Textron Inc. | Drive-by-wire lawnmower |
| US20070125056A1 (en) * | 2004-09-20 | 2007-06-07 | Edmond Brian W | Multifunction electric tractor with an implement |
| US7402062B2 (en) * | 2003-09-04 | 2008-07-22 | American Power Conversion Corporation | System for replacing a battery pack |
| USD588613S1 (en) * | 2008-02-28 | 2009-03-17 | Ariens Company | Arm rest for lawn mower |
| US7549243B1 (en) * | 2008-01-15 | 2009-06-23 | Ariens Company | Lawn mower attachment mechanism |
| US7594377B1 (en) * | 2006-10-27 | 2009-09-29 | Sauer-Danfoss Inc. | Means of adjusting ground speed of a vehicle based on load on blade assembly |
| US7598705B2 (en) * | 1998-08-13 | 2009-10-06 | Black & Decker Inc. | Cordless power tool system having cordless power tool and battery pack that employ cooperating rails and grooves for connection of battery pack to cordless power tool |
| US20090266042A1 (en) * | 2008-04-25 | 2009-10-29 | Mooney P Wade | Mower |
| US7665564B2 (en) * | 2003-11-07 | 2010-02-23 | Club Car, Inc. | Power train for a utility vehicle |
| US7735592B2 (en) * | 2008-01-28 | 2010-06-15 | Textron Innovations Inc. | Regulated output voltage generator-set applied to mobile equipment in the turf industry |
| US20100206647A1 (en) * | 2009-02-13 | 2010-08-19 | Kanzaki Kokyukoki Mfg. Co., Ltd. | Riding work vehicle |
| US20100291427A1 (en) * | 2009-05-15 | 2010-11-18 | Sinoelectric Powertrain Corporation | Modular powertrain, systems, and methods |
| US20110259012A1 (en) * | 2010-04-27 | 2011-10-27 | Kubota Corporation | Working vehicle |
| US8047310B2 (en) * | 2008-11-21 | 2011-11-01 | The Toro Company | Power vehicle incorporating velocity control system |
| US8056653B2 (en) * | 2003-12-10 | 2011-11-15 | Deere & Company | Hybrid electric tool carrier |
| US8104552B2 (en) * | 2010-06-30 | 2012-01-31 | Exmark Manufacturing Company, Incorporated | Control system and vehicle incorporating same |
| US20120159916A1 (en) * | 2007-01-15 | 2012-06-28 | Kanzaki Kokyukoki Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Control sysytem for motor-driven lawnmower vehicle |
| US20120227368A1 (en) * | 2011-03-09 | 2012-09-13 | Kubota Corporation | Working vehicle |
| US20120265390A1 (en) * | 2007-09-11 | 2012-10-18 | Hydro-Gear Limited Partnership | Controller Assemblies For Electric Drive Utility Vehicles |
| US20130047565A1 (en) * | 2010-01-13 | 2013-02-28 | Michinori Shida | Lawn mowing vehicle |
| US20130110351A1 (en) * | 2011-10-26 | 2013-05-02 | Accelerated Systems Inc. | Systems and Methods for Steering and Calibration of Vehicle Steering Controls for Riding Mowers and Other Vehicles |
| US20130167495A1 (en) * | 2009-04-17 | 2013-07-04 | Positec Power Tools (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. | Self-propelled lawn mower |
| US20130239533A1 (en) * | 2012-03-07 | 2013-09-19 | Robert Bosch Gmbh | Lawn-care apparatus |
| US8543295B2 (en) * | 2010-11-30 | 2013-09-24 | Christian Stanton Carver Bryant | Electronically controlled speed limiting system for turf care machine |
| US20140013722A1 (en) * | 2012-01-05 | 2014-01-16 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Hybrid lawn mower drive system |
| US8653786B2 (en) * | 2008-04-25 | 2014-02-18 | Black & Decker Inc. | Cordless mower including battery with two charging connectors |
| US8720968B2 (en) * | 2011-09-28 | 2014-05-13 | Tesla Motors, Inc. | Charge port door with electromagnetic latching assembly |
| US20140173946A1 (en) * | 2012-12-20 | 2014-06-26 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Zero-turn utility vehicle |
| US20140262560A1 (en) * | 2011-10-28 | 2014-09-18 | Husqvarna Ab | Steering Assembly Indicator System for a Lawn Care or Zero-Turn Vehicle |
| US9132792B2 (en) * | 2011-05-13 | 2015-09-15 | Husqvarna Ab | Vehicle battery storage compartment |
| US20150318521A1 (en) * | 2014-03-06 | 2015-11-05 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Rechargeable battery system for replacement of lead-acid battery |
| US9210839B2 (en) * | 2011-07-14 | 2015-12-15 | Husqvarna Ab | Riding lawn mower including battery powered cutting system |
| US20150375633A1 (en) * | 2013-02-26 | 2015-12-31 | Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha | Charging device for vehicle |
| US9226444B2 (en) * | 2011-07-14 | 2016-01-05 | Husqvarna Ab | Battery powered lawn care vehicle with efficient drive controller |
| US9288939B2 (en) * | 2010-09-15 | 2016-03-22 | The Toro Company | Power vehicle with adjustable velocity profiles |
| US9288942B2 (en) * | 2010-03-01 | 2016-03-22 | Yanmar Co., Ltd. | Electric riding mower having air-cooled chassis and pivotable protective cowling |
| US9313948B2 (en) * | 2011-06-22 | 2016-04-19 | Yanmar Co., Ltd. | Electric work machine |
| US20160183451A1 (en) * | 2014-12-31 | 2016-06-30 | Mean Green Products, LLC | Electric mower apparatus and method of use |
| US9404465B2 (en) * | 2011-11-04 | 2016-08-02 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Starting battery for an internal combustion engine |
| US9496531B2 (en) * | 2011-06-14 | 2016-11-15 | Makita Corporation | Battery devices |
| US9616893B2 (en) * | 2014-10-15 | 2017-04-11 | Honda Motor Co., Ltd. | Automatic turn-sensing ground speed reduction systems and related methods for walk-behind machines |
| US9616736B2 (en) * | 2015-04-09 | 2017-04-11 | Kubota Corporation | Electric work vehicle |
| US9624891B2 (en) * | 2014-02-21 | 2017-04-18 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Outdoor power equipment incorporating starter battery with integrated push button |
| US20170117726A1 (en) * | 2015-10-22 | 2017-04-27 | Mtd Products Inc | Portable charging station |
| US9686909B2 (en) * | 2011-07-14 | 2017-06-27 | Husqvarna Ab | Battery powered lawn care vehicle with drive efficiency indicator |
| US9699965B2 (en) * | 2011-07-14 | 2017-07-11 | Husqvarna Ab | Articulated riding lawn mower including distributed battery system |
| US9726135B2 (en) * | 2014-02-21 | 2017-08-08 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Snowthrower with removable self-heating starter battery pack |
| US9783203B2 (en) * | 2011-03-09 | 2017-10-10 | Kubota Corporation | Riding work vehicle |
| US9864396B1 (en) * | 2014-08-05 | 2018-01-09 | Hydro-Gear Limited Partnership | Highly maneuverable mowing vehicle with Mecanum wheels |
| US20180026244A1 (en) * | 2016-07-22 | 2018-01-25 | Kubota Corporation | Electric Work Vehicle |
| US20180049368A1 (en) * | 2013-02-27 | 2018-02-22 | The Toro Company | Ride-on vehicle with operator access assist bar |
| US9937779B2 (en) * | 2013-09-25 | 2018-04-10 | Kubota Corporation | Vehicle |
| US20180103582A1 (en) * | 2016-07-28 | 2018-04-19 | Mat Engine Technologies, Llc | Wheeled string trimmer mower |
| US9949436B2 (en) * | 2015-07-13 | 2018-04-24 | Kubota Corporation | Grass mower with deck-mounted electric motor and power supply |
| US10038176B2 (en) * | 2016-03-11 | 2018-07-31 | Kubota Corporation | Electric work vehicle |
| US10080328B2 (en) * | 2012-11-27 | 2018-09-25 | Deere & Company | Mower-conditioner header speed control based on forward travel speed |
| US10104834B2 (en) * | 2016-06-13 | 2018-10-23 | Honda Motor Co., Ltd. | Electric lawn mower control apparatus |
| US10150502B2 (en) * | 2014-09-19 | 2018-12-11 | The Toro Company | Linkage adjustment system and vehicle incorporating same |
| US10181733B2 (en) * | 2015-12-23 | 2019-01-15 | Lg Chem, Ltd. | Apparatus and method of balancing voltages between battery racks |
| US20190021223A1 (en) * | 2016-05-16 | 2019-01-24 | Nanjing Chervon Industry Co., Ltd. | Power tool, lawn mower, and control method thereof |
| US10214869B1 (en) * | 2016-04-28 | 2019-02-26 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Outdoor power equipment including electric wheel motors and controls |
| US10230078B2 (en) * | 2016-11-30 | 2019-03-12 | Honda Motor Co., Ltd. | Electric power equipment |
| US20190075724A1 (en) * | 2017-09-13 | 2019-03-14 | Black & Decker Inc. | Riding mower |
| US20190263340A1 (en) * | 2016-12-30 | 2019-08-29 | Textron Innovations Inc. | Controlling electrical access to a lithium battery on a utility vehicle |
| US20190291779A1 (en) * | 2018-03-26 | 2019-09-26 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Electric outdoor ride-on power equipment |
| US10442292B2 (en) * | 2017-12-14 | 2019-10-15 | Schiller Grounds Care, Inc. | System for infinitely variable speed control |
| US20190322193A1 (en) * | 2018-04-19 | 2019-10-24 | Wayne State University | Battery module balancing system of a vehicle and method thereof |
| US10499565B2 (en) * | 2015-11-12 | 2019-12-10 | Kubota Corporation | Grass mower machine |
| US10595459B2 (en) * | 2018-02-08 | 2020-03-24 | Firefly Automatix, Inc. | Adaptive control of a mower |
| US10602659B2 (en) * | 2014-01-20 | 2020-03-31 | Kubota Corporation | Lawn mower with independent blade control during energy-saving control mode |
| US10687464B2 (en) * | 2017-01-12 | 2020-06-23 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Zero turn radius mower controls |
| US20200253115A1 (en) * | 2019-02-11 | 2020-08-13 | Techtronic Cordless Gp | Mower blade and attachment system |
| US10761492B2 (en) * | 2011-04-28 | 2020-09-01 | Sevcon Limited | Electric motor and motor controller |
| US20200315095A1 (en) * | 2017-12-28 | 2020-10-08 | Nanjing Chervon Industry Co., Ltd. | Electric riding lawn mower |
| US20200333402A1 (en) * | 2019-04-18 | 2020-10-22 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Power unit including multiple battery packs for use with outdoor power equipment |
| US10813284B2 (en) * | 2018-07-02 | 2020-10-27 | Deere & Company | Electric walk behind greens mower |
| US10836426B1 (en) * | 2015-04-06 | 2020-11-17 | Exmark Manufacturing Company, Incorporated | Active steering system and grounds maintenance vehicle including same |
| US10850622B2 (en) * | 2017-10-16 | 2020-12-01 | Kubota Corporation | Electric travelling vehicle and grass mower |
| USD910547S1 (en) * | 2020-07-21 | 2021-02-16 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Battery |
| USD910546S1 (en) * | 2020-07-10 | 2021-02-16 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Battery |
| USD910548S1 (en) * | 2020-07-21 | 2021-02-16 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Battery |
| USD911933S1 (en) * | 2020-07-10 | 2021-03-02 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Battery |
| USD919671S1 (en) * | 2019-10-11 | 2021-05-18 | Ariens Company | Lawn mower |
| US20210252989A1 (en) * | 2020-02-17 | 2021-08-19 | Chargicity Limited | Charging Station and System for Electric Vehicles |
| US20220065684A1 (en) * | 2020-09-03 | 2022-03-03 | Ariens Company | Fuel level display circuit for dual tank configuration |
| USD965515S1 (en) * | 2020-09-18 | 2022-10-04 | Ariens Company | Battery charger |
| USD968318S1 (en) * | 2020-09-18 | 2022-11-01 | Ariens Company | Battery pack cap |
| USD978782S1 (en) * | 2020-09-18 | 2023-02-21 | Ariens Company | Battery pack |
| USD978783S1 (en) * | 2020-09-18 | 2023-02-21 | Ariens Company | Battery pack connector |
| US20230122499A1 (en) * | 2019-10-11 | 2023-04-20 | Ariens Company | Power source and control system for a lawn mower |
| US11690318B2 (en) * | 2018-10-17 | 2023-07-04 | Generac Power Systems, Inc. | Deck height control system |
| US20230241989A1 (en) * | 2022-01-31 | 2023-08-03 | Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha | Vehicle |
| US20230329143A1 (en) * | 2020-08-14 | 2023-10-19 | Ariens Company | Vehicle control module for autonomous vehicle |
| US20240157847A1 (en) * | 2021-03-26 | 2024-05-16 | Ariens Company | Battery Balancing |
| US20240170807A1 (en) * | 2021-12-13 | 2024-05-23 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Battery pack power connector |
| US20240180070A1 (en) * | 2021-12-16 | 2024-06-06 | Ariens Company | Electric utility vehicle eco-mode selection and operation |
Family Cites Families (169)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| DE2400125C3 (en) | 1974-01-03 | 1981-12-10 | Maschinenfabrik Fahr Ag Gottmadingen, 7702 Gottmadingen | Side guide for a harvesting machine |
| US4849682A (en) | 1987-10-30 | 1989-07-18 | Anton/Bauer, Inc. | Battery charging system |
| JPH01279218A (en) | 1988-05-02 | 1989-11-09 | Dainippon Screen Mfg Co Ltd | Apochromat lens |
| US5007234A (en) | 1989-11-27 | 1991-04-16 | Shurman Darlene M | Automatic self-guiding lawn mower and mowing method |
| FR2658131B3 (en) | 1990-02-15 | 1991-12-27 | Etesia Scs | SELF-CARRIED POWERED VEHICLE, PARTICULARLY SUITABLE FOR MOWING LAWN, PROVIDED WITH A DIFFERENTIAL CONTROL OF THE DRIVE WHEELS ACCORDING TO THE TURNING ANGLE OF THE STEERING WHEELS. |
| US5335487A (en) | 1992-03-06 | 1994-08-09 | Kubota Corporation | Engine speed control apparatus for a working vehicle |
| US5303532A (en) | 1992-07-28 | 1994-04-19 | Phillips Barry L | Mower support apparatus and system |
| US5396970A (en) | 1992-10-09 | 1995-03-14 | Tokyo R&D Co., Ltd. | Electromotive scooter |
| US5644903A (en) | 1995-08-30 | 1997-07-08 | Davis, Jr.; Robert D. | Steering control for zero turn radius mower |
| US5760569A (en) | 1997-02-26 | 1998-06-02 | Chase, Jr.; Robert B. | Replaceable battery module for electric vehicle |
| US6070690A (en) | 1998-02-04 | 2000-06-06 | Commercial Turf Products | Cruise bar and method of driving a zero turn lawn tractor |
| US6082083A (en) | 1998-09-18 | 2000-07-04 | The Toro Company | Ground speed control system |
| TW395568U (en) | 1998-12-28 | 2000-06-21 | Hon Hai Prec Ind Co Ltd | Battery connector |
| JP3698296B2 (en) | 1999-08-19 | 2005-09-21 | 株式会社マキタ | Terminal structure |
| DE10147400B4 (en) | 2000-09-28 | 2012-01-19 | Jochum Bierma | Sackkarren |
| SE523126C2 (en) | 2001-01-11 | 2004-03-30 | Electrolux Ab | Throttle control for power-driven hand tools |
| JP3776773B2 (en) | 2001-08-22 | 2006-05-17 | 本田技研工業株式会社 | Electric lawn mower |
| US6962219B2 (en) | 2001-09-17 | 2005-11-08 | Mtd Products Inc | Mechanical ZTR system with steering wheel |
| US6609357B1 (en) | 2002-01-31 | 2003-08-26 | Delta Systems, Inc. | Lawn and garden control module |
| JP4274759B2 (en) | 2002-08-16 | 2009-06-10 | ヤマハ発動機株式会社 | Electric motorcycle |
| DE10250694B3 (en) | 2002-10-31 | 2004-02-12 | CNH Österreich GmbH | Agricultural vehicle control method provides automatic travel and field end management by detection, storage and controlled alteration of vehicle operating parameters |
| US20040250643A1 (en) | 2003-06-12 | 2004-12-16 | Jones Gary R. | Restrictor lock |
| US7320843B2 (en) | 2004-02-27 | 2008-01-22 | Great Stuff, Inc. | Battery assembly with shielded terminals |
| US7178322B2 (en) | 2004-06-17 | 2007-02-20 | Honda Motor Co. Ltd. | Apparatuses and methods for controlling self-propelled machines |
| ITFI20040209A1 (en) | 2004-10-13 | 2005-01-13 | Zucchetti Ct Sistemi S P A | AUTOMATIC SYSTEM FOR MONITORING FUNCTIONS OF A MOWER |
| GB0502274D0 (en) | 2005-02-04 | 2005-03-09 | Xipower Ltd | Battery management system |
| DE102005013351B4 (en) | 2005-03-23 | 2007-12-20 | Diehl Aerospace Gmbh | Device for emergency power supply |
| US20060229770A1 (en) | 2005-04-12 | 2006-10-12 | Integrated Vision, Inc. | Moveable controls for vehicular applications |
| US7618741B2 (en) | 2005-10-31 | 2009-11-17 | Black & Decker Inc. | Battery pack, charger and terminal block arrangements for cordless power tool system |
| US7953526B2 (en) | 2006-01-18 | 2011-05-31 | I-Guide Robotics, Inc. | Robotic vehicle controller |
| EP1814206A1 (en) | 2006-01-27 | 2007-08-01 | Berner Fachhochschule Hochschule für Technik und Architektur Biel | Battery balancing apparatus |
| US7478689B1 (en) | 2006-03-21 | 2009-01-20 | Scag Power Equipment, Inc. | Vehicle steering and speed control |
| US20070256402A1 (en) | 2006-05-03 | 2007-11-08 | Mccane Steven B | Lawnmower and method of operating the same |
| DE202006007245U1 (en) | 2006-05-06 | 2006-07-20 | Hidde, Axel R., Dr. Ing. | Remotely controlled omni directional all wheel electric drive combination especially for a quiet lawnmower has lightweight tube chassis with all wheel electrical drive and control and energy store |
| US20070295545A1 (en) | 2006-05-11 | 2007-12-27 | Romig Bernard E | Differential Steering and Traction Control For Electrically Propelled Mower |
| US20070269713A1 (en) | 2006-05-19 | 2007-11-22 | Textron Inc. | Battery retainer for a golf car |
| GB0615241D0 (en) | 2006-08-01 | 2006-09-06 | Bosch Gmbh Robert | Lawn-care apparatus |
| US20080136134A1 (en) | 2006-11-15 | 2008-06-12 | Mccoid Trevor Albert | Zero turning radius vehicle control mechanism |
| US20080169676A1 (en) | 2007-01-11 | 2008-07-17 | Textron Inc. | Battery Tray for a Golf Car |
| US7659809B2 (en) | 2007-07-16 | 2010-02-09 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | System and method for alerting a driver of a hybrid electric vehicle that the vehicle is in a drive state |
| EP2188145B1 (en) * | 2007-09-11 | 2014-06-25 | Hydro-Gear Limited Partnership | Control systems and methods for electric drive utility vehicles |
| US7669580B2 (en) | 2008-03-24 | 2010-03-02 | Deere & Company | Electronic engine speed control system for grass mowing machine |
| US20090252994A1 (en) * | 2008-04-04 | 2009-10-08 | Alexander Livingston | Battery pack system |
| DE102008040113A1 (en) | 2008-07-03 | 2010-01-07 | Robert Bosch Gmbh | Sensible driver feedback regarding the operational readiness of a vehicle |
| US7604507B1 (en) | 2008-08-08 | 2009-10-20 | Cobasys, Llc | Battery interface assembly |
| JP5529402B2 (en) | 2008-08-13 | 2014-06-25 | 三菱重工業株式会社 | Power storage system |
| US8055399B2 (en) | 2008-10-23 | 2011-11-08 | Hydro-Gear Limited Partnership | Control systems and methods for electric motors of utility vehicles |
| FR2940881B1 (en) | 2009-01-09 | 2011-01-21 | Etesia | ELECTRICAL MOWER WITH CONDUCTIVE DOOR AND INDEPENDENT POWER SUPPLY IN OPERATION |
| DE102009007422A1 (en) | 2009-02-04 | 2010-08-05 | Li-Tec Battery Gmbh | Battery Cradle |
| EP2401492B1 (en) * | 2009-02-24 | 2017-12-20 | Innovation Gap Inc. | Method and system for limiting a dynamic parameter of a vehicle |
| US8511216B2 (en) | 2009-03-30 | 2013-08-20 | Kanzaki Kokyukoki Mfg. Co., Ltd. | Hydraulic actuator unit |
| US8312946B2 (en) | 2009-07-02 | 2012-11-20 | Husqvarna Consumer Outdoor Products N.A., Inc. | Trigger controller |
| JP2011079510A (en) | 2009-09-10 | 2011-04-21 | Makita Corp | Electric vehicle |
| US20110126502A1 (en) | 2009-11-30 | 2011-06-02 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Driving speed control for power equipment |
| JP5461221B2 (en) | 2010-02-12 | 2014-04-02 | 株式会社マキタ | Electric tool powered by multiple battery packs |
| JP5777855B2 (en) | 2010-03-01 | 2015-09-09 | ヤンマー株式会社 | Self-propelled riding electric mower |
| FR2958705B1 (en) | 2010-04-07 | 2012-06-01 | France Reducteurs | BELT SPEED VARIATOR FOR VARIABLE SPEED AUTOMOTIVE MOTOR, TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY INCORPORATING SUCH A SPEED DRIVE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE MACHINE. |
| JP5523905B2 (en) | 2010-04-13 | 2014-06-18 | 株式会社マキタ | Terminal connection structure |
| JP5583487B2 (en) | 2010-06-14 | 2014-09-03 | 矢崎総業株式会社 | Fuse unit, mold structure, and molding method using mold structure |
| US8459662B2 (en) | 2010-08-11 | 2013-06-11 | Jeffery D. Baird | Mowing apparatus |
| EP2445081B1 (en) | 2010-09-23 | 2022-12-21 | STMicroelectronics Application GmbH | Battery comprising circuitry for charge and discharge control, and method of operating a battery |
| JP5491346B2 (en) | 2010-10-13 | 2014-05-14 | 株式会社マキタ | Power tools and programs |
| WO2012060178A1 (en) | 2010-11-04 | 2012-05-10 | 株式会社マキタ | Battery pack |
| US8472205B2 (en) | 2010-12-30 | 2013-06-25 | Research In Motion Limited | Adaptive printed circuit board connector |
| US9166437B2 (en) | 2011-01-26 | 2015-10-20 | Google Inc. | Battery pack |
| US10536007B2 (en) | 2011-03-05 | 2020-01-14 | Powin Energy Corporation | Battery energy storage system and control system and applications thereof |
| US9136715B2 (en) | 2011-04-19 | 2015-09-15 | Yuebin WU | Rechargeable battery pack and method of charge/discharge equalizing |
| WO2013009325A1 (en) | 2011-07-14 | 2013-01-17 | Husqvarna Ab | Riding lawn mower including battery powered drive system |
| CN103841816A (en) | 2011-07-25 | 2014-06-04 | 富世华消费者户外产品北美公司 | Front-mounted stand-on lawn care vehicle |
| TWI569992B (en) | 2011-10-05 | 2017-02-11 | 睿能創意公司 | Detectible indication of an electric motor vehicle standby mode |
| US8766597B2 (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2014-07-01 | Linear Technology Corporation | Optimized bi-directional balancing method and system |
| US8966870B2 (en) | 2011-10-26 | 2015-03-03 | Accelerated Systems Inc. | Methods of controlling a lawn mower having electric drive and blade motors |
| JP5742688B2 (en) | 2011-11-30 | 2015-07-01 | 井関農機株式会社 | Work vehicle |
| WO2013090930A1 (en) | 2011-12-16 | 2013-06-20 | Aerovironment, Inc. | Electric vehicle charger display system for distant and local viewing |
| JP6004774B2 (en) | 2011-12-16 | 2016-10-12 | モテックス プロダクツ カンパニー リミテッド | Battery removal device for electric vehicles |
| KR101313275B1 (en) | 2011-12-16 | 2013-09-30 | 주식회사 모텍스 | Attach and detach device of battery for electric vehicle |
| US8965669B2 (en) | 2012-01-09 | 2015-02-24 | Airbiquity Inc. | Electric vehicle charging network services |
| CN202496213U (en) | 2012-01-11 | 2012-10-24 | 杨健 | Mower with automatic clutch |
| JP5912640B2 (en) | 2012-02-20 | 2016-04-27 | 本田技研工業株式会社 | Electric vehicle power supply |
| BR112014022180B1 (en) | 2012-03-09 | 2022-08-30 | Honda Motor Co., Ltd | COMMUNICATION SIMULATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION SIMULATION METHOD AND VEHICLE COMMUNICATION DEVICE |
| EP2639128B1 (en) | 2012-03-13 | 2023-09-06 | Kanzaki Kokyukoki Mfg. Co., Ltd. | Work vehicle |
| US9112292B2 (en) | 2012-03-16 | 2015-08-18 | Makita Corporation | Terminal structure |
| GB2500427B (en) | 2012-03-22 | 2014-09-24 | Jaguar Land Rover Ltd | Battery safety system |
| US10690725B2 (en) | 2012-03-29 | 2020-06-23 | Atieva, Inc. | Battery state-of-charge estimation |
| KR101497602B1 (en) | 2012-05-02 | 2015-03-03 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Balancing system for battery and Method for balancing of battery using the same |
| DE102012012154A1 (en) | 2012-06-19 | 2013-12-19 | GM Global Technology Operations LLC (n. d. Gesetzen des Staates Delaware) | Housing for receiving at least one battery cell, contacting device, battery system and vehicle |
| KR101882007B1 (en) | 2012-07-18 | 2018-07-25 | 에스케이이노베이션 주식회사 | Battery pack |
| DE102013013623B4 (en) | 2012-08-29 | 2022-06-30 | Kanzaki Kokyukoki Mfg. Co., Ltd. | Motor control system for an electric motor driven vehicle |
| US9368979B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-06-14 | O2Micro Inc | System and methods for battery balancing |
| FR3004680B1 (en) | 2013-04-23 | 2016-02-26 | France Reducteurs | DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING THE SPEED OF AN ELECTRIC PROPULSION ENGINE AND CORRESPONDING EQUIPMENT |
| US20160181837A1 (en) | 2013-05-17 | 2016-06-23 | Ying-Haw Shu | Hybrid battery balancing system |
| US9696749B2 (en) | 2013-05-24 | 2017-07-04 | Honda Motor Co., Ltd. | Control devices, systems, and methods for self-propelled machinery |
| WO2014196933A1 (en) | 2013-06-06 | 2014-12-11 | Nanyang Technological University | Battery charging devices, battery charging methods, battery systems, and methods for controlling batteries |
| US9002585B2 (en) * | 2013-08-29 | 2015-04-07 | Exmark Manufacturing Company, Incorporated | Control system for grounds maintenance vehicle, and grounds maintenance vehicle including same |
| EP2875712B1 (en) | 2013-11-21 | 2016-10-19 | Robert Bosch Gmbh | Lawnmower battery arrangement |
| WO2015105923A1 (en) | 2014-01-07 | 2015-07-16 | Utah State University | Battery control |
| KR102237034B1 (en) | 2014-02-18 | 2021-04-06 | 주식회사 실리콘웍스 | Balancing apparatus and the method supporting various balancing operation modes |
| JP6215088B2 (en) | 2014-03-03 | 2017-10-18 | 株式会社マキタ | Battery pack for electric tools |
| GB201403971D0 (en) | 2014-03-06 | 2014-04-23 | 7Rdd Ltd | Portable power supply improvements |
| USD776610S1 (en) | 2014-04-22 | 2017-01-17 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Battery |
| USD776052S1 (en) | 2014-04-22 | 2017-01-10 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Battery receptacle |
| CN106414959A (en) | 2014-05-01 | 2017-02-15 | 布里格斯和斯特拉顿公司 | Electronic governor system and load sensing system |
| CA2948203C (en) | 2014-05-08 | 2018-09-04 | Husqvarna Ab | Lawn care vehicle brake system |
| JP6214496B2 (en) | 2014-08-27 | 2017-10-18 | 本田技研工業株式会社 | Control device for autonomous vehicle |
| US9403435B2 (en) | 2014-10-14 | 2016-08-02 | Honda Motor Co., Ltd. | Adjustable ground speed control devices, systems, and methods for walk-behind equipment |
| US10263436B2 (en) | 2014-10-20 | 2019-04-16 | Powin Energy Corporation | Electrical energy storage unit and control system and applications thereof |
| DE102014115907A1 (en) * | 2014-10-31 | 2016-05-04 | Dr. Ing. H.C. F. Porsche Aktiengesellschaft | Charging device for an electrically driven vehicle |
| CN107205337A (en) | 2014-11-14 | 2017-09-26 | 创科实业有限公司 | electric lawn mower |
| WO2016104187A1 (en) | 2014-12-26 | 2016-06-30 | 日立工機株式会社 | Self-propelled lawn mower |
| CN105794388A (en) | 2014-12-30 | 2016-07-27 | 南京德朔实业有限公司 | Power tool |
| CN104527545A (en) | 2015-01-04 | 2015-04-22 | 中通客车控股股份有限公司 | Electric vehicle safety starting method and system |
| US9988084B2 (en) | 2015-02-20 | 2018-06-05 | Barreto Manufacturing, Inc. | Controls for vehicles |
| KR101619268B1 (en) | 2015-03-20 | 2016-05-10 | 포항공과대학교 산학협력단 | Balancing method of battery cell |
| JP6480782B2 (en) | 2015-04-02 | 2019-03-13 | 株式会社マキタ | Electrical equipment |
| JP6435990B2 (en) | 2015-05-27 | 2018-12-12 | 井関農機株式会社 | Riding lawn mower |
| WO2016194537A1 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2016-12-08 | 日立工機株式会社 | Electrical working machine |
| CN104943558B (en) * | 2015-06-02 | 2017-05-24 | 中通客车控股股份有限公司 | Charge control system and control method of plug-in hybrid power bus |
| US9538699B1 (en) | 2015-07-06 | 2017-01-10 | Honda Motor Co., Ltd. | Adjustable ground speed and acceleration control devices, systems, and methods for walk-behind equipment |
| DE102015217045A1 (en) | 2015-09-07 | 2017-03-09 | Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft | Commercial vehicle steering |
| DE102015015923A1 (en) | 2015-12-09 | 2017-06-14 | Wabco Gmbh | Method for adaptively controlling a vehicle speed in a vehicle and cruise control system for carrying out the method |
| US10647207B2 (en) | 2016-01-07 | 2020-05-12 | Eaton Intelligent Power Limited | Charging station and connector therefor, and method of charging an electric vehicle with a charging station |
| KR102021110B1 (en) | 2016-01-08 | 2019-09-11 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Battery pack |
| CN105905055B (en) | 2016-03-02 | 2018-11-09 | 深圳市银盾科技开发有限公司 | Automobile intelligent accumulator |
| USD841572S1 (en) | 2016-03-08 | 2019-02-26 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Battery |
| US11070065B2 (en) | 2016-05-13 | 2021-07-20 | Vrije Universiteit Brussel | Method and apparatus of a modular management system for energy storage cells |
| WO2017205466A1 (en) | 2016-05-25 | 2017-11-30 | Milwaukee Electric Tool Corporation | Series-connected battery packs, system and method |
| US20180027731A1 (en) | 2016-07-28 | 2018-02-01 | Mat Engine Technologies, Llc | Wheeled string trimmer mower |
| EP4475269A3 (en) * | 2016-08-10 | 2025-03-19 | Briggs & Stratton, LLC | User-scalable power unit including removable battery packs |
| US10027001B2 (en) | 2016-09-07 | 2018-07-17 | Thunder Power New Energy Vehicle Development Company Limited | Battery system |
| DE102016218595A1 (en) | 2016-09-27 | 2018-03-29 | Deere & Company | Drive system of a work vehicle |
| WO2018067986A1 (en) | 2016-10-06 | 2018-04-12 | Black & Decker Inc. | Battery pack, power tool and battery pack charger system |
| CN106571659A (en) | 2016-10-20 | 2017-04-19 | 中山大学 | Two-level equalized charging system and equalized charging method for power battery pack management |
| US10587125B2 (en) | 2016-10-26 | 2020-03-10 | Black & Decker Inc. | Battery pack discharge and charger system |
| WO2018087338A2 (en) | 2016-11-10 | 2018-05-17 | Deutsche Bahn Fernverkehr Ag | Inspection method and inspection system for inspecting a vehicle in the operating state |
| US11592819B2 (en) * | 2016-11-29 | 2023-02-28 | Briggs & Stratton, Llc | Robotic lawn mower including removable rechargeable battery module |
| JP2018088833A (en) | 2016-11-30 | 2018-06-14 | 本田技研工業株式会社 | Electric work machine |
| US10400732B2 (en) | 2017-01-13 | 2019-09-03 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Electric starter battery for large engines |
| AU2017412539B2 (en) | 2017-05-02 | 2020-04-30 | Nanjing Chervon Industry Co., Ltd. | Walk-behind self-propelled machine |
| DE102017207436B4 (en) | 2017-05-03 | 2019-03-14 | Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft | Method for operating a lighting of a motor vehicle and motor vehicle for carrying out the method |
| KR102783112B1 (en) | 2017-07-13 | 2025-03-20 | 에티움, 엘엘씨 | Modular lithium-ion battery system for fork lifts |
| CN107521363B (en) | 2017-08-14 | 2019-11-08 | 中国重汽集团济南动力有限公司 | A multi-level safety protection system and control method for charging and locking cars |
| US10605843B2 (en) | 2017-08-15 | 2020-03-31 | Phoenix Motorcars LLC | Inverter open/short failure detection |
| CN107585135B (en) | 2017-08-31 | 2019-09-03 | 北京新能源汽车股份有限公司 | Electric automobile starting device, electric automobile and starting method thereof |
| US10850725B2 (en) | 2017-12-08 | 2020-12-01 | Ford Global Technologies, Llc | Vehicles with modular parallel high voltage batteries |
| CN108015725B (en) | 2017-12-29 | 2024-03-12 | 格力博(江苏)股份有限公司 | Handle assembly and garden tool having the handle assembly |
| US11197414B2 (en) | 2018-01-26 | 2021-12-14 | Briggs & Stratton, Llc | Systems and devices for autonomous lawn care |
| JP7006311B2 (en) | 2018-01-29 | 2022-01-24 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Electric vehicle and control method of electric vehicle |
| WO2019236958A1 (en) | 2018-06-08 | 2019-12-12 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Series connection of battery packs |
| EP3814168A1 (en) | 2018-06-29 | 2021-05-05 | Rivian IP Holdings, LLC | Exterior light and charge indicator |
| CA3107893C (en) | 2018-08-01 | 2023-09-26 | Nanjing Chervon Industry Co., Ltd. | Riding lawn mower, and current-limiting protection method for same |
| US11063444B2 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2021-07-13 | Powin, Llc | Enhanced battery management system for battery pack |
| US10978884B2 (en) | 2018-08-10 | 2021-04-13 | Powin Energy Corporation | Enhanced switched balancing network for battery pack |
| KR102227542B1 (en) | 2018-09-04 | 2021-03-15 | 박근호 | A Sound Controllable Electric Vehicle |
| KR101988027B1 (en) | 2018-09-21 | 2019-06-11 | 주식회사 다음코리아 | Blancing Apparatus for Battery and Method thereof |
| US10555076B1 (en) | 2018-09-21 | 2020-02-04 | GM Global Technology Operations LLC | Pop and burble condition detection and calibration modification |
| WO2020077176A1 (en) | 2018-10-12 | 2020-04-16 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Battery assembly for battery powered equipment |
| CN109466428A (en) | 2018-10-19 | 2019-03-15 | 广州小鹏汽车科技有限公司 | A kind of automobile and dynamic indication system and method based on OLED |
| US11677260B2 (en) | 2018-10-22 | 2023-06-13 | O2Micro Inc. | Managing power in a portable device comprising multiple batteries |
| US10710609B2 (en) | 2018-10-23 | 2020-07-14 | Toyota Motor North America, Inc. | Notifications based on geo-fence and vehicle and driver information |
| US20200128727A1 (en) | 2018-10-26 | 2020-04-30 | Accelerated Systems Inc. | Systems and methods for actuating functional implements of vehicles and controlling vehicle speeds |
| US11831186B2 (en) | 2018-11-02 | 2023-11-28 | Gbatteries Energy Canada Inc. | Balancing a battery pack with pulse charging |
| WO2020147841A1 (en) | 2019-01-18 | 2020-07-23 | 苏州宝时得电动工具有限公司 | Mower and wheeled moving vehicle |
| US11289933B2 (en) * | 2019-05-15 | 2022-03-29 | Ahmad Eivaz | Battery charging enclosure |
| CN113994562A (en) * | 2019-07-04 | 2022-01-28 | 沃尔沃建筑设备公司 | Ways to give a used electric vehicle battery pack a second life by reusing it as a power source for a battery charger |
| US10789790B1 (en) | 2019-09-23 | 2020-09-29 | Lyft, Inc. | Micromobility electric vehicle with electronic device holder and integrated display |
| CA3146185A1 (en) * | 2021-12-03 | 2023-06-03 | Ariens Company | Brine assembly for a stand-on skid steer vehicle |
| US20250113772A1 (en) * | 2022-02-04 | 2025-04-10 | Ariens Company | Mower blade for improved cut quality |
| US20250275500A1 (en) * | 2022-05-03 | 2025-09-04 | Ariens Company | Control arm for lawn mower controls |
| JP2024044441A (en) * | 2022-09-21 | 2024-04-02 | 株式会社マキタ | containment box |
-
2020
- 2020-09-18 CA CA3154409A patent/CA3154409A1/en active Pending
- 2020-09-18 CN CN202080079605.8A patent/CN115315177A/en active Pending
- 2020-09-18 AU AU2020362049A patent/AU2020362049A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2020-09-18 WO PCT/US2020/051636 patent/WO2021071655A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2020-09-18 EP EP20873472.3A patent/EP4040943A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2020-09-18 US US17/767,823 patent/US12472839B2/en active Active
-
2022
- 2022-05-20 US US17/750,063 patent/US20230182612A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (116)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5042238A (en) * | 1989-07-14 | 1991-08-27 | The Toro Company | Riding lawn mower |
| US5251711A (en) * | 1989-11-29 | 1993-10-12 | The Scott Fetzer Company | Lawn mower |
| US5402626A (en) * | 1991-11-12 | 1995-04-04 | Zinck; Wolf D. | Lawn mower |
| US5488818A (en) * | 1993-06-28 | 1996-02-06 | The Actava Group Inc. | Lawn mower having improved trim feature |
| US5502957A (en) * | 1995-03-29 | 1996-04-02 | Robertson; Charles W. | Electric lawn mower with intelligent control |
| US5906088A (en) * | 1995-11-24 | 1999-05-25 | Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha | Electric lawn mower |
| US5934053A (en) * | 1996-11-01 | 1999-08-10 | Fillman; Alan R. | Removable battery tray system for an electrically powered mower |
| US5983612A (en) * | 1996-11-01 | 1999-11-16 | Textron, Inc. | Removable battery tray system for an electrically powered bunker rake |
| US5934051A (en) * | 1997-02-06 | 1999-08-10 | Textron, Inc. | Solid state mow system for electrically powered mower |
| US5894714A (en) * | 1997-04-28 | 1999-04-20 | Deere & Company | Brake for self-propelled vehicle |
| US5848520A (en) * | 1997-04-28 | 1998-12-15 | Deere & Company | Control for hydrostatic transmissions |
| USD422605S (en) * | 1998-07-23 | 2000-04-11 | Ariens Company | Portion of a lawnmower |
| US7598705B2 (en) * | 1998-08-13 | 2009-10-06 | Black & Decker Inc. | Cordless power tool system having cordless power tool and battery pack that employ cooperating rails and grooves for connection of battery pack to cordless power tool |
| US7059433B2 (en) * | 1998-09-25 | 2006-06-13 | Toshiyuki Hasegawa | Riding lawn mower |
| US20030029149A1 (en) * | 1999-03-25 | 2003-02-13 | Fillman Alan R. | Electric drive mower with trailed auxiliary power source |
| USD449622S1 (en) * | 2000-07-20 | 2001-10-23 | Ariens Company | Portion of a line trimmer |
| US20040130159A1 (en) * | 2000-10-26 | 2004-07-08 | Dennis Brandon | Electric generator and motor drive system |
| US20020166313A1 (en) * | 2000-10-27 | 2002-11-14 | Ariens Company | Lawnmower cylinder stop |
| US7172041B2 (en) * | 2001-12-14 | 2007-02-06 | Textron Inc. | Drive-by-wire lawnmower |
| US6892517B2 (en) * | 2003-02-12 | 2005-05-17 | Tecumseh Products Company | Blade and ground speed control system |
| US7402062B2 (en) * | 2003-09-04 | 2008-07-22 | American Power Conversion Corporation | System for replacing a battery pack |
| US7665564B2 (en) * | 2003-11-07 | 2010-02-23 | Club Car, Inc. | Power train for a utility vehicle |
| US8056653B2 (en) * | 2003-12-10 | 2011-11-15 | Deere & Company | Hybrid electric tool carrier |
| US20060010844A1 (en) * | 2004-06-30 | 2006-01-19 | Self Guided Systems, L.L.C. | Unmanned utility vehicle |
| US20060028177A1 (en) * | 2004-08-09 | 2006-02-09 | Theresa Ferro | Battery charger on cart |
| US20070125056A1 (en) * | 2004-09-20 | 2007-06-07 | Edmond Brian W | Multifunction electric tractor with an implement |
| US7594377B1 (en) * | 2006-10-27 | 2009-09-29 | Sauer-Danfoss Inc. | Means of adjusting ground speed of a vehicle based on load on blade assembly |
| US20120159916A1 (en) * | 2007-01-15 | 2012-06-28 | Kanzaki Kokyukoki Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Control sysytem for motor-driven lawnmower vehicle |
| US20120265390A1 (en) * | 2007-09-11 | 2012-10-18 | Hydro-Gear Limited Partnership | Controller Assemblies For Electric Drive Utility Vehicles |
| US7549243B1 (en) * | 2008-01-15 | 2009-06-23 | Ariens Company | Lawn mower attachment mechanism |
| US7735592B2 (en) * | 2008-01-28 | 2010-06-15 | Textron Innovations Inc. | Regulated output voltage generator-set applied to mobile equipment in the turf industry |
| USD588613S1 (en) * | 2008-02-28 | 2009-03-17 | Ariens Company | Arm rest for lawn mower |
| US8653786B2 (en) * | 2008-04-25 | 2014-02-18 | Black & Decker Inc. | Cordless mower including battery with two charging connectors |
| US20090266042A1 (en) * | 2008-04-25 | 2009-10-29 | Mooney P Wade | Mower |
| US8047310B2 (en) * | 2008-11-21 | 2011-11-01 | The Toro Company | Power vehicle incorporating velocity control system |
| US20100206647A1 (en) * | 2009-02-13 | 2010-08-19 | Kanzaki Kokyukoki Mfg. Co., Ltd. | Riding work vehicle |
| US20130167495A1 (en) * | 2009-04-17 | 2013-07-04 | Positec Power Tools (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. | Self-propelled lawn mower |
| US20100291427A1 (en) * | 2009-05-15 | 2010-11-18 | Sinoelectric Powertrain Corporation | Modular powertrain, systems, and methods |
| US20130047565A1 (en) * | 2010-01-13 | 2013-02-28 | Michinori Shida | Lawn mowing vehicle |
| US9288942B2 (en) * | 2010-03-01 | 2016-03-22 | Yanmar Co., Ltd. | Electric riding mower having air-cooled chassis and pivotable protective cowling |
| US20110259012A1 (en) * | 2010-04-27 | 2011-10-27 | Kubota Corporation | Working vehicle |
| US8104552B2 (en) * | 2010-06-30 | 2012-01-31 | Exmark Manufacturing Company, Incorporated | Control system and vehicle incorporating same |
| US9288939B2 (en) * | 2010-09-15 | 2016-03-22 | The Toro Company | Power vehicle with adjustable velocity profiles |
| US8543295B2 (en) * | 2010-11-30 | 2013-09-24 | Christian Stanton Carver Bryant | Electronically controlled speed limiting system for turf care machine |
| US20120227368A1 (en) * | 2011-03-09 | 2012-09-13 | Kubota Corporation | Working vehicle |
| US9783203B2 (en) * | 2011-03-09 | 2017-10-10 | Kubota Corporation | Riding work vehicle |
| US10761492B2 (en) * | 2011-04-28 | 2020-09-01 | Sevcon Limited | Electric motor and motor controller |
| US9132792B2 (en) * | 2011-05-13 | 2015-09-15 | Husqvarna Ab | Vehicle battery storage compartment |
| US9496531B2 (en) * | 2011-06-14 | 2016-11-15 | Makita Corporation | Battery devices |
| US9313948B2 (en) * | 2011-06-22 | 2016-04-19 | Yanmar Co., Ltd. | Electric work machine |
| US9699965B2 (en) * | 2011-07-14 | 2017-07-11 | Husqvarna Ab | Articulated riding lawn mower including distributed battery system |
| US9686909B2 (en) * | 2011-07-14 | 2017-06-27 | Husqvarna Ab | Battery powered lawn care vehicle with drive efficiency indicator |
| US9210839B2 (en) * | 2011-07-14 | 2015-12-15 | Husqvarna Ab | Riding lawn mower including battery powered cutting system |
| US9226444B2 (en) * | 2011-07-14 | 2016-01-05 | Husqvarna Ab | Battery powered lawn care vehicle with efficient drive controller |
| US8720968B2 (en) * | 2011-09-28 | 2014-05-13 | Tesla Motors, Inc. | Charge port door with electromagnetic latching assembly |
| US20130110351A1 (en) * | 2011-10-26 | 2013-05-02 | Accelerated Systems Inc. | Systems and Methods for Steering and Calibration of Vehicle Steering Controls for Riding Mowers and Other Vehicles |
| US20140262560A1 (en) * | 2011-10-28 | 2014-09-18 | Husqvarna Ab | Steering Assembly Indicator System for a Lawn Care or Zero-Turn Vehicle |
| US9404465B2 (en) * | 2011-11-04 | 2016-08-02 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Starting battery for an internal combustion engine |
| US20140013722A1 (en) * | 2012-01-05 | 2014-01-16 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Hybrid lawn mower drive system |
| US20130239533A1 (en) * | 2012-03-07 | 2013-09-19 | Robert Bosch Gmbh | Lawn-care apparatus |
| US10080328B2 (en) * | 2012-11-27 | 2018-09-25 | Deere & Company | Mower-conditioner header speed control based on forward travel speed |
| US20140173946A1 (en) * | 2012-12-20 | 2014-06-26 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Zero-turn utility vehicle |
| US20150375633A1 (en) * | 2013-02-26 | 2015-12-31 | Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha | Charging device for vehicle |
| US20180049368A1 (en) * | 2013-02-27 | 2018-02-22 | The Toro Company | Ride-on vehicle with operator access assist bar |
| US9937779B2 (en) * | 2013-09-25 | 2018-04-10 | Kubota Corporation | Vehicle |
| US10602659B2 (en) * | 2014-01-20 | 2020-03-31 | Kubota Corporation | Lawn mower with independent blade control during energy-saving control mode |
| US9624891B2 (en) * | 2014-02-21 | 2017-04-18 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Outdoor power equipment incorporating starter battery with integrated push button |
| US9726135B2 (en) * | 2014-02-21 | 2017-08-08 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Snowthrower with removable self-heating starter battery pack |
| US20150318521A1 (en) * | 2014-03-06 | 2015-11-05 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Rechargeable battery system for replacement of lead-acid battery |
| US9864396B1 (en) * | 2014-08-05 | 2018-01-09 | Hydro-Gear Limited Partnership | Highly maneuverable mowing vehicle with Mecanum wheels |
| US10150502B2 (en) * | 2014-09-19 | 2018-12-11 | The Toro Company | Linkage adjustment system and vehicle incorporating same |
| US9616893B2 (en) * | 2014-10-15 | 2017-04-11 | Honda Motor Co., Ltd. | Automatic turn-sensing ground speed reduction systems and related methods for walk-behind machines |
| US20160183451A1 (en) * | 2014-12-31 | 2016-06-30 | Mean Green Products, LLC | Electric mower apparatus and method of use |
| US10836426B1 (en) * | 2015-04-06 | 2020-11-17 | Exmark Manufacturing Company, Incorporated | Active steering system and grounds maintenance vehicle including same |
| US9616736B2 (en) * | 2015-04-09 | 2017-04-11 | Kubota Corporation | Electric work vehicle |
| US9949436B2 (en) * | 2015-07-13 | 2018-04-24 | Kubota Corporation | Grass mower with deck-mounted electric motor and power supply |
| US20170117726A1 (en) * | 2015-10-22 | 2017-04-27 | Mtd Products Inc | Portable charging station |
| US10499565B2 (en) * | 2015-11-12 | 2019-12-10 | Kubota Corporation | Grass mower machine |
| US10181733B2 (en) * | 2015-12-23 | 2019-01-15 | Lg Chem, Ltd. | Apparatus and method of balancing voltages between battery racks |
| US10038176B2 (en) * | 2016-03-11 | 2018-07-31 | Kubota Corporation | Electric work vehicle |
| US10214869B1 (en) * | 2016-04-28 | 2019-02-26 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Outdoor power equipment including electric wheel motors and controls |
| US20190021223A1 (en) * | 2016-05-16 | 2019-01-24 | Nanjing Chervon Industry Co., Ltd. | Power tool, lawn mower, and control method thereof |
| US10104834B2 (en) * | 2016-06-13 | 2018-10-23 | Honda Motor Co., Ltd. | Electric lawn mower control apparatus |
| US20180026244A1 (en) * | 2016-07-22 | 2018-01-25 | Kubota Corporation | Electric Work Vehicle |
| US20180103582A1 (en) * | 2016-07-28 | 2018-04-19 | Mat Engine Technologies, Llc | Wheeled string trimmer mower |
| US10230078B2 (en) * | 2016-11-30 | 2019-03-12 | Honda Motor Co., Ltd. | Electric power equipment |
| US20190263340A1 (en) * | 2016-12-30 | 2019-08-29 | Textron Innovations Inc. | Controlling electrical access to a lithium battery on a utility vehicle |
| US10687464B2 (en) * | 2017-01-12 | 2020-06-23 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Zero turn radius mower controls |
| US20190075724A1 (en) * | 2017-09-13 | 2019-03-14 | Black & Decker Inc. | Riding mower |
| US10850622B2 (en) * | 2017-10-16 | 2020-12-01 | Kubota Corporation | Electric travelling vehicle and grass mower |
| US10442292B2 (en) * | 2017-12-14 | 2019-10-15 | Schiller Grounds Care, Inc. | System for infinitely variable speed control |
| US20200315095A1 (en) * | 2017-12-28 | 2020-10-08 | Nanjing Chervon Industry Co., Ltd. | Electric riding lawn mower |
| US10595459B2 (en) * | 2018-02-08 | 2020-03-24 | Firefly Automatix, Inc. | Adaptive control of a mower |
| US20190291779A1 (en) * | 2018-03-26 | 2019-09-26 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Electric outdoor ride-on power equipment |
| US20190322193A1 (en) * | 2018-04-19 | 2019-10-24 | Wayne State University | Battery module balancing system of a vehicle and method thereof |
| US10813284B2 (en) * | 2018-07-02 | 2020-10-27 | Deere & Company | Electric walk behind greens mower |
| US11690318B2 (en) * | 2018-10-17 | 2023-07-04 | Generac Power Systems, Inc. | Deck height control system |
| US20200253115A1 (en) * | 2019-02-11 | 2020-08-13 | Techtronic Cordless Gp | Mower blade and attachment system |
| US20200333402A1 (en) * | 2019-04-18 | 2020-10-22 | Briggs & Stratton Corporation | Power unit including multiple battery packs for use with outdoor power equipment |
| US20230122499A1 (en) * | 2019-10-11 | 2023-04-20 | Ariens Company | Power source and control system for a lawn mower |
| USD919671S1 (en) * | 2019-10-11 | 2021-05-18 | Ariens Company | Lawn mower |
| US20210252989A1 (en) * | 2020-02-17 | 2021-08-19 | Chargicity Limited | Charging Station and System for Electric Vehicles |
| USD910546S1 (en) * | 2020-07-10 | 2021-02-16 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Battery |
| USD911933S1 (en) * | 2020-07-10 | 2021-03-02 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Battery |
| USD910548S1 (en) * | 2020-07-21 | 2021-02-16 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Battery |
| USD910547S1 (en) * | 2020-07-21 | 2021-02-16 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Battery |
| US20230329143A1 (en) * | 2020-08-14 | 2023-10-19 | Ariens Company | Vehicle control module for autonomous vehicle |
| US20220065684A1 (en) * | 2020-09-03 | 2022-03-03 | Ariens Company | Fuel level display circuit for dual tank configuration |
| USD978783S1 (en) * | 2020-09-18 | 2023-02-21 | Ariens Company | Battery pack connector |
| USD978782S1 (en) * | 2020-09-18 | 2023-02-21 | Ariens Company | Battery pack |
| USD968318S1 (en) * | 2020-09-18 | 2022-11-01 | Ariens Company | Battery pack cap |
| USD965515S1 (en) * | 2020-09-18 | 2022-10-04 | Ariens Company | Battery charger |
| US20240157847A1 (en) * | 2021-03-26 | 2024-05-16 | Ariens Company | Battery Balancing |
| US20240170807A1 (en) * | 2021-12-13 | 2024-05-23 | Inventus Power, Inc. | Battery pack power connector |
| US20240180070A1 (en) * | 2021-12-16 | 2024-06-06 | Ariens Company | Electric utility vehicle eco-mode selection and operation |
| US20230241989A1 (en) * | 2022-01-31 | 2023-08-03 | Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha | Vehicle |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20240204823A1 (en) * | 2021-05-04 | 2024-06-20 | Accelerated Systems Inc. | Methods and systems for operating an electric vehicle |
| US20230138183A1 (en) * | 2021-10-29 | 2023-05-04 | Nanjing Chervon Industry Co., Ltd. | Charging device and control method therefor |
| US12506187B2 (en) * | 2021-11-05 | 2025-12-23 | Fdk Corporation | Battery bank unit, remaining charge time calculation method, and non transitory recording medium storing computer readable program storing therein for calculating remaining charge time of battery bank unit |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CA3154409A1 (en) | 2021-04-15 |
| EP4040943A4 (en) | 2024-01-17 |
| US20230122499A1 (en) | 2023-04-20 |
| US12472839B2 (en) | 2025-11-18 |
| EP4040943A1 (en) | 2022-08-17 |
| AU2020362049A1 (en) | 2022-05-19 |
| WO2021071655A1 (en) | 2021-04-15 |
| CN115315177A (en) | 2022-11-08 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US20230182612A1 (en) | Power source and control system for a lawn mower | |
| EP2763878B1 (en) | Battery powered vehicle with immobilizing charger plug | |
| US20190291779A1 (en) | Electric outdoor ride-on power equipment | |
| EP4131708A1 (en) | Electric vehicle and battery system | |
| EP4018803B1 (en) | Ride-on lawnmower | |
| US20120159916A1 (en) | Control sysytem for motor-driven lawnmower vehicle | |
| US20230119910A1 (en) | Lawn Tractor with Removable Battery Packs | |
| CN112838656A (en) | Riding lawn mower and charging method thereof | |
| US20230114884A1 (en) | Zero turn radius mower with removable battery packs | |
| US20240157847A1 (en) | Battery Balancing | |
| CN212573554U (en) | Lawn Mowers and Battery Management Systems | |
| CN115067064A (en) | Grass cutter | |
| CN115119604A (en) | Grass cutter | |
| CN115067059B (en) | Lawn mower | |
| CN115067063B (en) | Lawn mower | |
| EP3677487B1 (en) | Apparatus for transporting objects by means of a push-assisted trolley | |
| WO2025050357A1 (en) | Battery charging system | |
| US20250031625A1 (en) | Manned mower | |
| US20250346127A1 (en) | Outdoor work vehicle | |
| US20250024776A1 (en) | Hybrid mower | |
| US20250121709A1 (en) | Charging ports and circuit for electric vehicle |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE AFTER FINAL ACTION FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: ADVISORY ACTION COUNTED, NOT YET MAILED |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: ADVISORY ACTION MAILED |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION COUNTED, NOT YET MAILED |
|
| STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |